TEST BANK for Behavioral Neuroscience: Essentials and Beyond 1st Edition by Stéphane Gaskin. All Cha by StudyGuide

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021

Chapter 1: Behavioral Neuroscience: Understanding brainbehavior relationships Test Bank Multiple Choice 1. Scraping, drilling, or boring of the skull bone is a procedure known as ______. a. trepanation b. atherectomy c. ablation d. lobotomy Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.1.1: Know and understand what constitutes the study of brain behavior relationships. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Brain-Behavior Relationships: From Holes in the Head to Brain Imaging Difficulty Level: Easy 2. It is believed that ancient civilizations practiced skull boring for several reasons except for ______. a. ward of demons b. release spirits c. therapeutic healing d. blood-letting Ans: D Learning Objective: 1.3.1: Describe some of the views associated with brain function throughout antiquity. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Brain-Behavior Relationships: From Holes in the Head to Brain Imaging Difficulty Level: Easy 3. As early as 460–370 BC the practice of skull boring was used medicinally to ______ due to injury. a. stop pain b. slow bleeding c. prevent infection d. release pressure Ans: D Learning Objective: 1.3.1: Describe some of the views associated with brain function throughout antiquity.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Brain-Behavior Relationships: From Holes in the Head to Brain Imaging Difficulty Level: Easy 4. Modern craniotomy procedures use computers and imaging methods so that the hole is drilled ______ over the brain area that is in need of treatment. a. with more speed b. at a precise location c. to a precise depth d. at an opposite angle Ans: B Learning Objective: 1.1.2: Have a broad understanding of the global structural aspects of the brain and some of its basic functions. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Brain-Behavior Relationships: From Holes in the Head to Brain Imaging Difficulty Level: Easy 5. Which of the following conditions does not include a modern craniotomy procedure as part of its treatment? a. schizophrenia b. tumors c. epilepsy d. aneurysms Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.1.2: Have a broad understanding of the global structural aspects of the brain and some of its basic functions. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Brain-Behavior Relationships: From Holes in the Head to Brain Imaging Difficulty Level: Easy 6. Behaviors that are readily observable such as reaching out for a cup of coffee are referred to as ______ behaviors. a. intentional b. overt c. voluntary d. complex Ans: B Learning Objective: 1.1.1: Know and understand what constitutes the study of brain behavior relationships. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Study of Brain-Behavior Relationships Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 7. Brain functions such as reasoning, problem solving, memory and attention are associated with the study of______ neuroscience. a. social b. cognitive c. affective d. decision Ans: B Learning Objective: 1.1.3: Explain the different levels of analysis that constitute the study of brain-behavior relationships. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Study of Brain-Behavior Relationships Difficulty Level: Easy 8. Environmental factors in the form of substances that adversely affect normal brain development are known as ______. a. androgen b. pathogens c. teratogens d. carcinogens Ans: C Learning Objective: 1.1.4: Understand the basics of how genes influence behavior and how the environment influences genes. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Study of Brain-Behavior Relationships Difficulty Level: Easy 9. The ______ separates the frontal lobe from the temporal lobe. a. corpus callosum b. Sylvian fissure c. frontal sulcus d. cortex Ans: B Learning Objective: 1.1.2: Have a broad understanding of the global structural aspects of the brain and some of its basic functions. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: A Quick Look at the Brain Difficulty Level: Easy 10. The thick bundle of fibers that connects the two hemispheres, permitting them to communicate is called the ______. a. corpus callosum b. Sylvian fissures c. central sulcus d. cortex Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.1.2: Have a broad understanding of the global structural aspects

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 of the brain and some of its basic functions. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: A Quick Look at the Brain Difficulty Level: Easy 11. ______ are the basic functional units of the brain. a. Gyri b. Corpus callosum c. Gila d. Neurons Ans: D Learning Objective: 1.1.2: Have a broad understanding of the global structural aspects of the brain and some of its basic functions. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: A Quick Look at the Brain Difficulty Level: Easy 12. The “bumps” that characterize the surface of the cortex are known as ______. a. gyri b. corpus callosum c. gila d. neurons Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.1.2: Have a broad understanding of the global structural aspects of the brain and some of its basic functions. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: A Quick Look at the Brain Difficulty Level: Easy 13. Neurons communicate with other cells through electrical messages known as ______. a. electrical conductivity b. action potentials c. axion d. cell interaction Ans: B Learning Objective: 1.1.2: Have a broad understanding of the global structural aspects of the brain and some of its basic functions. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: A Quick Look at the Brain Difficulty Level: Easy 14. The brain’s neuron electrical messages travel through ______. a. gila b. axon c. sulci

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 d. lobes Ans: B Learning Objective: 1.1.2: Have a broad understanding of the global structural aspects of the brain and some of its basic functions. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: A Quick Look at the Brain Difficulty Level: Easy 15. A fatty substance called ______ increases the electrical conductivity of axons. a. myelin b. sulci c. teflin d. bulb Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.1.2: Have a broad understanding of the global structural aspects of the brain and some of its basic functions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: A Quick Look at the Brain Difficulty Level: Medium 16. Sperry’s study to assess the functions of the left versus the right hemisphere used participants whose ______ had been purposely severed. a. gila b. cortex c. myelin d. corpus callosum Ans: D Learning Objective: 1.1.2: Have a broad understanding of the global structural aspects of the brain and some of its basic functions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: A Quick Look at the Brain Difficulty Level: Medium 17. When neuroscientists investigate how genes and the chemistry of proteins can be altered by environmental influences they are studying at the ______ level of analysis. a. molecular b. cellular c. systems d. structural Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.1.3: Explain the different levels of analysis that constitute the study of brain-behavior relationships. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Levels of Analysis: Putting Brain-Behavior Relationships in Perspective Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 18. Kisler's et al. (2017) study of the degeneration of gatekeeper cells in Alzheimer’s disease, is an example of a study performed at the______ level of analysis. a. cellular b. structural c. cognitive d. behavioral Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.1.3: Explain the different levels of analysis that constitute the study of brain-behavior relationships. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Levels of Analysis: Putting Brain-Behavior Relationships in Perspective Difficulty Level: Medium 19. At the ______ level of analysis, neuroscientists are interested in how activity in patterns neuronal connections give rise to overt and covert behaviors. a. systems b. structural c. cognitive d. behavioral Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.1.3: Explain the different levels of analysis that constitute the study of brain-behavior relationships. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Levels of Analysis: Putting Brain-Behavior Relationships in Perspective Difficulty Level: Easy 20. The Klein, Metz, Elmer & Jancke (2018) study, in which hyperconnectivity was found in the frontal lobes of language experts versus non-experts, is an example of a study performed at the ______ level of analysis. a. cellular b. structural c. cognitive d. behavioral Ans: C Learning Objective: 1.1.3: Explain the different levels of analysis that constitute the study of brain-behavior relationships. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Levels of Analysis: Putting Brain-Behavior Relationships in Perspective Difficulty Level: Medium 21. ______ is the study of how experiences can modify gene expression and how these modifications can be passed on to later generations.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. Epigenetics b. Phenotype c. Behavioral genetics d. Genealogy Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.1.4: Understand the basics of how genes influence behavior and how the environment influences genes. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: A Closer Look at the Molecular Level: Genetics Difficulty Level: Easy 22. Pennisi (2012) posits that genes are basically divided into two camps, those containing ______ for building proteins and others that are ______ and involved in regulating protein synthesis along with a host of other functions. a. information; non-coding b. chemicals; coded c. DNA; non-binding d. pairs; non-paired Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.1.4: Understand the basics of how genes influence behavior and how the environment influences genes. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: A Closer Look at the Molecular Level: Genetics Difficulty Level: Easy 23. An organism’s ________is its unique genetic constitution. a. karyotype b. phenotype c. DNA d. genotype Ans: D Learning Objective: 1.1.4: Understand the basics of how genes influence behavior and how the environment influences genes. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: A Closer Look at the Molecular Level: Genetics Difficulty Level: Medium 24. Behavioral geneticists are interested in how genes contribute to ______ and how genes ______ environmental factors to produce behavior. a. behavior; interact with b. personality; control c. interaction; process d. psychological disorders; interpret Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.1.4: Understand the basics of how genes influence behavior and how the environment influences genes.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: A Closer Look at the Molecular Level: Genetics Difficulty Level: Medium 25. A______ shows how much of the variation of a trait can be accounted for by genetic variation in a population a. heritability estimate b. DNA test c. phenotype d. genotype Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.1.4: Understand the basics of how genes influence behavior and how the environment influences genes. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: A Closer Look at the Molecular Level: Genetics Difficulty Level: Medium 26. Behavioral geneticists are interested in the heritability estimates of ______. a. psychological disorders and personality traits b. the coding of proteins c. genetic inheritance d. DNA mutation Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.1.4: Understand the basics of how genes influence behavior and how the environment influences genes. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: A Closer Look at the Molecular Level: Genetics Difficulty Level: Easy 27. Verhulst, Neale & Kendler (2015) found that the heritability estimate for alcohol use disorder is approximately ______ percent. a. 30 b. 50 c. 40 d. 67 Ans: B Learning Objective: 1.1.4: Understand the basics of how genes influence behavior and how the environment influences genes Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: A Closer Look at the Molecular Level: Genetics Difficulty Level: Easy 28. Yehuda et al. (2016) found that ______ epigenetic changes in holocaust survivors who were imprisoned and tortured in concentration camps during World War II were passed on to their children. a. socially-related

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. genetically related c. aversively-related d. trauma-related Ans: D Learning Objective: 1.1.4: Understand the basics of how genes influence behavior and how the environment influences genes. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: A Closer Look at the Molecular Level: Genetics Difficulty Level: Medium 29. ______ is the concept that adaptive traits are retained and amplified in offspring, providing them with a survival advantage which is passed on to subsequent generations. a. Evolution b. Natural selection c. Descent with modification d. Darwinism Ans: B Learning Objective: 1.2.1: Explain the concept of natural selection. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Natural Selection Difficulty Level: Medium 30. Often-cited neuroecology studies that demonstrated brain-behavior relationships in animals are those of the song system in songbirds and of the ______ of food-storing birds. a. DNA b. HVC c. exaptation d. hippocampus Ans: D Learning Objective: 1.2.2: Understand the adaptive variations that gave rise to brain behavior relationships. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neuroecology: How Natural Selection Accounts for Brain-Behavior Relationships Difficulty Level: Easy 31. The philosophical position that mind and body are distinct and that they could exist independently of each other is called ______. a. Decartes theorem b. dualism c. phrenology d. individualism Ans: B Learning Objective: 1.3.2: Explain the philosophical roots that underlie the relationship

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 between brain and body. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Mind-Body Problem Difficulty Level: Easy 32. Today Descartes’s hollow tubes have been replaced by ______ and what flows through them are not animal spirits but ______. a. nerves; action potentials b. neurons; melatonin c. the pineal gland; nerve impulses d. the soul; human spirits Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.3.2: Explain the philosophical roots that underlie the relationship between brain and body. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Mind-Body Problem Difficulty Level: Easy 33. The pineal gland, which Descartes thought was the seat of the soul, is now known to produce a chemical called ______, which is involved in regulating physiological processes on a 24-hour cycle (this is known as a circadian rhythm). a. melatonin b. myelin c. glucocorticoid d. serotonin Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.3.2: Explain the philosophical roots that underlie the relationship between brain and body. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Mind-Body Problem Difficulty Level: Easy 34. The best-known early proponent of localization of function was ______. a. Swedenborg b. Gall c. Spurzheim d. Flourens Ans: B Learning Objective: 1.3.3: Understand how the idea that brain functions are localized to specific areas developed. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Localization of Function Difficulty Level: Easy 35. Gall studied the ______ the skulls of the extremes in society, from people of great talent and intelligence to people considered intellectually challenged and criminals.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. patterns of bumps on b. indentions on c. size of d. shape of Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.3.3: Understand how the idea that brain functions are localized to specific areas developed. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Localization of Function Difficulty Level: Medium 36. Localization of function theory posits that left frontal lobe controls ______ functions. a. spatial b. memory c. speech d. auditory Ans: C Learning Objective: 1.3.3: Understand how the idea that brain functions are localized to specific areas developed. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Localization of Function Difficulty Level: Medium 37. The idea that functions were localized to specific areas of the cortex was confirmed by John Hughlings Jackson’s and Gustav Fritsch’s independent observations that ______ produced movement. a. electrical stimulation b. visual stimulation c. memory tests d. induced sleep Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.3.3: Understand how the idea that brain functions are localized to specific areas developed. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Motor Representations in the Cortex Difficulty Level: Medium 38. Fritsch and Hitzig found that the brain contained a ______ of the body. a. phrenological list b. cerebral dominance map c. Broca’s area d. topographical map Ans: D Learning Objective: 1.3.3: Understand how the idea that brain functions are localized to specific areas developed. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Motor Representations in the Cortex Difficulty Level: Medium 39. The motor map, developed by Wilder Penfield is known as the ______. a. motor homunculus b. motor topography c. cerebral dominance map d. motor phrenology map Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.3.3: Understand how the idea that brain functions are localized to specific areas developed. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Motor Representations in the Cortex Difficulty Level: Medium 40. René Descartes believed that the mind and body were distinct and that they existed independently of each other, a position known as ______. a. Decartes theorem b. Dualism c. Phrenology d. Individualism Ans: B Learning Objective: 1.3.2: Explain the philosophical roots that underlie the relationship between brain and body. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Mind-Body Problem Difficulty Level: Easy 41.A ______ is an area of dead brain tissue due to the blockage or narrowing of an artery. a. cerebral neuroma b. cerebral hemorrhage c. cerebral infarction d. cerebral atrophy Ans: C Learning Objective: 1.4.1: Explain how the study of brain-damaged patients can inform neuroscientists about brain-behavior relationships. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Brain-Damaged Patients and Structural Brain Imaging Difficulty Level: Medium 42. A method of inferring brain function using MRI technology to image the brain in a way that detects the amount of oxygen used by neurons is known as ______. a. TMS b. DBS c. fMRI

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 d. PET Ans: C Learning Objective: 1.4.2: Describe how brain-behavior relationships can be inferred by lesioning, stimulating, and measuring the brain's activity. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Lesioning, Stimulating and Measuring the Brain's Activity Difficulty Level: Medium 43. Researchers using DBS found that electrically stimulating the______, an area important for memory enhanced subjects' recall ability (memory function). a. temporal cortex b. Broca’s area c. ventral striatum d. temporal lobe Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.4.2: Describe how brain-behavior relationships can be inferred by lesioning, stimulating, and measuring the brain's activity. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Manipulation Techniques Difficulty Level: Medium 44. In TMS, whether neurons are stimulated or inhibited depends on the ______ of the magnetic field. a. positioning b. strength c. frequency d. duration Ans: C Learning Objective: 1.4.2: Describe how brain-behavior relationships can be inferred by lesioning, stimulating, and measuring the brain's activity. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Manipulation Techniques Difficulty Level: Medium 45. ______ is a method of stimulating or inhibiting neurons using light. a. Optogenetics b. Lesioning c. Glucose consumption measure d. Oxygen use measure Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.4.2: Describe how brain-behavior relationships can be inferred by lesioning, stimulating, and measuring the brain's activity. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Manipulation Techniques Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 46. In optogenetics ______ light activates and ______ light deactivates light-sensitive proteins. a. blue; yellow b. yellow; blue c. blue; red d. red; blue Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.4.2: Describe how brain-behavior relationships can be inferred by lesioning, stimulating, and measuring the brain's activity. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Manipulation Techniques Difficulty Level: Medium 47. The neurons in the brain areas associated with the performance of the given task will ______ than areas that are least involved in the task. a. omit weaker electronic pulse b. omit stronger electronic pulse c. consume less oxygen d. consume more oxygen Ans: D Learning Objective: 1.4.2: Describe how brain-behavior relationships can be inferred by lesioning, stimulating, and measuring the brain's activity. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Measurement Techniques Difficulty Level: Medium 48. A measurement technique known as positron emission tomography (PET) detects the consumption of ______ by neurons. a. oxygen b. proteins c. glucose d. electrical pulse Ans: C Learning Objective: 1.4.2: Describe how brain-behavior relationships can be inferred by lesioning, stimulating, and measuring the brain's activity. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Measurement Techniques Difficulty Level: Medium 49. The brain produces differing wavelengths based on states of consciousness; waking states are associated with wavelengths of______ and ______ . a. high-frequency; low amplitude b. high-frequency; high amplitude c. low frequency; high amplitude d. low frequency; low amplitude Ans: A

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 1.4.2: Describe how brain-behavior relationships can be inferred by lesioning, stimulating, and measuring the brain's activity. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Measurement Techniques Difficulty Level: Medium 50. The brain produces differing wavelengths based on states of consciousness ; sleeping states are associated with ______ and ______ wavelengths. a. high-frequency; low amplitude b. high-frequency; high amplitude c. low frequency; high amplitude d. low frequency; low amplitude Ans: C Learning Objective: 1.4.2: Describe how brain-behavior relationships can be inferred by lesioning, stimulating, and measuring the brain's activity. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Measurement Techniques Difficulty Level: Medium 51. Electroencephalography (EEG) is a method by which the flow of electrical currents produced by the ______ in the brain is detected by electrodes placed on the scalp. a. light emissions b. use of glucose c. communication between neurons d. consumption of oxygen Ans: C Learning Objective: 1.4.2: Describe how brain-behavior relationships can be inferred by lesioning, stimulating, and measuring the brain's activity. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Measurement Techniques Difficulty Level: Medium 52. An EEG is also used to measure and analyze ______. a. event-related potentials b. action potentials c. states of conscientiousness d. abnormal brain activity Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.4.2: Describe how brain-behavior relationships can be inferred by lesioning, stimulating, and measuring the brain's activity. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Measurement Techniques Difficulty Level: Medium 53. Neuroscientists who study neurochemistry are interested in how ______ in the brain are synthesized and involved in brain function.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. dietary nutrients b. oxygen c. magnetic fields d. chemicals Ans: D Learning Objective: 1.4.3: Define the different fields of study related to behavioral neuroscience. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Fields of Study Related to Behavioral Neuroscience Difficulty Level: Easy 54. ______ is the scientific study of how hormones, which are chemicals that control important bodily functions, interact with the nervous system. a. Neuropharmacology b. Neuroendocrinology c. Neuropathology d. Neurophysiology Ans: B Learning Objective: 1.4.3: Define the different fields of study related to behavioral neuroscience. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Fields of Study Related to Behavioral Neuroscience Difficulty Level: Easy 55. Neuroscientists who study ______ provide valuable insight into the disease processes involved in disease such as Alzheimer's and Parkinson's disease. a. neuropharmacology b. neuroendocrinology c. neuropathology d. neurophysiology Ans: C Learning Objective: 1.4.3: Define the different fields of study related to behavioral neuroscience. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Fields of Study Related to Behavioral Neuroscience Difficulty Level: Easy 56. ______ found that people with damage to a part of the brain called the prefrontal cortex are impaired at understanding the emotions of others. a. Neuropharmacologists b. Neuroendocrinologists c. Neuropsychologists d. Neurophysiologists Ans: C Learning Objective: 1.4.3: Define the different fields of study related to behavioral neuroscience.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Fields of Study Related to Behavioral Neuroscience Difficulty Level: Easy 57. Several studies have shown that exercise has positive effects on mood and cognition through evidence that exercise increases activity in relevant brain areas. This is an example of a ______ study. a. neuropharmacological b. neuroendocrinological c. neuropsychological d. neurophysiological Ans: D Learning Objective: 1.4.3: Define the different fields of study related to behavioral neuroscience. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Fields of Study Related to Behavioral Neuroscience Difficulty Level: Medium 58. Measuring the electrical activity of individual neurons through ______ consists of inserting a microelectrode directly inside a neuron. a. fMRI b. intracellular recording c. electron mapping d. extracellular recording Ans: B Learning Objective: 1.4.2: Describe how brain-behavior relationships can be inferred by lesioning, stimulating, and measuring the brain's activity. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Measurement Techniques Difficulty Level: Medium 59. In PET scans radioactively tagged glucose goes all over the brain and is detected by a scanner. ______ will be detected in areas associated with the performance of the task relative to areas that are not. a. More radioactivity b. Stronger radioactivity c. Less radioactivity d. Weakened radioactivity Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.4.2: Describe how brain-behavior relationships can be inferred by lesioning, stimulating, and measuring the brain's activity. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Measurement Techniques Difficulty Level: Medium 60. When behavioral neuroscientists study the brain activity of subjects engaged in

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 some behavioral task with the aim of identifying brain areas that might be involved in its performance they are using ______ techniques. a. measurement b. manipulation c. electrography d. lesioning Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.4.2: Describe how brain-behavior relationships can be inferred by lesioning, stimulating, and measuring the brain's activity. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Measurement Techniques Difficulty Level: Medium True/False 1. A brain area can be examined by drilling a small hole into the skull through which a lighted scope with a camera is inserted. Ans: T Learning Objective: 1.1.2: Have a broad understanding of the global structural aspects of the brain and some of its basic functions. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Brain-Behavior Relationships: From Holes in the Head to Brain Imaging Difficulty Level: Easy 2. It is estimated that 1 in 100 babies in the United States are born with features of fetal alcohol spectrum disorders (FASDs) and that it is the most preventable cause of developmental disabilities and birth defects. Ans: T Learning Objective: 1.1.4: Understand the basics of how genes influence behavior and how the environment influences genes. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Study of Brain-Behavior Relationships Difficulty Level: Easy 3. The brain is divided into different parts called fissures. Ans: F Learning Objective: 1.1.2: Have a broad understanding of the global structural aspects of the brain and some of its basic functions. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Study of Brain-Behavior Relationships Difficulty Level: Easy 4. Myelin is a fatty substance coating gila that decreases electrical connectivity. Ans: F

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 1.1.2: Have a broad understanding of the global structural aspects of the brain and some of its basic functions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: A Quick Look at the Brain Difficulty Level: Easy 5. The grooves on the outer cortex surface of the human brain are called sulci. Ans: T Learning Objective: 1.1.2: Have a broad understanding of the global structural aspects of the brain and some of its basic functions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: A Quick Look at the Brain Difficulty Level: Easy 6. Researchers studying the brain at the cellular level of analysis have recently found that prosocial behavior in adolescents was associated with levels of activity in a part of the brain called the anterior cingulate cortex (Okada et al., 2019). Ans: F Learning Objective: 1.1.3: Explain the different levels of analysis that constitute the study of brain-behavior relationships. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Levels of Analysis: Putting Brain-Behavior Relationships in Perspective Difficulty Level: Medium 7. In humans each cell has 23 pairs of chromosomes. Twenty-two of those pairs are called ribosomes. Ans: F Learning Objective: 1.1.4: Understand the basics of how genes influence behavior and how the environment influences genes. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: A Closer Look at the Molecular Level: Genetics Difficulty Level: Easy 8. One pair of the human’s 23 pairs of chromosomes (male XY and female XX), determines gender. Ans: T Learning Objective: 1.1.4: Understand the basics of how genes influence behavior and how the environment influences genes. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: A Closer Look at the Molecular Level: Genetics Difficulty Level: Easy 9. Descartes believed non-human animals were mere automata and driven by simply reflexes. These reflexes he explained by the movement of fluids, called spirits, through hollow tubes in the body.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: T Learning Objective: 1.3.2: Explain the philosophical roots that underlie the relationship between brain and body. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Mind-Body Problem Difficulty Level: Medium 10. The pineal gland is involved in regulating physiological processes on a 24-hour cycle known as a circadian rhythm. Ans: T Learning Objective: 1.3.2: Explain the philosophical roots that underlie the relationship between brain and body. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Mind-Body Problem Difficulty Level: Easy 11. Spurzheim (1776–1832) expanded the list of 20 faculties proposed by Gall to 33 and coined the term phrenology, which is Greek for mental science or science of the mind. Ans: F Learning Objective: 1.3.3: Understand how the idea that brain functions are localized to specific areas developed. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Localization of Function Difficulty Level: Easy 12. Aphasia is a loss in an individual’s ability to speak. Ans: T Learning Objective: 1.3.3: Understand how the idea that brain functions are localized to specific areas developed. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Localization of Function Difficulty Level: Easy 13. The area in the left frontal lobe, which is associated with speech production became known as Broca's area named after the participant who lost his speech from repeated epileptic seizure causing damage to his left frontal lobe. Ans: F Learning Objective: 1.3.3: Understand how the idea that brain functions are localized to specific areas developed. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Localization of Function Difficulty Level: Medium 14. The least used way to learn about brain-behavior relationships is to study people who have sustained traumatic brain injury. Ans: F

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 1.4.1: Explain how the study of brain-damaged patients can inform neuroscientists about brain-behavior relationships. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Brain-Damaged Patients and Structural Brain Imaging Difficulty Level: Medium 15. Brain lesions can be induced by the administration of drugs directly into a brain area of interest or destroyed through passing an electrical current through it. Ans: T Learning Objective: 1.4.2: Describe how brain-behavior relationships can be inferred by lesioning, stimulating, and measuring the brain's activity. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Lesioning, Stimulating and Measuring the Brain's Activity Difficulty Level: Medium Essay 1. Discuss, using text referenced research, studies that explain why the concept of left and right brain dominance classification is a myth. Ans: Answers may vary. Model Answer: The source of the myth can be at least partly attributed to Arthur Ladbroke Wigan (1785–1847) who in his book entitled “A New View of Insanity: Duality of the Mind,” describes the two hemispheres of the brain as independent entities thinking in different ways. The idea gained momentum after Paul Broca, in the 1860s, and Carl Wernicke in the 1870s, found that different functions may be controlled by either the left or right hemisphere, with speech and the understanding of language being controlled by the left hemisphere, which became known as the dominant hemisphere. Furthermore, when Sperry assessed split-brain patients, in their ability to process information presented to either one of the hemispheres at the time found lacking ability related to which hand objects were presented. However, the myth is wrong because, although the left and right hemispheres are shown to be specialized for processing different types of information when isolated in experimental studies, this does not mean that they function independently of each other with their very own thinking style. When researchers examined the brain scans of 1,011 participants, they found that participants could not be classified on the basis of whether they use one hemisphere more than the other (Nielsen, Zielinski, Ferguson, Lainhart & Anderson, 2013). Learning Objective: 1.1.2: Have a broad understanding of the global structural aspects of the brain and some of its basic functions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: A Quick Look at the Brain Difficulty Level: Hard 2. Discuss the neurological adaptation of food-storing birds and how the difference of these birds compared to non-food-storing birds supports or refutes natural selection theory.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: Answers may vary. Model Answer: Another often cited adaptation of a brainbehavior relationship is that of a number of bird species that store food in hundreds or even thousands of caches (hiding places) over the course of a year. The birds are then able to retrieve the food from the caches, which are widely dispersed in their environment anywhere from several days to several months after they have hidden it. This obviously requires an uncanny ability to remember spatial locations. Memory for spatial locations, otherwise known as spatial memory, is dependent on a brain area called the hippocampus. It was shown that the hippocampus of food-storing birds is larger (relative to their brain and body size) than the hippocampus of birds that do not store their food. It was also found that the hippocampus of food-storing birds increases in size during the autumn and winter. This coincides with when food-storing birds cache the most food, due to the rarity of insects and plant seeds during those months (D. F. Sherry & Hoshooley, 2010). Learning Objective: 1.2.2: Understand the adaptive variations that gave rise to brain behavior relationships. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neuroecology: How Natural Selection Accounts for Brain-Behavior Relationships Difficulty Level: Medium 3. Briefly identify a primary theory of brain function associated with the various ages of antiquity (i.e., Egyptians, Greeks, Romans) and discuss how these theories have been replaced with modern science, technology and understanding of the human brain. Ans: Answers may vary. Model Answer: From the description of the injuries, it is evident that Egyptians knew that brain damage could affect bodily function ranging from handeye coordination problems and paralyzed limbs. However, they thought the heart was the seat of the soul and all of the functions we attribute to the brain today. In dearly Greece the belief was that all human elements were controlled by the gods, like puppets and puppeteer. With time and study of human condition, it was determined that individuals were free and independent of a god’s grip. Hippocrates (460–370 B.C.) treated people according to the laws of nature and firmly believed that the brain, and not the heart was the seat of all mental faculties. Hippocrates believed the brain interpreted stimuli from the outside world giving rise to perception. He also identified the brain as the center for consciousness, intelligence, and will power. He also found the cause of epilepsy to be brain malfunction, rather than divine intervention. He learned much about brain-behavior relationships by examining soldiers who sustained head wounds. For example, he noticed that wounds to the head often resulted into convulsions, paralysis, and loss of speech. Galen (130–210 A.D.), a Greek physician studied the bodies of dead soldiers and of those he encountered by chance. Galen turned to dissecting animals. Galen’s dissections provided much knowledge about the nervous system. For example, he described the cranial nerves, which go from the brain to the face and upper body. He also differentiated between motor and sensory nerves. Learning Objective: 1.3.1: Describe some of the views associated with brain function throughout antiquity. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Antiquity Difficulty Level: Hard 4. Discuss the Broca study and how the resulting data supported the localization of function theory of brain-behavior relationships wherein individual brain areas seem to be dedicated to distinct functions such as speech. Ans: Answers may vary. Model Answer: French physician, anatomist and anthropologist Paul Broca (1824–1880; figure 1.14a) had a patient named Mr. Leborgne, nicknamed “Tan,” because this is the sound he made when attempting to give his name. Leborgne had suffered from epilepsy since he was young and lost his ability to speak (a condition called aphémie by Broca but later renamed aphasia). Broca invited Auburtin to come and examine the patient. Upon his examination he concluded that Leborgne must have sustained damage to the frontal lobes. After Leborgne’s death, Broca performed an autopsy on Leborgne and found that he had progressive damage to his left frontal lobe (in the third convolution). This finding convinced many to accept the, up to then, widely contested localization of function theory. Following Leborgne’s autopsy, Broca found several more cases of aphasia all associated with damage to the left frontal lobe. When damage to only the right frontal lobe was found, the ability to speak was not affected. Broca suggested that the left hemisphere dominated over the right hemisphere in controlling speech function. This led to the concept that we, today, known as cerebral dominance. The area in the left frontal lobe, which is associated with speech production became known as Broca's area. Learning Objective: 1.3.3: Understand how the idea that brain functions are localized to specific areas developed. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Localization of Function Difficulty Level: Hard 5. Briefly discuss why brain imaging cannot, at the present, be used as an accurate lie detector test. Ans: Answers may vary. Model Answer: More evidence about the validity and reliability of findings relating fMRI results to lying is needed. Do the results truly reflect lying and not some other cognitive functions and can the results be reliably replicated? So far neuroscientists have no evidence that either of these conditions are met. Langleben’s study using the guilty knowledge test (GKT) while the brain was being imaged by fMRI confirmed his hypothesis that because lying requires an individual to inhibit giving a truthful response areas of the brain associated with response inhibition, namely, the prefrontal and cingulate cortex, should be activated when an individual is lying. The study confirmed Langleben’s hypothesis in that there was a significant difference in the pattern of brain areas activated in participants when telling the truth and when being deceitful. However, the results of those studies must be interpreted with caution because many other factors could have contributed to the brain activation observed in individuals while they were lying. These include memory and attentional processes related to the experimental setup and procedures used in studies. In addition to these possible confounds, neuroscientists have come up with several hurdles that would need

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 to be dealt with. For example, questions still remain as to whether laboratory conditions under which these fMRI studies are conducted reflect real-life situations, where individuals are confronted with answering questions about real-life moral violations, which could end up in them going to jail. Another question has to do with whether patterns of results while being deceptive generalize to different populations, such as those defined by age group, profession or people with mental illness. Learning Objective: 1.4.2: Describe how brain-behavior relationships can be inferred by lesioning, stimulating, and measuring the brain's activity. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Module Summary Difficulty Level: Hard

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021

Chapter 2: Neurons and Glia Test Bank Multiple Choice 1. The types of cells that make up the nervous system are ______ and ______. a. osteocytes; hepatocytes b. squamous; hepatocytes c. myocytes; epithelial d. neurons; gila Ans: D Learning Objective: 2.1.1: Explain where neurons fit in with the other types of cells in the body. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Place of Neurons Within the Body Difficulty Level: Easy 2. A staining method known as the Golgi stain involves immersing nervous tissue into a ______ solution. a. alkaline b. magnesium sulfate c. potassium oxide d. silver nitrate Ans: D Learning Objective: 2.1.2: Explain the cell theory and the neuron doctrine. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Cell Theory and the Neuron Doctrine Difficulty Level: Medium 3. The idea that the neurites (axons and dendrites) of neurons fuse with the neurites of other neurons in a neural net is known as the ______. a. reticular theory b. dendrite theory c. Golgi theory d. neuron theory Ans: A Learning Objective: 2.1.2: Explain the cell theory and the neuron doctrine. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Cell Theory and the Neuron Doctrine Difficulty Level: Medium 4. The idea that the cell theory applies to neurons is known as the ______.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. neuron doctrine b. dendrite theory c. Golgi theory d. neuron theory Ans: A Learning Objective: 2.1.2: Explain the cell theory and the neuron doctrine. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Cell Theory and the Neuron Doctrine Difficulty Level: Medium 5. To facilitate sectioning of the brain, which has the consistency of Jell-O, it is hardened by soaking it in ______. a. saline b. paraformaldehyde c. acetone d. formalin Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.1.3: Describe the methods used to study neurons. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Studying Neurons Difficulty Level: Easy 6.__________is the scientific study of cells and tissues using special staining techniques combined with microscopy. a. Histology b. Pathology c. Microscopy d. Morphology Ans: A Learning Objective: 2.1.3: Describe the methods used to study neurons. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Studying Neurons Difficulty Level: Easy 7. Using a method known as ______ neuroscientist, Suzana Herculano-Houzel and colleagues found that the human brain contains, on average, 86.06 billion neurons and 84.61 are glia. a. isometric fractionation b. solution reduction c. paraformaldehyde soaking d. transfection Ans: A Learning Objective: 2.1.4: Explain what scientists have learned from having accurate estimates of the numbers of neurons in the brains of humans and other animals. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Number of Neurons and Glia in the Brain

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Easy 8. It was believed that brain size accounted for the differences in cognitive abilities across species of animals, but recent studies indicate it is related to the number of neurons located in the ______. a. cerebral cortex b. hippocampus c. neocortex d. olfactory bulb Ans: A Learning Objective: 2.1.4: Explain what scientists have learned from having accurate estimates of the numbers of neurons in the brains of humans and other animals. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Number of Neurons and Glia in the Brain Difficulty Level: Easy 9. Neurogenesis is the generation of new ______. a. gila b. neurons c. dendrites d. axons Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.1.4: Explain what scientists have learned from having accurate estimates of the numbers of neurons in the brains of humans and other animals. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Number of Neurons and Glia in the Brain Difficulty Level: Easy 10. The soma also called cell body or ______ contains the nucleus and organelles found in other cell types. a. synapse b. centrioles c. perikaryon d. endoplasmic reticulum Ans: C Learning Objective: 2.2.1: Describe the prototypical neuron and the role of its parts. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Prototypical Neuron Difficulty Level: Easy 11. Action potentials result in the release of ______ onto specialized receptors situated on target cells. a. Schwann cells b. ligands c. axons d. neurotransmitters

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: D Learning Objective: 2.2.1: Describe the prototypical neuron and the role of its parts. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Prototypical Neuron Difficulty Level: Easy 12. ______ are the neuron structures that carry out the cell’s functions. a. Axons b. Organelles c. Ligands d. Neurotransmitters Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.2.1: Describe the prototypical neuron and the role of its parts. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Prototypical Neuron Difficulty Level: Easy 13. Dendritic spines undergo plastic changes in response to experience, which underscores their importance in ______. a. spatial processing b. speech recognition c. learning and memory d. muscle function Ans: C Learning Objective: 2.2.1: Describe the prototypical neuron and the role of its parts. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Prototypical Neuron Difficulty Level: Easy 14. Each ______ is associated with certain functions in both the central and peripheral nervous systems. a. dendrite b. neurotransmitter c. axon hillock d. synapse Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.2.1: Describe the prototypical neuron and the role of its parts. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Prototypical Neuron Difficulty Level: Easy 15. A bundle of axons in the peripheral nervous system is referred to as a nerve; the longest nerve in the human body is the ______ nerve. a. sciatic b. vagus c. peripheral

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 d. olfactory Ans: A Learning Objective: 2.2.1: Describe the prototypical neuron and the role of its parts. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Prototypical Neuron Difficulty Level: Easy 16. Neurotransmitters and other chemicals that bind to receptors are known as ______ . a. ligands b. axon terminals c. axon hillocks d. neuron receptors Ans: A Learning Objective: 2.2.1: Describe the prototypical neuron and the role of its parts. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Prototypical Neuron Difficulty Level: Easy 17. Schwann cells are ______ glia in the ______ nervous system. a. action potential; central b. action potential; peripheral c. myelin-producing; peripheral d. myelin-producing; central Ans: C Learning Objective: 2.2.1: Describe the prototypical neuron and the role of its parts. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Prototypical Neuron Difficulty Level: Medium 18. Oligodendrocytes are ______ glia in the ______ nervous system. a. action potential; central b. action potential; peripheral c. myelin-producing; peripheral d. myelin-producing; central Ans: D Learning Objective: 2.2.1: Describe the prototypical neuron and the role of its parts. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Prototypical Neuron Difficulty Level: Medium 19. The myelin sheath is a ______ insulating ______. a. fatty substance; axons b. synaptic gap; neurons c. postsynaptic neuron; ligands d. neutral fluid; oligodendrocytes Ans: A

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: A Learning Objective: 2.2.1: Describe the prototypical neuron and the role of its parts. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Prototypical Neuron Difficulty Level: Medium 24. The most widely known pathological disorder of the cytoskeleton is ______ . a. multiple sclerosis b. amyotrophic lateral sclerosis c. Alzheimer’s disease d. multiple system atrophy Ans: C Learning Objective: 2.2.1: Describe the prototypical neuron and the role of its parts. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Prototypical Neuron Difficulty Level: Medium 25. A TAU protein that can no longer bind with microtubules has taken on additional ______ groups. a. sodium b. phosphate c. potassium d. sodium chloride Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.2.1: Describe the prototypical neuron and the role of its parts. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Prototypical Neuron Difficulty Level: Easy 26. The neurons that connect sensory neurons to motor neurons are ______. a. interneurons b. unipolar neurons c. pyramidal neurons d. rosehip neurons Ans: A Learning Objective: 2.2.2: Describe the ways by which neurons can be differentiated. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Diversity of Neurons Difficulty Level: Easy 27. Motor neurons and interneurons typically have the disposition of ______ with many dendrites sticking out of one side of the soma and an axon sticking out of the other side. a. unipolar neurons b. pyramidal neurons c. multipolar neurons d. rosehip neurons

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: C Learning Objective: 2.2.2: Describe the ways by which neurons can be differentiated. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Diversity of Neurons Difficulty Level: Medium 28. ______ are interneurons with a disposition of their dendrites giving them a starshaped appearance. a. Unipolar neurons b. Pyramidal neurons c. Multipolar neurons d. Stellate cells Ans: D Learning Objective: 2.2.2: Describe the ways by which neurons can be differentiated. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Diversity of Neurons Difficulty Level: Medium 29. Recently discovered neurons in the neocortex of humans that have a bush fruit appearance are known as______. a. unipolar neurons b. pyramidal neurons c. multipolar neurons d. rosehip neurons Ans: D Learning Objective: 2.2.2: Describe the ways by which neurons can be differentiated. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Diversity of Neurons Difficulty Level: Medium 30. Recent research findings suggest that a greater understanding of the neurobiological basis of human cognition, behavior, and psychological disorders might come from discovering neurons that are unique to humans such as the ______ neuron. a. unipolar neurons b. pyramidal neurons c. multipolar neurons d. rosehip neurons Ans: D Learning Objective: 2.2.2: Describe the ways by which neurons can be differentiated. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Diversity of Neurons Difficulty Level: Medium 31. The neuron’s nucleus ______ for ______. a. codes; protein b. codes; glia

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. transmits; action potentials d. transports; DNA Ans : A Learning Objective: 2.2.2: Describe the ways by which neurons can be differentiated. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Diversity of Neurons Difficulty Level: Medium 32. The myelin sheath breaks at nodes of Ranvier where action potentials are ______. a. terminated b. amplified c. regenerated d. decoded Ans: C Learning Objective: 2.2.2: Describe the ways by which neurons can be differentiated. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Diversity of Neurons Difficulty Level: Medium 33. A difference in the electrical charge between the inside and outside of a neuron sets up the conditions for a force known as______ . a. resting membrane potential b. equilibrium potential c. diffusion d. electrostatic pressure Ans: D Learning Objective: 2.3.1: Explain the forces of diffusion and electrostatic pressure and how they are involved in the movement of ions across the cell membrane. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: A Little Bit of Chemistry Difficulty Level: Medium 34. The membrane voltage at which electrostatic pressure counteracts diffusion is known as the______ potential a. equilibrium b. action c. resting membrane d. ion Ans: A Learning Objective: 2.3.1: Explain the forces of diffusion and electrostatic pressure and how they are involved in the movement of ions across the cell membrane. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: A Little Bit of Chemistry Difficulty Level: Medium 35. Neuron conductivity is ______ when many ion channels are ______.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. high; closed b. low; open c. high; open d. low; high Ans: C Learning Objective: 2.3.1: Explain the forces of diffusion and electrostatic pressure and how they are involved in the movement of ions across the cell membrane. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: A Little Bit of Chemistry Difficulty Level: Medium 36. Another action potential cannot be generated when the neuron is in the ______. a. depolarization threshold b. activation threshold c. relative refractory period d. absolute refractory period Ans: D Learning Objective: 2.3.2: Explain how action potentials are initiated. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Initiation of Action Potentials Difficulty Level: Medium 37. Once the depolarization of the neuron membrane crosses the______, all action potentials are of the same amplitude. a. depolarization threshold b. activation threshold c. relative refractory period d. absolute refractory period Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.3.2: Explain how action potentials are initiated. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Initiation of Action Potentials Difficulty Level: Medium 38. The all-or-none law states that more stimulation than necessary for the neuron to be depolarized to threshold ______. a. will not result in a stronger action potential b. causes high frequency action potentials c. will not generate another action potential d. causes Na+ channels to open Ans: A Learning Objective: 2.3.2: Explain how action potentials are initiated. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Initiation of Action Potentials Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 39. ______ is conduction of action potentials in the direction from the soma to the axon terminals. a. Relative refractory period b. Antidromic propagation c. Orthodromic propagation d. Saltatory propagation Ans: C Learning Objective: 2.3.3: Explain how action potentials are propagated down the axons of neurons. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Propagation of Action Potentials Difficulty Level: Easy 40. ______ is conduction of action potentials in the direction from the axon terminals to the soma. a. Relative refractory period b. Antidromic propagation c. Orthodromic propagation d. Saltatory propagation Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.3.3: Explain how action potentials are propagated down the axons of neurons. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Propagation of Action Potentials Difficulty Level: Easy 41. Channels that open and mediate the sense of touch are ______ channels. a. stretch-activated b. temperature-gated c. voltage-gated d. neurotransmitter-gated Ans: A Learning Objective: 2.3.3: Explain how action potentials are propagated down the axons of neurons. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Propagation of Action Potentials Difficulty Level: Easy 42. Channels that open and close in response to a change in voltage are ______ channels. a. stretch-activated b. temperature-gated c. voltage-gated d. neurotransmitter-gated Ans: C Learning Objective: 2.3.3: Explain how action potentials are propagated down the axons

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 of neurons. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Propagation of Action Potentials Difficulty Level: Easy 43. Antidromic conduction of action potential toward the cell body is limited and can ______. a. only be achieved in the laboratory b. not be simulated in the laboratory c. only be initiated by addition of heat d. not be initiated by voltage stimulation Ans: A Learning Objective: 2.3.3: Explain how action potentials are propagated down the axons of neurons. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Propagation of Action Potentials Difficulty Level: Medium 44. The time course of the action potential, from its initiation to the falling phase is about ______. a. 21 milliseconds b. 1 millisecond c. 2 milliseconds d. 0.5 milliseconds Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.3.2: Explain how action potentials are initiated. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Initiation of Action Potentials Difficulty Level: Easy 45. The point at which voltage across the neuronal membrane is more negative than the resting membrane potential (–70 mv) is called ______. a. overshoot b. undershoot c. activation threshold d. depolarization Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.3.2: Explain how action potentials are initiated. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Initiation of Action Potentials Difficulty Level: Easy 46. The intensity of a stimulus is not signaled by the amplitude of action potentials but by their ______. a. frequency b. change in polarization

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. ambient state d. electrostatic pressure Ans: A Learning Objective: 2.3.2: Explain how action potentials are initiated. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Initiation of Action Potentials Difficulty Level: Medium 47. The energy currency of cells is referred to as ______. a. ATP b. ADP c. MSC d. action potential Ans: A Learning Objective: 2.3.2: Explain how action potentials are initiated. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Initiation of Action Potentials Difficulty Level: Easy 48. The entry of ______ into the neuron characterizes the first stage of an action potential. a. positively charged Na+ ions b. negatively charged Na+ ions c. digestive enzymes d. alpha-synuclein protein Ans: D Learning Objective: 2.3.3: Explain how action potentials are propagated down the axons of neurons. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Propagation of Action Potentials Difficulty Level: Medium 49. The entry of ______ into the axon terminal triggers the releases of a neurotransmitter into the synaptic cleft, which stimulates or inhibits the neuron or any other target cell the neuron is communicating with. a. Ca+ b. Nac. K+ d. NaCl Ans: A Learning Objective: 2.3.3: Explain how action potentials are propagated down the axons of neurons. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Propagation of Action Potentials Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 50. Multiple sclerosis is an autoimmune disease in which the ______ that surrounds axons is destroyed. a. neuronal membrane b. lysosomes c. mesaxon d. myelin sheath Ans: D Learning Objective: 2.3.3: Explain how action potentials are propagated down the axons of neurons. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Propagation of Action Potentials Difficulty Level: Medium 51. ______ are activated when damage to nervous tissue occurs. a. Macrogila b. Lysosomes c. Microglia d. Phospholipids Ans: C Learning Objective: 2.4.2: Explain the functions of the different types of glia. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Functions of Glia Difficulty Level: Easy 52. The type of macrogila that plays an important role in cleansing the brain from bacteria, cellular debris, and toxins are known as_________. a. astrocytes b. radial glia c. oligodendrocytes d. Schwann cells Ans: A Learning Objective: 2.4.2: Explain the functions of the different types of glia. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Functions of Glia Difficulty Level: Easy 53. ______ is the brain’s ability to change with experience. a. Neurogenesis b. Phagocytosis c. Apoptosis d. Neuroplasticity Ans: D Learning Objective: 2.4.2: Explain the functions of the different types of glia. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Functions of Glia Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 54. When a neuron reaches the ______ during the depolarization of its membrane, it will generate an action potential. a. voltage change threshold b. activation threshold c. hyperpolarization threshold d. voltage-gated threshold Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.3.3: Explain how action potentials are propagated down the axons of neurons. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Propagation of Action Potentials Difficulty Level: Medium 55. The neuron is ______ when the voltage across the membrane is more negative than the resting membrane potential. a. repolarized b. hyperpolarized c. depolarized d. unipolarized Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.3.2: Explain how action potentials are initiated. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Initiation of Action Potentials Difficulty Level: Medium 56. The chemical process of a dying cell passes through ______ phases. a. two b. eight c. four d. three Ans: D Learning Objective: 2.4.2: Explain the functions of the different types of glia. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Functions of Glia Difficulty Level: Easy 57. ATP, the energy currency of cells, is involved in the ______ of the concentration gradients of Na+ and K+. a. falling phase b. restoration c. elimination d. hyperpolarization Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.3.2: Explain how action potentials are initiated. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Initiation of Action Potentials Difficulty Level: Easy 58. Dissolving molecules, such as sodium chloride (NaCl), into water produces ______. a. ions b. neurotransmission c. electrostatic pressure d. rising phase Ans: A Learning Objective: 2.3.2: Explain how action potentials are initiated. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Initiation of Action Potentials Difficulty Level: Easy 59. To generate a higher frequency of action potentials the input stimulus should ______. a. increase in strength b. increase in duration c. decrease in intensity d. decrease in duration Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.3.2: Explain how action potentials are initiated. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Initiation of Action Potentials Difficulty Level: Medium 60. Radial glia guide the migration of neurons to the superficial layers of the cortex during the development of ________. a. muscles b. the nervous system c. skeleton d. other glia Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.4.2: Explain the functions of the different types of glia. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Functions of Glia Difficulty Level: Easy True/False 1. All tissues are composed of specific types of cells. Ans: T Learning Objective: 2.1.1: Explain where neurons fit in with the other types of cells in the body. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: The Place of Neurons Within the Body Difficulty Level: Easy 2. A microtome instrument is used to cut extremely thin sections of tissue in a laboratory. Ans: T Learning Objective: 2.1.3: Describe the methods used to study neurons. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Studying Neurons Difficulty Level: Easy 3. Recent studies show that the human brain contains about 86 billion neurons with approximately half the number of glia. Ans: F Learning Objective: 2.1.4: Explain what scientists have learned from having accurate estimate of the number of neurons in the human brain and other animals. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Number of Neurons and Glia in the Brain Difficulty Level: Easy 4. Schwann cells are myelin-producing glia in the central nervous system. Ans: F Learning Objective: 2.2.1: Describe the prototypical neuron and the role of its parts. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Prototypical Neuron Difficulty Level: Medium 5.Axon terminals contain packets of neurotransmitters called synaptic vesicles. Ans: T Learning Objective: 2.2.1: Describe the prototypical neuron and the role of its parts. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Prototypical Neuron Difficulty Level: Medium 6. Intermediate filaments are present in dendrites but are less numerous in axons. Ans: F Learning Objective: 2.2.1: Describe the prototypical neuron and the role of its parts. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Prototypical Neuron Difficulty Level: Medium 7. When the TAU protein takes on additional phosphate groups, it can no longer bind with microtubules. Ans: T Learning Objective: 2.2.1: Describe the prototypical neuron and the role of its parts. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: The Prototypical Neuron Difficulty Level: Medium 8. Rosehip neurons are a recently discovered type of neuron with an unknown function that is found in humans but not in rodents. Ans: T Learning Objective: 2.2.2: Describe the ways by which neurons can be differentiated. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Diversity of Neurons Difficulty Level: Easy 9. The myelin sheath is periodically interrupted at what are known as nodes of Ranvier. Ans: T Learning Objective: 2.2.2: Describe the ways by which neurons can be differentiated. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Diversity of Neurons Difficulty Level: Medium 10. The resting membrane potential is the difference in charge between the inside and the outside of the neuron when conducting action potentials. Ans: F Learning Objective: 2.3.1: Explain the forces of diffusion and electrostatic pressure and how they are involved in the movement of ions across the cell membrane. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: A Little Bit of Chemistry Difficulty Level: Medium 11. Electrostatic pressure creates the phenomenon by which ions that are of the same charge (+ + or - -) repel each other and ions that are of opposite charge (+ -) attract each other. Ans: T Learning Objective: 2.3.1: Explain the forces of diffusion and electrostatic pressure and how they are involved in the movement of ions across the cell membrane. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: A Little Bit of Chemistry Difficulty Level: Medium 12. The minimal amount of depolarization that must occur for an action potential to be initiated is the depolarization threshold. Ans: F Learning Objective: 2.3.2: Explain how action potentials are initiated. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Initiation of Action Potentials Difficulty Level: Medium 13. Apoptosis is organized cell death that results from cellular injury.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: T Learning Objective: 2.4.2: Explain the functions of the different types of glia. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Functions of Glia Difficulty Level: Easy 14. The brain’s ability to change with experience is referred to as phagocytosis. Ans: F Learning Objective: 2.4.2: Explain the functions of the different types of glia. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Functions of Glia Difficulty Level: Easy 15. An apoptotic cell is digested within a phagolysosome, which is a phagosome that contains a lysosome having digestive enzymes. Ans: T Learning Objective: 2.4.2: Explain the functions of the different types of glia. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Functions of Glia Difficulty Level: Easy Essay 1. Briefly discuss the process involved in the transmission of action potentials. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: Neurons communicate through electrical impulses called action potentials, also known as nerve impulses. Action potentials result in the release of neurotransmitters onto specialized receptors situated on target cells. Target cells can be other neurons, muscle cells, or the cells of internal organs. Neurotransmitters are chemical messengers that are not only released by neurons but also synthesized and stored within them. Many neurotransmitters are known to exist. Each neurotransmitter is associated with certain functions in both the central and peripheral nervous systems. The neuron releases the neurotransmitters as the presynaptic neuron, to the receiving neurotransmitters, on the other side of the synaptic cleft, to the postsynaptic neuron. Learning Objective: 2.2.1: Describe the prototypical neuron and the role of its parts. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Prototypical Neuron Difficulty Level: Hard 2. Describe axoplasmic transport. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: The microtubules act as railroad tracks for the transport of materials from one part of the cell to another. In anterograde transport, kinesin proteins transport materials from the soma toward the axon terminals. In retrograde transport, dynein proteins transport materials from the axon terminal toward the soma.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 2.2.1: Describe the prototypical neuron and the role of its parts. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Prototypical Neuron Difficulty Level: Medium 3. Describe how to differentiate neurons using examples from your text book. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: Neurons can be differentiated by their function, as can be demonstrated in a reflex arc. For example, sensory neurons carry information from the body to the spinal cord where they communicate with motor neurons, through interneurons, which send electrical signals to the muscles. Neurons also come in a variety of shapes: unipolar, bipolar neurons, multipolar neurons, pyramidal cells, and stellate cells. Neurons also show diversity across species. Finally, neurons can be differentiated by the neurotransmitter that synthesizes, stores, and releases. Learning Objective: 2.2.2: Describe the ways by which neurons can be differentiated. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Diversity of Neurons Difficulty Level: Medium 4. Describe the propagation of an action potential and how it is facilitated by the insulating myelin sheath. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: An analogy for the propagation of an action potential is that of a tape around a leaky garden hose. Without myelin, much of the current, flowing down the axon, escapes through the membrane, like water escapes through holes of a leaky garden hose. A break in the myelin sheath occurs at regular intervals called nodes of Ranvier, as mentioned earlier. At these intervals, a concentration of Na+ channels can be found, where the action potential is regenerated. Depolarization of the membrane speeds down the covered part of the axon until the next node, to again be regenerated, a process called saltatory conduction. Learning Objective: 2.3.3: Explain how action potentials are propagated down the axons of neurons. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Propagation of Action Potentials Difficulty Level: Medium 5. Describe the initial discovery of glia and what was believed to be their role in brain function and how that view changed. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: Biologist Rudolph Virchow first observed gila in 1858 and believed their primary function was to act as a glue between neurons to hold them together. Today, we know that glia play many roles in the functioning of the nervous system. For example, depending on their type, they can clean up damaged tissue, cover axons with myelin, participate in neurotransmission, associate themselves to blood vessels to isolate the brain from potential toxins and guide the migration of neurons to their proper brain area during development. The diversity of glia was first recognized in the 1920s. Learning Objective: 2.4.1: Describe the initial discovery of glia and the role initially assigned to them.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Putting Glia Into Context Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021

Chapter 3: The Synapse, Neurotransmitters, Drugs and Addiction Test Bank Multiple Choice 1. Sarin and other nerve agents produce a chemical reaction in the human brain that interferes with ______. a. inhibiting muscle contraction b. inhibiting glandular secretion c. acetylcholine absorption d. synaptic vesicles Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.2.1: Explain what a neurotransmitter is and identify the criteria that qualify a chemical as being a neurotransmitter. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: A Chemical Attack Difficulty Level: Medium 2. Neurotransmitters can be differentiated by their ______ and their ______on the nervous system. a. velocity; impact b. thread pattern; length c. color; place d. molecular structures; actions Ans: D Learning Objective: 3.1.1: Describe and explain what constitutes a synapse. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is a Synapse? Difficulty Level: Easy 3. The ______ releases a neurotransmitter into the synaptic cleft. a. presynaptic neuron b. postsynaptic neuron c. axon terminal d. dendrite Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.1.1 Describe and explain what constitutes a synapse. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is a Synapse? Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 4. The ______ contains receptors onto which the neurotransmitter binds. a. presynaptic neuron b. postsynaptic neuron c. axon terminal d. dendrite Ans: B Learning Objective: 3.1.1: Describe and explain what constitutes a synapse. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is a Synapse? Difficulty Level: Easy 5. ______ are areas of the dendrite onto which receptors are located. a. Postsynaptic element b. Presynaptic element c. Active zones d. Postsynaptic densities Ans: D Learning Objective: 3.1.1: Describe and explain what constitutes a synapse. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is a Synapse? Difficulty Level: Easy 6. The active zones of the presynaptic axon terminal are where ______ bind to the axon terminal’s membrane. a. action potentials b. post synaptic neurons c. synaptic vesicles d. receptors Ans: C Learning Objective: 3.1.1: Describe and explain what constitutes a synapse. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is a Synapse? Difficulty Level: Easy 7. The point of communication between neurons or other types of cells typically subdivided into two sets of events defines a ______. a. synapse b. active zone c. dendritic density d. membrane differentiation Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.1.2: Describe what occurs at a synapse. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Occurs at the Synapse? Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 8. Synaptic vesicles are produced in the ______ of neurons. a. Golgi apparatus b. gila c. soma d. vesicles Ans: C Learning Objective: 3.1.2: Describe what occurs at a synapse. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Occurs at the Synapse? Difficulty Level: Medium 9. Synaptic vesicles are transported down to the axon terminals by the ______. a. conexin protein b. protein dynein c. G-protein d. protein kinesin Ans: D Learning Objective: 3.1.2: Describe what occurs at a synapse. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Occurs at the Synapse? Difficulty Level: Easy 10. Membrane-bound vesicles contain either ______ or ______ neurotransmitters. a. small-molecule; large-molecule b. postsynaptic; presynaptic c. free floating; bound d. transporter; receptor Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.1.2: Describe what occurs at a synapse. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Occurs at the Synapse? Difficulty Level: Easy 11. ______ is the process of synaptic vesicles aligning to the area from which they will release their content of neurotransmitters. a. Endocytosis b. Exocytosis c. Docking d. Diffusion Ans: C Learning Objective: 3.1.2: Describe what occurs at a synapse. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Occurs at the Synapse? Difficulty Level: Comprehension 12. Ion channels that respond to the binding of a neurotransmitter are ______.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. ionotropic receptors b. neurotransmitter-gated ion channels c. metabotropic receptors d. G-protein receptors Ans: B Learning Objective: 3.1.2: Describe what occurs at a synapse. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Occurs at the Synapse? Difficulty Level: Easy 13. Large-molecule neurotransmitters are stored in larger vesicles called ______. a. ligands b. neurosecretory granules c. synaptic vesicles d. dense-core vesicles Ans: B Learning Objective: 3.1.2: Describe what occurs at a synapse. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Occurs at the Synapse? Difficulty Level: Easy 14. Molecules are exported out of a cell via ______ . a. endocytosis b. exocytosis c. docking d. diffusion Ans: B Learning Objective: 3.1.2: Describe what occurs at a synapse. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Occurs at the Synapse? Difficulty Level: Easy 15. Receptors that indirectly affect the cell’s function by triggering a cascade of events inside the cell are known as ______. a. ionotropic receptors b. neurotransmitter-gated ion channels c. metabotropic receptors d. G-protein receptors Ans: C Learning Objective: 3.1.2: Describe what occurs at a synapse. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Occurs at the Synapse? Difficulty Level: Medium 16. The ______ is important to the formation of new memories. a. ionotropic

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. second-messenger cascade c. ligand d. exocytosis Ans: B Learning Objective: 3.1.2: Describe what occurs at a synapse. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Occurs at the Synapse? Difficulty Level: Comprehension 17. Transporters are proteins that form channels across cell membranes. They are involved in the ______ of neurotransmitters from the synaptic cleft. a. reuptake b. degradation c. diffusion d. binding Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.1.2: Describe what occurs at a synapse. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Occurs at the Synapse? Difficulty Level: Comprehension 18. ______ refers to the change in voltage of the neuronal membrane due to the entry of Na+ into a neuron. a. Temporal summation b. Depolarization c. Synaptic integration d. Hyperpolarization Ans: B Learning Objective: 3.1.3: Explain what constitutes synaptic integration. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Synaptic Integration Difficulty Level: Medium 19. An______ is a postsynaptic potential that causes the voltage of the membrane to move toward the activation threshold. a. EPSP b. IPSP c. SNRI d. SSRI Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.1.3: Explain what constitutes synaptic integration. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Synaptic Integration Difficulty Level: Medium 20. A neurotransmitter that binds to receptors that trigger the opening of Cl- channels is

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a(n) ______. a. excitatory neurotransmitter b. action potential c. synaptic integration d. inhibitory neurotransmitter Ans: D Learning Objective: 3.1.3: Explain what constitutes synaptic integration. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Synaptic Integration Difficulty Level: Medium 21. An action potential can occur if the excitatory postsynaptic potential changes the neuron membrane voltage enough to ______ the neuronal membrane ______ the activation threshold. a. polarize; beyond b. polarize; below c. depolarize; below d. depolarize; beyond Ans: D Learning Objective: 3.1.3: Explain what constitutes synaptic integration. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Synaptic Integration Difficulty Level: Hard 22. When several postsynaptic potentials occur at the same time but at different synapses and are added together resulting in an action potential, it is known as ______. a. spatial summation b. temporal summation c. summation d. synaptic integration Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.1.3: Explain what constitutes synaptic integration. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Synaptic Integration Difficulty Level: Hard 23. Connexins are ______ that allow the passage of ions from one neuron to the other at electrical synapses. a. enzymes b. G-proteins c. proteins d. electrical pulses Ans: C Learning Objective: 3.1.4: Describe the varieties of synapses. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Varieties of Synapses

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium 24. Two schools of thought about how neurons communicate once existed. In one of them, communication between neurons occurred through chemical messengers (i.e., neurotransmitters). In the other, communication between neurons occurred through the direct transfer of electrical current from one neuron to another. These two schools of thought were known as the ______ and______ schools. a. soup; sparks b. water; fire c. chemistry; electricity d. fluid; current Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.1.4: Describe the varieties of synapses. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Varieties of Synapses Difficulty Level: Easy 25. The patellar reflex (also known as the knee-jerk reflex) induced by your doctor when tapping the areas just below your knee, includes ______ synapse: between a sensory neuron and motor neuron. a. only one b. > one < four c. only four d. > four Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.1.4: Describe the varieties of synapses. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Varieties of Synapses Difficulty Level: Medium 26. The presence of junctional folds is one of the factors that make synapses at the neuromuscular junction ______. a. weak b. polarized c. fail-safe d. gap-activated Ans: C Learning Objective: 3.1.4: Describe the varieties of synapses. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Varieties of Synapses Difficulty Level: Medium 27. Summation can be temporal, in which several small depolarizations are induced ______ at ______ synapse. a. in succession; the same b. rapidly; the same

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. over time; different d. at same time; different Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.1.4: Describe the varieties of synapses. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: The Varieties of Synapses Difficulty Level: Hard 28. Neurotransmitters are ______ that are released from neurons to ______ a specific target. a. proteins; polarize b. proteins; affect c. chemicals; bind to d. chemicals; affect Ans: D Learning Objective: 3.2.1: Explain what a neurotransmitter is and identify the criteria that qualify a chemical as being a neurotransmitter. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: What Are Neurotransmitters? Difficulty Level: Medium 29. Because different substances in the nervous system can have similar actions, a substance must meet ______ criteria to qualify as being a neurotransmitter. a. 7 b. 4 c. 3 d. 10 Ans: B Learning Objective: 3.2.1: Explain what a neurotransmitter is and identify the criteria that qualify a chemical as being a neurotransmitter. Cognitive Domain: knowledge Answer Location: What Are Neurotransmitters? Difficulty Level: Easy 30. An autoimmune disease in which the body’s immune system destroys the receptors for acetylcholine at the neuromuscular junction is ______. a. Alzheimer’s b. myasthenia gravis c. Parkinson’s d. Lou Gehrig's Ans: B Learning Objective: 3.2.2: Identify the different classes of neurotransmitters as well as their pathways, functions, and receptors. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurotransmitter Systems: Pathways, Functions, and Receptors Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 31. ______ is a neurodegenerative brain disease in which dopamine neurons in the substantia nigra die. a. Alzheimer’s b. Myasthenia gravis c. Parkinson’s d. Lou Gehrig's Ans: C Learning Objective: 3.2.2: Identify the different classes of neurotransmitters as well as their pathways, functions, and receptors. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurotransmitter Systems: Pathways, Functions, and Receptors Difficulty Level: Easy 32. All of the amines, except for acetylcholine, are derived from a precursor ______. a. amino acid b. tryptophan c. acetyl coenzyme d. choline Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.2.2: Identify the different classes of neurotransmitters as well as their pathways, functions, and receptors. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurotransmitter Systems: Pathways, Functions and Receptors Difficulty Level: Easy 33. Amino acids are molecules that are the ______. a. catalysts for enzymes b. building blocks for protein c. controls of anxiety d. degraders of monoamines Ans: B Learning Objective: 3.2.2: Identify the different classes of neurotransmitters as well as their pathways, functions, and receptors. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurotransmitter Systems: Pathways, Functions, and Receptors Difficulty Level: Easy 34. Dopamine, epinephrine and norepinephrine have for precursor the amino acid ______. a. tyrosine b. tryptophan c. acetyl coenzyme d. choline Ans: A

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 3.2.2: Identify the different classes of neurotransmitters as well as their pathways, functions, and receptors. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurotransmitter Systems: Pathways, Functions, and Receptors Difficulty Level: Easy 35. The role of cholinergic neurons in memory is largely due to their projections to the ______. a. spine b. cortex c. thalamus d. hippocampus Ans: D Learning Objective: 3.2.2: Identify the different classes of neurotransmitters as well as their pathways, functions, and receptors. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurotransmitter Systems: Pathways, Functions, and Receptors Difficulty Level: Easy 36. In a lab experiment, an inhibitory drug is administered to disrupt the cholinergic input to the hippocampus. This most likely is testing ______. a. sight b. heart rate c. memory recall d. neuromuscular reflex Ans: C Learning Objective: 3.2.2: Identify the different classes of neurotransmitters as well as their pathways, functions, and receptors. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Neurotransmitter Systems: Pathways, Functions, and Receptors Difficulty Level: Medium 37. When specific receptors bind at the neuromuscular junction this results in muscle ______. a. contraction b. paralysis c. release d. inhibition Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.2.2: Identify the different classes of neurotransmitters as well as their pathways, functions, and receptors. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurotransmitter Systems: Pathways, Functions, and Receptors Difficulty Level: Easy 38. In a lab experiment with mice, a drug is that interferes with the tuberoinfundibular

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 pathway is administered. Most likely the goal is to test this pathway’s role in______. a. heart rate b. swallowing c. lactation d. cognition Ans: C Learning Objective: 3.2.2: Identify the different classes of neurotransmitters as well as their pathways, functions, and receptors. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Neurotransmitter Systems: Pathways, Functions, and Receptors Difficulty Level: Medium 39. The nigrostriatal pathway contains dopaminergic neurons that project from the substantia nigra to the striatum and are important for regulating ______. a. heart rate b. blood pressure c. memory d. voluntary movement Ans: D Learning Objective: 3.2.2: Identify the different classes of neurotransmitters as well as their pathways, functions, and receptors. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neurotransmitter Systems: Pathways, Functions, and Receptors Difficulty Level: Medium 40. In a lab experiment, the researchers administer an excitatory drug and then present pictures of situations.They then ask participants to select an action that best applies to the situation. The research is most likely investigating ______ neuron function. a. dopaminergic b. cholinergic c. muscarinic d. nicotinic Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.2.2: Identify the different classes of neurotransmitters as well as their pathways, functions, and receptors. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Neurotransmitter Systems: Pathways, Functions, and Receptors Difficulty Level: Medium 41. The mesolimbic pathway plays a role in the control of emotional states and ______. a. anxiety b. motivation c. motor skills d. pituitary gland Ans: B Learning Objective: 3.2.2: Identify the different classes of neurotransmitters as well as

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 their pathways, functions, and receptors. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurotransmitter Systems: Pathways, Functions and Receptors Difficulty Level: Easy 42. All dopamine receptors are ______ coupled receptors. a. conexin protein b. enzymes c. G-protein d. protein kinesin Ans: C Learning Objective: 3.2.2: Identify the different classes of neurotransmitters as well as their pathways, functions, and receptors. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurotransmitter Systems: Pathways, Functions, and Receptors Difficulty Level: Easy 43. Dysfunctions in the ______ system are associated with a range of disorders, including depression, schizophrenia, anxiety disorders, Alzheimer’s disease, and Parkinson’s disease a. symptaminergic b. parasymptaminergic c. noradrenergic d. anabolinergic Ans: C Learning Objective: 3.2.2: Identify the different classes of neurotransmitters as well as their pathways, functions, and receptors. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurotransmitter Systems: Pathways, Functions, and Receptors Difficulty Level: Medium 44. Norepinephrine is the neurotransmitter used to activate the sympathetic nervous system, which drives bodily changes and is associated with the______ response. a. rest and digest b. recovery c. fight or flight d. mesocortical Ans: C Learning Objective: 3.2.2: Identify the different classes of neurotransmitters as well as their pathways, functions, and receptors. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Neurotransmitter Systems: Pathways, Functions, and Receptors Difficulty Level: Medium 45. In an agonist drug study, researchers collecting data on efficacy of a medication for

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 schizophrenia would most likely be recording data associated with the drug’s effects on the neurotransmitter______. a. acetylcholine b. dopamine c. norepinephrine d. epinephrine Ans: B Learning Objective: 3.2.2: Identify the different classes of neurotransmitters as well as their pathways, functions, and receptors. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Neurotransmitter Systems: Pathways, Functions, and Receptors Difficulty Level: Medium 46. When ______ receptors are activated, they cause muscles to contract and blood vessels to become constricted (vasoconstriction). a. serotonergic b. noradrenergic c. dopaminergic d. cholinergic Ans: B Learning Objective: 3.2.2: Identify the different classes of neurotransmitters as well as their pathways, functions, and receptors. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Neurotransmitter Systems: Pathways, Functions, and Receptors Difficulty Level: Medium 47. Two essential amino acids that are constituents of dietary intake are ______ and ______. a. tyrosine; tryptophan b. arginine; asparagine c. glutamate; glutamine d. isoleucine; leucine Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.2.2: Identify the different classes of neurotransmitters as well as their pathways, functions, and receptors. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Neurotransmitter Systems: Pathways, Functions, and Receptors Difficulty Level: Medium 48. Lower than normal glutamate neurotransmission is thought to be a factor in the development of ______. a. attention deficit disorder b. schizophrenia c. depression d. obsessive-compulsive disorder Ans: B

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 3.2.2: Identify the different classes of neurotransmitters as well as their pathways, functions, and receptors. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Neurotransmitter Systems: Pathways, Functions, and Receptors Difficulty Level: Medium 49. NMDA (N-methyl-D-aspartate) and kainate receptors are voltage gated and at rest are blocked by ______. a. potassium b. glutamate c. magnesium d. G-protein Ans: C Learning Objective: 3.2.2: Identify the different classes of neurotransmitters as well as their pathways, functions, and receptors. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Neurotransmitter Systems: Pathways, Functions, and Receptors Difficulty Level: Medium 50. NMDA receptors get rid of the Mg2+ blocking by the depolarization caused by the ______ to the AMPA channel. a. binding of kainate b. binding of Cl+ c. binding of Na+ d. binding of glutamate Ans: D Learning Objective: 3.2.2: Identify the different classes of neurotransmitters as well as their pathways, functions, and receptors. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Neurotransmitter Systems: Pathways, Functions, and Receptors Difficulty Level: Medium 51. Research indicates that deficiency in ______ may trigger sleep walking behaviors. a. glycine b. GABA c. serotonin d. epinephrine Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.2.2: Identify the different classes of neurotransmitters as well as their pathways, functions, and receptors. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Neurotransmitter Systems: Pathways, Functions, and Receptors Difficulty Level: Medium 52. In a clinical drug trial, cancer patients who are about to undergo chemotherapy are given an experimental drug. Data are collected to determine the efficacy of the drug in

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 relieving their intense feelings of anxiety related to the upcoming chemotherapy. The drug being tested is likely ______. a. an NMDA receptor antagonist b. an NMDA receptor antagonist c. an opioid d. a reuptake inhibitor Ans: C Learning Objective: 3.3.1: Define what constitutes a psychoactive drug. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: What Is a Drug? Difficulty Level: Medium 53. Anhedonia refers to ______. a. the enhanced ability to feel pleasure b. a type of behavioral tolerance c. a type of dispositional tolerance d. a withdrawal symptom Ans: D Learning Objective: 3.3.2: Define and explain drug addiction. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Drug Addiction Difficulty Level: Medium 54. In addition to their reinforcing effects, the pleasurable sensations that drugs provide strengthen the ______ of the drug-related experience. a. memory b. duration c. intensity d. currency Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.3.3: Identify and explain the neurobiological models of addiction. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neurobiological Models of Addiction Difficulty Level: Medium 55. The ______ stage is when a person experiences intense cravings for the drug, accompanied by constant drug-seeking behaviors. The brain area associated with this stage is the ______. a. preoccupation/anticipation; hypothalamus b. binge/intoxication; amygdala c. preoccupation/anticipation; prefrontal cortex d. withdrawal/negative affect; frontal lobe Ans: C Learning Objective: 3.3.3: Identify and explain the neurobiological models of addiction. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neurobiological Models of Addiction

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium 56. The stage in the circuit of addiction in which positive reinforcement predominates is the ______. a. intracranial self-stimulation b. preoccupation/anticipation c. binge/intoxication d. withdrawal/negative affect Ans: C Learning Objective: 3.3.3: Identify and explain the neurobiological models of addiction. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neurobiological Models of Addiction Difficulty Level: Medium 57. In the CPP model of drug addiction it is demonstrated that animals form ___________associations. a. drug-context b. taste-memory c. hide-n-seek d. queue-memory Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.3.3: Identify and explain the neurobiological models of addiction. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neurobiological Models of Addiction Difficulty Level: Medium 58. Prescription benzodiazepines are mostly used to treat people suffering from ______. a. depression b. paranoia c. sleep apnea d. anxiety Ans: D Learning Objective: 3.3.4: Describe the neurobiological mechanisms of some commonly abused drugs. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Mechanisms of Action of Commonly Abused Drugs Difficulty Level: Medium 59. Two commonly abused drugs that are additive are ______ and ______. a. nicotine; alcohol b. coffee; opium c. Lunesta; Sonata d. melatonin; Ativan Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.3.4: Describe the neurobiological mechanisms of some commonly

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 abused drugs. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Mechanisms of Action of Commonly Abused Drugs Difficulty Level: Medium 60. All addictive drugs have this in common: they act on the brain areas responsible for ______. a. causing sleep b. avoiding pain c. feeling pleasure d. motivation Ans: C Learning Objective: 3.3.4: Describe the neurobiological mechanisms of some commonly abused drugs. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Mechanisms of Action of Commonly Abused Drugs Difficulty Level: Medium True/False 1. The site at which neurons communicate with other cells is known as the synapse. Ans: T Learning Objective: 3.1.1 Describe and explain what constitutes a synapse. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is a Synapse? Difficulty Level: Easy 2. The areas of a postsynaptic neuron’s receptors are called active zones. Ans: F Learning Objective: 3.1.1 Describe and explain what constitutes a synapse. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is a Synapse? Difficulty Level: Easy 3. Together, the active zones of the presynaptic neuron and post-synaptic densities of the post-synaptic neuron are referred to as membrane differentiations. Ans: T Learning Objective: 3.1.1 Describe and explain what constitutes a synapse. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is a Synapse? Difficulty Level: Easy 4. The entry of Ca+ causes synaptic vesicles to align to the area from which they will release their content of neurotransmitters, in a process known as exocytosis.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: F Learning Objective: 3.1.2 Describe what occurs at a synapse. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Occurs at the Synapse? Difficulty Level: Medium 5. Neurotransmitter binding to a Na+ channel results in the flow Na+ to enter the neuron causing it to depolarize. Ans: T Learning Objective: 3.1.2: Describe what occurs at a synapse. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Occurs at the Synapse? Difficulty Level: Easy 6. The effect that the binding of a neurotransmitter to its receptor has on the cell, depends on the type of channel's ion selectivity. Ans: T Learning Objective: 3.1.2: Describe what occurs at a synapse. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Occurs at the Synapse? Difficulty Level: Easy 7. When neurotransmitter levels in the synaptic cleft are too high, they bind to the autoreceptors, which signal the presynaptic neuron to increase releasing neurotransmitters. Ans: F Learning Objective: 3.1.2: Describe what occurs at a synapse. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Occurs at the Synapse? Difficulty Level: Medium 8. Because neurotransmitter receptors become unresponsive when overly stimulated, neurotransmitters released into the synaptic cleft are permitted to remain there only for a short period. Ans: T Learning Objective: 3.1.2: Describe what occurs at a synapse. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Occurs at the Synapse? Difficulty Level: Comprehension 9. A single neuron can receive a range of 1–30 thousand inputs from other neurons. Ans: T Learning Objective: 3.1.3: Explain what constitutes synaptic integration. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Synaptic Integration Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 10. One muscle cell is stimulated by only one motor neuron. The precise area at which the motor neurons synapse on the muscle cell is called the motor kick plate. Ans: F Learning Objective: 3.1.4: Describe the varieties of synapses. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Varieties of Synapses Difficulty Level: Medium 11. A single EPSP at the neuromuscular junction causes a depolarization of about 70 millivolts and enough depolarization to depolarize the membrane beyond the activation threshold. Ans: T Learning Objective: 3.1.4: Describe the varieties of synapses. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Varieties of Synapses Difficulty Level: Medium 12. The most powerful toxin known goes by the formula name Botox. Ans: T Learning Objective: Learning Objective: 3.2.2: Identify the different classes of neurotransmitters as well as their pathways, functions, and receptors. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurotransmitter Systems: Pathways, Functions, and Receptors Difficulty Level: Easy 13. All essential amino acids are taken into the body through diet. Ans: T Learning Objective: Learning Objective: 3.2.2: Identify the different classes of neurotransmitters as well as their pathways, functions, and receptors. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurotransmitter Systems: Pathways, Functions, and Receptors Difficulty Level: Easy 14. Glutamate is the most abundant excitatory neurotransmitter in the brain. Ans: T Learning Objective: Learning Objective: 3.2.2: Identify the different classes of neurotransmitters as well as their pathways, functions, and receptors. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurotransmitter Systems: Pathways, Functions, and Receptors Difficulty Level: Easy 15. Overactivation of serotonin receptors is associated with the psychedelic effects of hallucinogenic drugs. Ans: T Learning Objective: Learning Objective: 3.2.2: Identify the different classes of

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 neurotransmitters as well as their pathways, functions, and receptors. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurotransmitter Systems: Pathways, Functions, and Receptors Difficulty Level: Easy 16. Caffeine is considered a psychoactive stimulant drug. Ans: T Learning Objective: 3.3.1: Define what constitutes a psychoactive drug. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: What Is a Drug? Difficulty Level: Medium Essay 1. Briefly describe neuronal transmission via metabotropic receptors. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: Metabotropic receptors are not located on ion channels. Instead, when a neurotransmitter binds to a metabotropic receptor, a protein attached to the inside of the cell membrane is activated. This protein is called guanine nucleotide-binding nucleotide protein, or simply G-protein. Receptors to which Gproteins are attached are called G-protein coupled receptors. When activated, Gproteins travel on the inside of the neuron and influence its function. For example, in what is known as the shortcut pathway, activated G-proteins bind to ion channels from inside the cell and cause it to open. Such a channel is said to be G-protein gated. Another way in which metabotropic receptors influence cell function is through a second messenger cascade in which a G-protein activates an effector enzyme, which in turn can synthesize molecules known as second messengers. These second messengers can then interact with proteins to influence intracellular events. Learning Objective: 3.1.2: Describe what occurs at a synapse. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Occurs at the Synapse? Difficulty Level: Medium 2. Briefly describe how acetylcholinesterase inhibitors work in the treatment of Alzheimer’s disease. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: Neurotransmitter receptors become unresponsive when overly stimulated and interfere with the communication between neurons as signals from the presynaptic neurons causing no effect on the post-synaptic cell. Prolonged activation of receptors may be excitotoxic, which means that it can result in the death of neurons through being overstimulated. The dead neuron cells are symptomatic of Alzheimer’s disease and removal of these inactive neurons is a way to control or treat the disease. Using acetylcholinesterase inhibitors results in more acetylcholine being available to bind to receptors and degradation of receptors in the synaptic cleft. Learning Objective: 3.1.2: Describe what occurs at a synapse. Cognitive Domain: Application

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: What Occurs at the Synapse? Difficulty Level: Hard 3. Briefly describe what postsynaptic integration is in terms of answering, “What’s a neuron to do? Fire or not fire? Ans: Answer will vary. Model Answer: So, what is the neuron to do? To fire or not to fire? The answer: A single neuron can receive from 1 to 30 thousands inputs from other neurons. So how does the neuron respond to these conflicting signals. The answer is that the neuron adds up the excitatory and inhibitory messages it receives from other neurons. A neurotransmitter that binds to receptors that trigger the opening of Na+ channels, which results in the depolarization of the neuronal membrane is referred to as an excitatory neurotransmitter. A neurotransmitter that binds to receptors that trigger the opening of Cl- channels, which results in the hyperpolarization of the neuronal membrane is referred to as an inhibitory neurotransmitter. If the amount of excitation outweighs the amount of inhibition, the neuron will be more likely to fire an action potential. The computations performed by neurons that result in whether it will be more or less likely to fire an action potential is known as synaptic integration. Learning Objective: 3.1.3: Explain what constitutes synaptic integration. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Synaptic Integration Difficulty Level: Hard 4. Describe how German pharmacologist Otto Loewi (1873-1961) in 1920 confirmed Henry Dale’s hypothesis that neural transmission were chemical. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: Loewi electrically stimulated the vagus nerve entering a frog’s heart, which was bathing in fluid. As he expected, the heartbeat slowed (it was known that stimulation of the vagus nerve slows the heart). He then pumped some of the fluid, in which the heart was bathing, into fluid in which a second frog’s heart was bathing. Guess what happened. The beat of the second heart also slowed. This convinced Loewi that, upon stimulation, the vagus nerve released a chemical into the fluid in which the first heart was bathing. Pumping some of that fluid into the fluid in which the second heart was bathing transferred some of the same chemical into it, having the same effect it did on the first heart. Because the chemical was released by the vagus nerve. Learning Objective: 3.1.4: Describe the varieties of synapses. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: The Varieties of Synapses Difficulty Level: Hard 5. Summarize the 7 key points of neurotransmitters. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: 1) Neurotransmitters are chemical messengers that are synthesized, stored and released by neurons. 2) There are two broad types of neurotransmitters: small-molecule neurotransmitters and large molecule neurotransmitters. 3) Small-molecule neurotransmitters are synthesized in axon terminals and stored in

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 synaptic vesicles, whereas large-molecule neurotransmitters are synthesized in the cell body stored in large dense-core vesicles. 4) Neurotransmitters are released into the synaptic cleft by presynaptic neurons through the process of exocytosis. 5) Neurotransmitters travel across the synaptic cleft and bind to receptors, mostly located on the dendrites of postsynaptic neurons. 6) Neurotransmitters could be excitatory or inhibitory. They are excitatory when they trigger EPSPs and inhibitory when they trigger IPSPs. 7) Neurotransmitters are also released onto types of cells other than neurons, for example muscle cells, cells of internal organs and glands. Learning Objective: 3.2.1: Explain what a neurotransmitter is and identify the criteria that qualify a chemical as being a neurotransmitter. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: What Are Neurotransmitters? Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021

Chapter 4: The Nervous System Test Bank Multiple Choice 1. ______ is the process by which a hollow ball of cells called the blastocyst is transformed into the gastrula, which contains the germ layers that are to become the different tissues of the body. a. Gastrulation b. Blastocyst c. Embryonic development d. Germinal stage Ans: A Learning Objective: 4.1.1: Describe the process of gastrulation. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Gastrulation Difficulty Level: Easy 2. Somites formed by the ______ give rise to the vertebrae and associated skeletal muscles. a. embryonic disk b. endoderm c. ectoderm d. mesoderm Ans: D Learning Objective: 4.1.2: Describe the process of neurulation. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurulation Difficulty Level: Easy 3. The ______ vertebrae of the spinal column, as well their associated skeletal muscles develop from the______. a. 38; gastrula b. 22; neural plate c. 33; somites d. 33; embryonic disk Ans: C Learning Objective: 4.1.2: Describe the process of neurulation. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurulation Difficulty Level: Easy 4. A subdivision of the midbrain involved in regulating pain is the ______.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. tegmentum b. tectum c. telencephalon d. diencephalon Ans: A Learning Objective: 4.1.3: Explain how the neural tube differentiates into the brain’s primary vesicles. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Differentiation of the Neural Tube Into the Primary Brain Vesicles Difficulty Level: Medium 5. The rostral end expansion that initiates the division of the neural tube into three primary vesicles known as ______. a. tegmentum b. tectum c. diencephalon d. differentiation Ans: D Learning Objective: 4.1.3: Explain how the neural tube differentiates into the brain’s primary vesicles. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Differentiation of the Neural Tube Into the Primary Brain Vesicles Difficulty Level: Medium 6. A red flag for the initial research report claiming that vaccines were linked to autism spectrum disorder was Wakefield’s ______. a. lies and conflict of interest b. for-profit research c. research funding d. lack of documentation Ans: A Learning Objective: 4.1.3: Explain how the neural tube differentiates into the brain’s primary vesicles. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Differentiation of the Neural Tube Into the Primary Brain Vesicles Difficulty Level: Medium 7. The brain develops into ______ primary and _______ secondary vesicles. a. 2; 4 b. 3; 6 c. 2; 5 d. 3; 5 Ans: D Learning Objective: 4.1.3: Explain how the neural tube differentiates into the brain’s primary vesicles. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Differentiation of the Neural Tube Into the Primary Brain Vesicles Difficulty Level: Medium 8. The gray matter of the brain contains ______ and the white matter contains ______. a. sulci; tectum b. tectum; sulci c. cell bodies; nerve fibers d. nerve fibers; cell bodies Ans: C Learning Objective: 4.2.1: Identify the major structures of the telencephalon and some of their functions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Structures and Functions of the Forebrain: The Telencephalon Difficulty Level: Medium 9. The area situated at the posterior-most part of your frontal lobes responsible for moving your body is the ______. a. postcentral gyrus b. frontal lobes c. motor cortex d. premotor cortex Ans: C Learning Objective: 4.2.1: Identify the major structures of the telencephalon and some of their functions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Structures and Functions of the Forebrain: The Telencephalon Difficulty Level: Medium 10. The primary somatosensory cortex contains another ______ responsible for your sensations of touch, pressure, pain, and temperature. a. nerve crest b. gyrus c. sulci d. homunculus Ans: D Learning Objective: 4.2.1: Identify the major structures of the telencephalon and some of their functions. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Structures and Functions of the Forebrain: The Telencephalon Difficulty Level: Medium 11. ______ is the ability to sense the motion and position of your body a. Spatial perception b. Proprioception c. Interoception d. Exteroception

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: B Learning Objective: 4.2.1: Identify the major structures of the telencephalon and some of their functions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Structures and Functions of the Forebrain: The Telencephalon Difficulty Level: Medium 12. ______ refers to the location of cues relative to the self, for spatial navigation a. Heliocentric b. Endocentric c. Exterocentric d. Egocentric Ans: D Learning Objective: 4.2.1: Identify the major structures of the telencephalon and some of their functions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Structures and Functions of the Forebrain: The Telencephalon Difficulty Level: Medium 13. Maps of space from a person-centered point of view in the ______ facilitates limb orientation for task completion. a. hippocampus b. parietal cortex c. premotor cortex d. precenteral gyrus Ans: B Learning Objective: 4.2.1: Identify the major structures of the telencephalon and some of their functions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Structures and Functions of the Forebrain: The Telencephalon Difficulty Level: Medium 14. The medial parietal region is thought to be involved in ______, which is expressed by the ability to make the correct turns along a route to get to your destination. a. topographic mapping b. space mapping c. route knowledge d. executive functioning Ans: C Learning Objective: 4.2.1: Identify the major structures of the telencephalon and some of their functions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Structures and Functions of the Forebrain: The Telencephalon Difficulty Level: Medium 15. A diagnostic test on a subject’s Wernicke’s area would most likely be analyzing

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 subject’s understanding of ______. a. locomotion b. visualization c. sound d. language Ans: D Learning Objective: 4.2.1: Identify the major structures of the telencephalon and some of their functions. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Structures and Functions of the Forebrain: The Telencephalon Difficulty Level: Medium 16. Some neurons in the occipital lobes are organized in cylindrical shapes called blobs. These neurons are responsible for ______ perception. a. light b. color c. contrast d. depth Ans: B Learning Objective: 4.2.1: Identify the major structures of the telencephalon and some of their functions. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Structures and Functions of the Forebrain: The Telencephalon Difficulty Level: Medium 17. Cells in the primary visual cortex organized into columns are known as ______. a. occipital lobes b. ocular dominance columns c. blobs d. parietal lobes Ans: B Learning Objective: 4.2.1: Identify the major structures of the telencephalon and some of their functions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Structures and Functions of the Forebrain: The Telencephalon Difficulty Level: Medium 18. When we subconsciously complete a task such as entering our house keypad code we are operating procedurally using information stored by the ______. a. basal ganglia b. hippocampus c. amygdala d. temporal lobe Ans: A Learning Objective: 4.2.1: Identify the major structures of the telencephalon and some of their functions.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Structures and Functions of the Forebrain: The Telencephalon Difficulty Level: Medium 19. Doctor Ayers has a patient named Miles, who had suffered a head injury. Miles describes himself as emotionless and almost uncaring. He should suspect a potential injury to which of the following structures: a. basal ganglia b. hippocampus c. amygdala d. temporal lobe Ans: C Learning Objective: 4.2.1: Identify the major structures of the telencephalon and some of their functions. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: The Structures and Functions of the Forebrain: The Telencephalon Difficulty Level: Hard 20. The ability to keep the body’s internal environment in balance is known as ______. a. homeostasis b. biosynthesis c. equipoise d. amniocentesis Ans: A Learning Objective: 4.2.2: Identify the major structures of the diencephalon and some of their functions. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Structures and Functions of the Forebrain: The Diencephalon Difficulty Level: Medium 21. A research study design that analyzes the effectiveness of regulating blind participants’ day and night functioning most likely is testing a formula that affects the ______. a. suprachiasmatic nucleus b. red nucleus c. substantia nigra d. thalamus Ans: A Learning Objective: 4.2.2: Identify the major structures of the diencephalon and some of their functions. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Structures and Functions of the Forebrain: The Diencephalon Difficulty Level: Medium 22. Dr. Adams was carefully monitoring her patient’s eye movements as her initial exam data indicated an abnormality in the ______.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. medulla b. substantia nigra c. inferior colliculus d. superior colliculus Ans: D Learning Objective: 4.2.3: Identify the major structures of the midbrain and the hindbrain and some of their functions. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Midbrain and Hindbrain Difficulty Level: Hard 23. Doctor Van Pala was discussing new formulas that potentially increase the protection and function of the ______ for regulating motor activity with his Parkinson client. a. medulla b. substantia nigra c. inferior colliculus d. superior colliculus Ans: B Learning Objective: 4.2.3: Identify the major structures of the midbrain and the hindbrain and some of their functions. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Midbrain and Hindbrain Difficulty Level: Hard 24. In ataxic cerebral palsy, the most likely area of the brain that has sustained injury or development problems is the ______. a. ventral tegmental area b. cerebellum c. inferior colliculus d. superior colliculus Ans: B Learning Objective: 4.2.3: Identify the major structures of the midbrain and the hindbrain and some of their functions. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Midbrain and Hindbrain Difficulty Level: Hard 25. In the hindbrain, the pons and medulla, work in concert for maintaining ______ function. a. auditory b. occipital c. respiratory d. digestive Ans: C Learning Objective: 4.2.3: Identify the major structures of the midbrain and the hindbrain

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 and some of their functions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Midbrain and Hindbrain Difficulty Level: Medium 26. The 33 segments of the spinal cord are subdivided into ______. a. 8 regions b. 10 regions c. 5 regions d. 3 regions Ans: C Learning Objective: 4.2.4: Describe the structure of the spinal cord and how it transmits information to and from the brain. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Spinal Cord Difficulty Level: Medium 27. The ______ region of the spine innervates, among other organs, the kidneys and contains ______ segments. a. thoracic; 12 b. lumbar; 5 c. cervical; 12 d. thoracic; 3 Ans: A Learning Objective: 4.2.4: Describe the structure of the spinal cord and how it transmits information to and from the brain. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Spinal Cord Difficulty Level: Medium 28. Doc Beck orders a diagnostic image of the ______ region of the spine based on his patient’s description of low back pain and inconsistent urination after an injury. a. thoracic b. lumbar c. cervical d. sacral Ans: B Learning Objective: 4.2.4: Describe the structure of the spinal cord and how it transmits information to and from the brain. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Spinal Cord Difficulty Level: Medium 29. Nerve fibers entering the spinal cord, carrying information to the brain, travel through the ______. a. sensory nerve fibers

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. ventral nerve roots c. motor nerve fibers d. dorsal nerve roots Ans: D Learning Objective: 4.2.4: Describe the structure of the spinal cord and how it transmits information to and from the brain. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Spinal Cord Difficulty Level: Medium 30. The examining doctor requested a battery of diagnostic test for the patient’s sensations in ______ because of her fall by which she sustained injury to the coccygeal spinal region. a. arms b. stomach c. throat d. anogenital area Ans: C Learning Objective: 4.2.4: Describe the structure of the spinal cord and how it transmits information to and from the brain. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Spinal Cord Difficulty Level: Hard 31. The clinician pricks the bottom of the patient’s feet to cause a sensory signal to travel through the ______ to the brain. a. ascending fibers b. descending fibers c. upper motor neurons d. thoracic nerve Ans: A Learning Objective: 4.2.4: Describe the structure of the spinal cord and how it transmits information to and from the brain. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Spinal Cord Difficulty Level: Hard 32. The central nervous system is protected at ______ different levels. a. 2 b. 4 c. 3 d. 5 Ans: C Learning Objective: 4.2.5: Describe the different protective layers of the brain and how they work. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: The Protected Brain Difficulty Level: Easy 33. One protective layer of the brain has a spiderweb appearance giving it the name ______. a. pia mater b. arachnoid mater c. dura mater d. web mater Ans: B Learning Objective: 4.2.5: Describe the different protective layers of the brain and how they work. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Protected Brain Difficulty Level: Easy 34. The strongest protective layer of the brain is the ______ mater. a. pia b. meninges c. arachnoid d. dura Ans: D Learning Objective: 4.2.5: Describe the different protective layers of the brain and how they work. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Protected Brain Difficulty Level: Easy 35. Cerebrospinal fluid is produced in the ______. a. cerebral aqueduct b. choroid plexus c. blood-brain barrier d. endothelial cells Ans: B Learning Objective: 4.2.5: Describe the different protective layers of the brain and how they work. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Protected Brain Difficulty Level: Easy 36. Only ______ molecules can penetrate the endothelial cells of the brain’s blood vessels. a. heavy and oval-shaped b. large and pen-shaped c. small and fat-soluble d. large and water-soluble

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: C Learning Objective: 4.2.5: Describe the different protective layers of the brain and how they work. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Protected Brain Difficulty Level: Easy 37. The two hemispheres of the forebrain perform different functions. The left hemisphere is said to be more ______. a. analytical b. spatial c. artistic d. dominant Ans: A Learning Objective: 4.2.6: Explain how each hemisphere of the brain is associated with different functions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Hemispheric Specialization Difficulty Level: Medium 38. The hemisphere that contains the ______ area became known as the dominant hemisphere. a. literal b. spatial c. handedness d. language Ans: D Learning Objective: 4.2.6: Explain how each hemisphere of the brain is associated with different functions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Hemispheric Specialization Difficulty Level: Medium 39. The Wada test is used to test for the hemisphere in which the ______ area is located within individuals. a. color b. sound c. speech d. handedness Ans: C Learning Objective: 4.2.6: Explain how each hemisphere of the brain is associated with different functions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Hemispheric Specialization Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 40. Sensory neurons enter the spinal cord through the______ roots and motor neurons exit the spinal cord through the ______ roots. a. ventral; dorsal b. dorsal; ventral c. posterior; anterior d. anterior; dorsal Ans: B Learning Objective: 4.3.1: Explain the functions of the somatic nervous system. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Somatic Nervous System Difficulty Level: Medium 41. The ______ is the loop of information that begins with the activation of sensory neurons and ends with muscle contraction, through the activation of motor neurons. a. central arc b. involuntary movement c. voluntary movement d. reflex arc Ans: D Learning Objective: 4.3.1: Explain the functions of the somatic nervous system. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Somatic Nervous System Difficulty Level: Medium 42. The ______ exit the spinal cord from its cranial and sacral segments. a. pre-ganglionic fibers b. sympathetic fibers c. parasympathetic fibers d. postganglionic fibers Ans: C Learning Objective: 4.3.1: Explain the functions of the automatic nervous system Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Automatic Nervous System Difficulty Level: Medium 43. The ______of the sympathetic nervous system fibers use norepinephrine as a neurotransmitter. a. pre-ganglionic b. sympathetic c. parasympathetic d. postganglionic Ans: D Learning Objective: 4.3.1: Explain the functions of the automatic nervous system Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Automatic Nervous System Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 44. A clinician is testing a recent stroke patient’s cough, swallow and gag reflex. She is testing for damage in the ______cranial nerve. a. glossopharyngeal b. hypoglossal c. trochlear d. vagus Ans: A Learning Objective: 4.3.1: Explain the functions of the automatic nervous system Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: The Automatic Nervous System Difficulty Level: Hard 45. Originating from the brain there are ______ pairs of cranial nerves. a. 18 b. 12 c. 10 d. 8 Ans: B Learning Objective: 4.3.1: Explain the functions of the automatic nervous system Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Automatic Nervous System Difficulty Level: Medium True/False 1. The gastrula forms three layers of cells known as germ layers. Ans: T Learning Objective: 4.1.1: Describe the process of gastrulation. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Gastrulation Difficulty Level: Easy 2. The fusion of the neural folds progresses from the edges of the neural fold toward the rostral and the caudal ends. Ans: F Learning Objective: 4.1.2: Describe the process of neurulation. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurulation Difficulty Level: Medium 3. The tegmentum contains the periaqueductal gray matter, the substantia nigra, and the red nucleus. Ans: T

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 4.1.3: Explain how the neural tube differentiates into the brain’s primary vesicles. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Differentiation of the Neural Tube into the Primary Brain Vesicles Difficulty Level: Medium 4. The primary motor cortex is organized into a topographic map of the body. Ans: T Learning Objective: 4.2.1: Identify the major structures of the telencephalon and some of their functions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Structures and Functions of the Forebrain: The Telencephalon Difficulty Level: Medium 5. The temporal lobes are the home of the primary auditory cortex, where sounds are analyzed. Ans: T Learning Objective: 4.2.3: Identify the major structures of the midbrain and the hindbrain and some of their functions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Structures and Functions of the Forebrain: The Telencephalon Difficulty Level: Medium 6. The occipital lobes house the primary visual cortex or V-1 and is where light is first interpreted into color experience. Ans: F Learning Objective: 4.2.3: Identify the major structures of the midbrain and the hindbrain and some of their functions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Structures and Functions of the Forebrain: The Telencephalon Difficulty Level: Medium 7. The thalamus acts as a relay station between your sensory receptors and the brain areas responsible for interpreting those sensations. Ans: T Learning Objective: 4.2.2: Identify the major structures of the diencephalon and some of their functions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Structures and Functions of the Forebrain: The Diencephalon Difficulty Level: Medium 8. The hypothalamus is a minor gland of the human body. Ans: F Learning Objective: 4.2.2: Identify the major structures of the diencephalon and some of their functions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: The Structures and Functions of the Forebrain: The Diencephalon Difficulty Level: Medium 9. Substantia nigra cells normally communicate with the basal ganglia, which in turn communicate with the thalamus regulating auditory activity. Ans: F Learning Objective: 4.2.3: Identify the major structures of the midbrain and the hindbrain and some of their functions. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Midbrain and Hindbrain Difficulty Level: Easy 10. People with damage to the cerebellum cannot properly adjust their ongoing movements or coordinate their limbs very well. Ans: T Learning Objective: 4.2.3: Identify the major structures of the midbrain and the hindbrain and some of their functions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Midbrain and Hindbrain Difficulty Level: Medium 11. Loss in sensory and motor function occurs in all parts of the body that are near the site of the injury. Ans: F Learning Objective: 4.2.4: Describe the structure of the spinal cord and how it transmits information to and from the brain. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Spinal Cord Difficulty Level: Medium 12. The longest nerve in the human body is the vagus nerve. Ans: F Learning Objective: 4.2.4: Describe the structure of the spinal cord and how it transmits information to and from the brain. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Spinal Cord Difficulty Level: Medium 13. The corpus callosum is used to send information from one side of the brain to the other. Ans: T Learning Objective: 4.2.6: Explain how each hemisphere of the brain is associated with different functions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Hemispheric Specialization Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 14. The hemisphere, left or right, where handedness is located indicates the dominant hemisphere. Ans: F Learning Objective: 4.2.6: Explain how each hemisphere of the brain is associated with different functions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Hemispheric Specialization Difficulty Level: Medium 15. Wada test found that 95% of right-handers had their speech area located in the left hemisphere. Ans: T Learning Objective: 4.2.6: Explain how each hemisphere of the brain is associated with different functions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Hemispheric Specialization Difficulty Level: Medium Essay 1. Describe the relevance of what is known as Wernicke’s area in terms of the forebrain (the telencephalon) functioning. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: Wernicke’s area is important for understanding language. Information about language acquired by Wernicke’s area is relayed to Broca’s area for the proper production of speech. Speech sounds can be produced without this input from Wernicke’s area, but these sounds would not qualify as language. People with damage to Wernicke’s area suffer from Wernicke’s aphasia, in which patients can only produce unintelligible speech. Learning Objective: 4.2.3: Identify the major structures of the midbrain and the hindbrain and some of their functions. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: The Structures and Functions of the Forebrain: The Telencephalon Difficulty Level: Hard 2. Describe the role of the midbrain’s tegmentum subdivision. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: The tegmentum plays an important role in movement and reward. It houses the substantia nigra, which produces dopamine, a neurotransmitter that is very important for movement. As mentioned above, in an individual with Parkinson’s disease, neurons in the substantia nigra that produce dopamine are dying off (Damier, Hirsch, Agid & Graybiel, 1999). These cells normally communicate with the basal ganglia, which in turn communicate with the thalamus. The thalamus regulates motor activity by exciting or inhibiting the cortex. The tegmentum also houses the ventral tegmental area (VTA), which is known to be involved in rewards processes, such as those involved in the motivation for food and drug intake.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 4.2.3: Identify the major structures of the midbrain and the hindbrain and some of their functions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Midbrain and Hindbrain Difficulty Level: Medium 3. In broad terms describe the spinal cord and its major role in the human body. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: The spinal cord is the other part of the CNS that, like the brain, is encased in bone. It runs up and down your back, protected by your vertebrae. It enters the skull through the foramen magnum, a large hole at its base, where it connects to the medulla. The spinal cord receives sensory messages from your body and transmits this information to your brain. The spinal cord also carries messages from your brain to your body. It can also function independently of your brain; for example, in the execution of reflexes. The spinal cord is subdivided into 33 segments, 8 cervical, 12 thoracic, 5 lumbar, 5 sacral and 3 coccygeal. Each segment, except for two of the coccygeal segments, has a pair of nerves (which are bundles of axons), which carry information to and from your body. The coccygeal segments have only one pair for all three. Altogether, these are known as the spinal nerves. Learning Objective: 4.2.4: Describe the structure of the spinal cord and how it transmits information to and from the brain. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Spinal Cord Difficulty Level: Medium 4. Describe how the blood-brain barrier functions to protect the human brain. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: The cells (endothelial cells) of the brain’s blood vessels are more tightly packed than the cells in the blood vessels elsewhere in your body. They are sealed in a narrow band called tight junctions. This blocks or slows the passage of large and potentially harmful molecules into the brain. This is called the blood-brain barrier. Only small and fat-soluble molecules, such as oxygen and carbon dioxide and certain drugs can make it through by simple diffusion. In contrast, watersoluble molecules, such as amino acids and glucose, must be actively transported across the wall of the blood vessels. Learning Objective: 4.2.5: Describe the different protective layers of the brain and how they work. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Protected Brain Difficulty Level: Hard 5. Describe and contrast the difference in the roles of the sympathetic nervous system and the parasympathetic nervous system. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: The ANS is subdivided into the sympathetic nervous system and the parasympathetic nervous system, which act in opposition to each other. The sympathetic nervous system gets your body ready for action and often referred to as the “fight or flight” system, whereas the parasympathetic brings autonomic activity back to normal and is often referred to as the “rest and digest system.”

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Sympathetic fibers exit the spinal cord from its thoracic and lumbar segments, whereas parasympathetic fibers exit the spinal cord from its cranial and sacral segments. Sympathetic action causes digestion to slow down, and glucose to be released for activity energy and increased respiration. The opposing parasympathetic action causes slowed respiration and smooth muscle relaxation-aiding digestive process. Both the preganglionic and postganglionic fibers of the parasympathetic nervous system use acetylcholine. However, in the sympathetic nervous system, the pre-ganglionic fibers use acetylcholine, but the postganglionic fibers use norepinephrine. Learning Objective: 4.3.2: Explain the functions of the autonomic nervous system. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: The Autonomic Nervous System Difficulty Level: Hard

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021

Chapter 5: Neurodevelopment, Neuroplasticity, and Aging Test Bank Multiple Choice 1. Neural stem cells emerge from the ______. a. ectoderm b. mesoderm c. endoderm d. blastocyst Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.1.1: Explain neurogenesis and the concepts of proliferation, differentiation, migration, and synaptogenesis. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurogenesis Difficulty Level: Easy 2. ______ is the stage during normal brain development when neural stem multiply. a. Proliferation b. Differentiation c. Neurogenesis d. Gastrulation Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.1.1: Explain neurogenesis and the concepts of proliferation, differentiation, migration, and synaptogenesis. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurogenesis Difficulty Level: Easy 3. In the ______ process neuronal and glial progenitor cells travel to the area of the brain where they will reside for life. a. proliferation b. embryonic c. migration d. gastrulation Ans: C Learning Objective: 5.1.1: Explain neurogenesis and the concepts of proliferation, differentiation, migration, and synaptogenesis. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurogenesis Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 4. The topmost layer in the migration process by which the cortex and other brain structures are formed is called the ______ zone. a. subventricular b. intermediate c. cortical plate d. marginal Ans: D Learning Objective: 5.1.1: Explain neurogenesis and the concepts of proliferation, differentiation, migration, and synaptogenesis. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurogenesis Difficulty Level: Medium 5. The first cells to migrate from the ventricular zone form ______. a.the subplate b. layer I c. the cortical plate d. layer V Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.1.1: Explain neurogenesis and the concepts of proliferation, differentiation, migration, and synaptogenesis. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurogenesis Difficulty Level: Medium 6. The cortex is composed of ______ layers with each layer consisting primarily of pyramidal cells. a. 4 b. 6 c. 8 d. 10 Ans: B Learning Objective: 5.1.1: Explain neurogenesis and the concepts of proliferation, differentiation, migration, and synaptogenesis. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurogenesis Difficulty Level: Medium 7. Once cells have differentiated into neurons their axons begin their journey toward their ______ with which they will form synapses. a. target neurons b. regional area c. spinal pathway d. axon terminal Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.1.1: Explain neurogenesis and the concepts of proliferation,

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 differentiation, migration, and synaptogenesis. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurogenesis Difficulty Level: Medium 8. Neuronal fibers follow a chemical path by way of the axons tip which possess a ______ which is capable of changing its structure in response to chemical signals. a. growth cone b. contractile cone c. retractile cone d. flexopod Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.1.1: Explain neurogenesis and the concepts of proliferation, differentiation, migration, and synaptogenesis. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neurogenesis Difficulty Level: Medium 9. The thin sheet-like membrane that is part of the growth cone is called ______. a. lamellipodia b. alllopodia c. giloblast d. chemotaxis Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.1.1: Explain neurogenesis and the concepts of proliferation, differentiation, migration, and synaptogenesis. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neurogenesis Difficulty Level: Medium 10. The guidance of growth cones toward their targets involves chemical cues that are either ______ or ______. a. chemoattractive; chemorepulsive b. chemoinductive; chemorepulsive c. chemorepulsive; chemoreactive d. migrating; proliferative Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.1.1: Explain neurogenesis and the concepts of proliferation, differentiation, migration, and synaptogenesis. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neurogenesis Difficulty Level: Medium 11. Filopodia have receptors that sense the neuron’s environment for______, which guide the axon’s movements toward their targets at a distance. a. neurotransmitters

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. F-actin c. chemical cues d. electrical cues Ans: C Learning Objective: 5.1.1: Explain neurogenesis and the concepts of proliferation, differentiation, migration, and synaptogenesis. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neurogenesis Difficulty Level: Medium 12. The growth cone’s transition zone boundary composed of contractile structures called ______ forms a semicircular ring in the T-zone. a. lamellipodia b. pfilopodia c. giloblast d. F-actin arcs Ans: D Learning Objective: 5.1.1: Explain neurogenesis and the concepts of proliferation, differentiation, migration, and synaptogenesis. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neurogenesis Difficulty Level: Medium 13.A ______ is a site at which a neuron communicates with a target cell. a. Synapse b. Growth Plate c. Actin arc d. Axon terminal Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.1.1: Explain neurogenesis and the concepts of proliferation, differentiation, migration, and synaptogenesis. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neurogenesis Difficulty Level: Easy 14. The growth cone’s______ binds to the filopodium’s ______ causing calcium channels to open, leading to an influx of calcium which induces the formation of dendritic spines, that will eventually express neurotransmitter receptors and form the site excitatory synapses. a. calcium; f-actin b. neurexin; neuroligin c. neuroligin; neurexin d. neurxin; f-actin Ans: B Learning Objective: 5.1.1: Explain neurogenesis and the concepts of proliferation, differentiation, migration, and synaptogenesis.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Neurogenesis Difficulty Level: Hard 15. Synapses are ______ with the addition of neurexin in the pre-synaptic cell when consistently stimulated. a. migrated b. disassembled c. stabilized d. excited Ans: C Learning Objective: 5.1.1: Explain neurogenesis and the concepts of proliferation, differentiation, migration, and synaptogenesis. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neurogenesis Difficulty Level: Medium 16. The adult brain’s 80 billion neurons will form an astonishing average of ______ synapses. a. 5000 b. 1 million c. 10000 d. 7000 Ans: D Learning Objective: 5.1.1: Explain neurogenesis and the concepts of proliferation, differentiation, migration, and synaptogenesis. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurogenesis Difficulty Level: Easy 17. A(n) ______ is an agent that can cause damage to the developing embryo and fetus. a. allergen b. teratogen c. actin inhibitor d. chemorepulsion Ans: B Learning Objective: 5.1.1: Explain neurogenesis and the concepts of proliferation, differentiation, migration, and synaptogenesis. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurogenesis Difficulty Level: Easy 18. Zeva was interested in designing a study to test the discrimination of new odors by introducing new scents while tracking and scanning PET images of participants. For this study what neuronal migration area would she mostly likely be interested in analyzing?

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. subgranular zone b. transition zone c. subventricular zone d. marginal zone Ans: C Learning Objective: 5.1.2: Discuss what is meant by adult neurogenesis, where it is known to occur in the brain, and why it is important. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Adult Neurogenesis Difficulty Level: Medium 19. The brain’s ability to change its structure and function is ______. a. neurogenesis b. neuroplasticity c. corticogenesis d. synaptogenesis Ans: B Learning Objective: 5.2.1: Define the different types of neuroplasticity. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurplasticity Difficulty Level: Easy 20. Research discovered psychological stress induced by forced restraint resulted in morphological changes (changes in shape) in neurons of the ______. a. cerebellum b. subventricular zone c. hippocampus d. neocortex Ans: C Learning Objective: 5.2.1: Define the different types of neuroplasticity. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurplasticity Difficulty Level: Easy 21. Neuroplasticity is often triggered by events in the environment that stimulate ______. a. corticogenesis b. neurogenesis c. structural remodeling d. all of the above Ans: D Learning Objective: 5.2.1: Define the different types of neuroplasticity. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurplasticity Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 22. It was found that rats raised as pets performed better at solving mazes than rats raised in standard laboratory conditions. Donald Hebb attributed this difference to ______. a. environmental enrichment b. environmental stress c. environmental learning d. environmental nutrition Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.2.2: Explain structural remodeling and identify the types of stimulation by which it can be induced. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Structural Remodeling Difficulty Level: Medium 23. In a clinical trial investigating neuroplastic changes in the motor cortex and cerebellum the stimulus should promote ______. a. spatial mapping b. visual processing c. spatial activity d. motor activity Ans: D Learning Objective: 5.2.2: Explain structural remodeling and identify the types of stimulation by which it can be induced. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Structural Remodeling Difficulty Level: Medium 24. The remodeling patterns of the dendrites in the motor cortex, which include creating, persisting, forming, eliminating and retaining are involved in creating and stabilizing ______. a. new memories b. stress avoidance c. visual enhancement d. social connection Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.2.2: Explain structural remodeling and identify the types of stimulation by which it can be induced. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Structural Remodeling Difficulty Level: Medium 25. The impairments of attention found in depression and anxiety disorders may be a result of stress-induced changes in the shape of dendrites from environmentally induced ______. a. activity b. learning

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. socialization d. stress Ans: D Learning Objective: 5.2.2: Explain structural remodeling and identify the types of stimulation by which it can be induced. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Structural Remodeling Difficulty Level: Medium 26. Synaptic plasticity refers to the ______ of synaptic connections, which may result in an increase or decrease in the strength of connections between neurons. a. timing b. duration c. remodeling d. region Ans: C Learning Objective: 5.2.3: Define synaptic plasticity and explain the different ways in which it occurs. Cognitive Domain: Know Answer Location: Synaptic Plasticity Difficulty Level: Easy 27. A research study used flash cards of a list of colors, numbers and objects and had participants recall the list while their neuronal activity was being observed with PET. Data was collected on the changes in synaptic strength during the test. This study most likely investigated ______. a. short-term plasticity b. long-term plasticity c. visual acuity d. induced stress Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.2.3: Define synaptic plasticity and explain the different ways in which it occurs. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Synaptic Plasticity Difficulty Level: Hard 28. Functional plasticity refers to change or adaptation of a region of the brain to accommodate a change in the ______. a. living environment b. body c. circadian rhythm d. socialization Ans: B Learning Objective: 5.2.4: Define and differentiate functional and structural plasticity. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Cortical Plasticity Difficulty Level: Medium 29. Sylvia was given violin lessons every day for three months. Her brain were scanned by MRI at the beginning of the study. A second scan was performed once she could play several complex pieces of music, and a third scan was performed three months later. Differences in the amount of gray matter were found in certain regions of her brain during the second third scans. This type of neuroplastic change in the cortex is known as ______. a. functional plasticity b. structural plasticity c. synaptic plasticity d. short-term plasticity Ans: B Learning Objective: 5.2.4: Define and differentiate functional and structural plasticity. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Cortical Plasticity Difficulty Level: Hard 30. Pascual-Leone found that the sensorimotor cortex on the side representing the finger area used to read Braille was larger in blind participants one year after Braille training. The area was also significantly larger than in sighted and in blind participants who did not learn to read Braille. This is an example of______ induced by increased use of another sense compensating loss of one sense. a. functional plasticity b. structural plasticity c. synaptic plasticity d. short-term plasticity Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.2.4: Define and differentiate functional and structural plasticity. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Cortical Plasticity Difficulty Level: Hard 31. Joe found his guitar performance of neoclassical pieces to be declining. He believes that his decline in performance is due to an impairment in the finer finger movements required to play certain pieces. His teacher, observing his difficulty, suggested he may have ______. a. FTSD b. FASD c. MS d. ALS Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.2.5: Explain how cortical plasticity may not always be adaptive by being exaggerated. Cognitive Domain: Application

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: When Cortical Plasticity Goes Overboard Difficulty Level: Medium 32. In FTSD treatment, which involves sensorimotor returning, the boundaries between the digit representations in the somatosensory cortex are ______. a. restructured b. balanced c. eliminated d. normalized Ans: D Learning Objective: 5.2.5: Explain how cortical plasticity may not always be adaptive by being exaggerated. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: When Cortical Plasticity Goes Overboard Difficulty Level: Medium 33. ______ refers to the ability to inhibit actions that lead to immediate gratification in favor of those that are oriented toward the fulfillment of long-term goals. a. Impulse control b. Delayed gratification c. Risk-taking behavior d. Decision-making Ans: B Learning Objective: 5.3.1: Describe the neurobiological basis for the association between adolescence and risk-taking and impulsive behavior. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Adolescent Brain and Behavior Difficulty Level: Medium 34. The ventral striatum signals ______, which means that new and exciting stimuli exert a stronger pull on adolescents compared to children and adults. a. aversion to punishment b. growth cone attraction c. the value of rewards d. the release of norepinephrine Ans: C Learning Objective: 5.3.1: Describe the neurobiological basis for the association between adolescence and risk-taking and impulsive behavior. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Adolescent Brain and Behavior Difficulty Level: Medium 35. The network of brain areas that keeps the influence of the ventral striatum in check, through cognitive control, is the ______ and is important for impulse control. a. chemoattraction b. contact repulsion

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. frontostriatal circuit d. growth cone attraction Ans: C Learning Objective: 5.3.1: Describe the neurobiological basis for the association between adolescence and risk-taking and impulsive behavior. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Adolescent Brain and Behavior Difficulty Level: Medium 36. ______ is typically used to test participants’ ability to engage in behavioral inhibition. a. Cued Go/No-go b. Test-retest c. Cognitive aptitude d. Sensorimotor retuning Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.3.1: Describe the neurobiological basis for the association between adolescence and risk-taking and impulsive behavior. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Adolescent Brain and Behavior Difficulty Level: Medium 37. Research results with fMRI imaging of the brain under cued stimuli testing indicate adults typically exert ______ effort in response control as compared to children and teens. a. equal b. more c. less d. no Ans: C Learning Objective: 5.3.1: Describe the neurobiological basis for the association between adolescence and risk-taking and impulsive behavior. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Adolescent Brain and Behavior Difficulty Level: Medium 38. Research results under cued stimuli testing suggests ______ in adolescents may be driven more by impulse than on rational thought processes. a. decision-making b. risk taking c. impulse control d. reward seeking Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.3.1: Describe the neurobiological basis for the association between adolescence and risk-taking and impulsive behavior. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Adolescent Brain and Behavior

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium 39. Research on the brain of the aged is often conducted to understand the relationships between changes in the brain and ______. a. loss of gray matter b. lack of new learning c. forgetfulness d. cognitive declines Ans: D Learning Objective: 5.3.2: Explain the cognitive declines that occur during normal aging of the brain. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Normal Aging of the Brain Difficulty Level: Medium 40. The cognitive skills that show the highest rate of decline during aging are the ones associated with ______. a. crystallized intelligence b. fluid intelligence c. displaying emotions d. cognitive coordination Ans: B Learning Objective: 5.3.2: Explain the cognitive declines that occur during normal aging of the brain. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Normal Aging of the Brain Difficulty Level: Medium 41. According to the disconnection hypothesis cognitive decline observed during aging is due to the degeneration of______, that connect the brain areas relevant to the performance of cognitive functions. a. synaptic clefts b. neurotransmitters c. white nerve fiber tracts d. dendritic spines Ans: C Learning Objective: 5.3.2: Explain the cognitive declines that occur during normal aging of the brain. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Normal Aging of the Brain Difficulty Level: Medium 42. In Alzheimer’s disease a chemical process called _______ alters the tau protein causing it to no longer be able to bind to microtubules, causing their disintegration. a. gastrulation b. differentiation

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. apoptosis d. phosphorylation Ans: D Learning Objective: 5.3.2: Explain the cognitive declines that occur during normal aging of the brain. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Diseases in the Aging Brain Difficulty Level: Medium 43. When devoid of microtubules, neurons lose their structural integrity and can no longer transport nutrients and carry away waste products leading neurons to "commit suicide" in a process known as______, in which immune cells ensure the organized death of cells. a. gastrulation b. differentiation c. apoptosis d. phosphorylation Ans: C Learning Objective: 5.3.3: Describe the cognitive declines due to a disease process (Alzheimer’s) in the aged brain. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Diseases in the Aging Brain Difficulty Level: Medium 44. The basal forebrain is an area rich in ______ neurons (these synthesize and release acetylcholine), which innervate the entorhinal cortex and hippocampus, which are important for learning and memory. a. postsynaptic b. glutaminergic pyramidal c. cholinergic d. hippocampal Ans: C Learning Objective: 5.3.2: Explain the cognitive declines that occur during normal aging of the brain. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Disease in the Aging Brain Difficulty Level: Medium 45. ______ has neurotrophic effects, meaning that it supports the growth and survival of neurons. a. Acetylcholine b. Insulin c. Dopamine d. Amyloid precursor protein Ans: B Learning Objective: 5.3.3: Describe the cognitive declines due to a disease process

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 (Alzheimer’s) in the aged brain. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Diseases in the Aging Brain Difficulty Level: Medium 46. ______ was also found to be associated with phosphorylation of the tau protein and the presence of Ab plaques lead to the loss of neurons. a. Beta-amyloid peptide b. Insulin sensitivity c. Type 1 diabetes d. Type 2 diabetes Ans: D Learning Objective: 5.3.3: Describe the cognitive declines due to a disease process (Alzheimer’s) in the aged brain. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Diseases in the Aging Brain Difficulty Level: Medium 47. The entry of free fatty acids (FFA) into the brain triggers an inflammatory process which causes glial cells to release inflammatory chemicals, which in turn result in ______ and the death of neurons. a. insulin resistance b. phosphorylation c. beta-amyloid (Ab) plaques d. apoptosis Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.3.3: Describe the cognitive declines due to a disease process (Alzheimer’s) in the aged brain. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Diseases in the Aging Brain Difficulty Level: Medium 48. The inheritance of APOE is related to what is known as ______ Alzheimer's. a. mild cognitive b. late-onset c. early-onset d. rapid degenerative Ans: B Learning Objective: 5.3.3: Describe the cognitive declines due to a disease process (Alzheimer’s) in the aged brain. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Diseases in the Aging Brain Difficulty Level: Medium 49. Memory impairments during aging were found to be associated with degenerating ______ in the parieto-temporal area.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. neurogenesis b. white fiber tracts c. synaptic bridges d. memory maps Ans: B Learning Objective: 5.3.2: Explain the cognitive declines that occur during normal aging of the brain. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Normal Aging of the Brain Difficulty Level: Medium 50. Exercise may play a significant role in alleviating depression by increasing the number of neurons that ______. a. remain stable b. structurally remodel c. produce serotonin d. persist when challenged Ans: C Learning Objective: LO 5.3.3 Describe the cognitive declines due to a disease process (Alzheimer’s) in the aged brain. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: 5.3.3 DISEASE IN THE AGING BRAIN Difficulty Level: Medium True/False 1. In humans, 90% of immature cells migrate through what is known as radial migration. Ans: T Learning Objective: 5.1.1: Explain neurogenesis and the concepts of proliferation, differentiation, migration, and synaptogenesis. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurogenesis Difficulty Level: Easy 2. During migration, neuroblasts have already started to differentiate into recognizable neurons comprised of the axon and dendrites. Ans: T Learning Objective: 5.1.1: Explain neurogenesis and the concepts of proliferation, differentiation, migration, and synaptogenesis. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurogenesis Difficulty Level: Medium 3. Growth cones are guided by local chemical cues, found on the surface of other cells

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 or in the extracellular matrix in which the growth cone comes into direct contact. Ans: T Learning Objective: 5.1.1: Explain neurogenesis and the concepts of proliferation, differentiation, migration, and synaptogenesis. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurogenesis Difficulty Level: Medium 4. The outgrowth of filopodia, specification induction, synapse formation, and synapse stabilization are the four stages of synapses creation. Ans: T Learning Objective: 5.1.1: Explain neurogenesis and the concepts of proliferation, differentiation, migration, and synaptogenesis. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurogenesis Difficulty Level: Medium 5. Synapses that are not stimulated are reorganized and the dendritic filopodia withdraw. Ans: F Learning Objective: 5.1.1: Explain neurogenesis and the concepts of proliferation, differentiation, migration, and synaptogenesis. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurogenesis Difficulty Level: Medium 6. Fetal Alcohol Syndrome can cause embryonic development abnormalities and one such condition results in significantly decreasing the survival rate proliferation of progenitor neurons, which is what may account for the observed microcephaly. Ans: T Learning Objective: 5.1.1: Explain neurogenesis and the concepts of proliferation, differentiation, migration, and synaptogenesis. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurogenesis Difficulty Level: Medium 7. During migration, immature neurons known as glioblasts differentiate into recognizable neurons through the outgrowth of neurites. Ans: F Learning Objective: 5.1.1: Explain neurogenesis and the concepts of proliferation, differentiation, migration, and synaptogenesis. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neurogenesis Difficulty Level: Medium 8. Research discovered psychological stress induced by forced restraint resulted in

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 morphological changes (changes in shape) in neurons of the hippocampus. Ans: T Learning Objective: 5.2.1: Define the different types of neuroplasticity. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurplasticity Difficulty Level: Easy 9. In learning a new task many more dendritic connections are created than is necessary; thus over time, the new connections may become redundant and keeping unnecessary connections may interfere with the connectivity associated with memories that are already stored. Ans: T Learning Objective: 5.2.2: Explain structural remodeling and identify the types of stimulation by which it can be induced. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Structural Remodeling Difficulty Level: Medium 10. Short-term synaptic plasticity is thought to be involved in conflict avoidance. Ans: F Learning Objective: 5.2.3: Define synaptic plasticity and explain the different ways in which it occurs. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Synaptic Plasticity Difficulty Level: Medium 11. Structural plasticity involves changes in cortical thickness or gray matter volume in any given brain areas. Ans: T Learning Objective: 5.2.4: Define and differentiate functional and structural plasticity. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Cortical Plasticity Difficulty Level: Easy 12. Sometimes neuroplasticity causes problems such as focal task-specific dystonia (FTSD) a movement disorder that interferes with movements involved in highly practiced tasks. Ans: T Learning Objective: 5.2.5: Explain how cortical plasticity may not always be adaptive by being exaggerated. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: When Cortical Plasticity Goes Overboard Difficulty Level: Easy 13. Exercise may also play a significant role in alleviating depression by increasing the number of neurons that produce epinephrine.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: F Learning Objective: 5.3.3: Describe the cognitive declines due to a disease process (Alzheimer’s) in the aged brain. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Disease in the Aging Brain Difficulty Level: Medium 14. Research found that 61% of Alzheimer's patients either had type 2 diabetes or impaired glucose metabolism. Ans: F Learning Objective: 5.3.3: Describe the cognitive declines due to a disease process (Alzheimer’s) in the aged brain. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Disease in the Aging Brain Difficulty Level: Medium 15. Alzheimer's disease and type 2 diabetes share common characteristics. Ans: T Learning Objective: 5.3.3:Describe the cognitive declines due to a disease process (Alzheimer’s) in the aged brain. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Disease in the Aging Brain Difficulty Level: Medium Essay 1. Describe how the growth cone permits axons to move in the direction of target cells during development. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: When the growth cone encounters an attractant, F-actin molecules come together to form a large chain. This increases the number and the length of filopodia on the side where the chemoattractant is detected. Filopodia located on the side of which no chemoattractant is detected retract. Microtubules associate with the F-actin in the filopodia that is on the side of the chemoattractant, which stabilizes the filopodia, making it turn in one direction. Learning Objective: 5.1.1: Explain neurogenesis and the concepts of proliferation, differentiation, migration, and synaptogenesis. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Neurogenesis Difficulty Level: Hard 2. Discuss how axons achieve the feat of accurately reaching their targets amid the thousands of possible connections they could make explaining how different patterns of connectivity between neurons give rise to organized behavior. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: Sperry’s frog-eye rotation experiment demonstrations that specific connections were required for normal behavior. Cajal

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 hypothesized that axons found their way to their targets by following a chemical trail. To test whether axons followed a chemical trail to their destinations, Sperry rotated the frog’s eyes and cut the nerves exiting the retina. He then observed whether they grew back to the same areas of the tectum. The results showed the nerves grew back to the same areas even though a different pathway was required. Sperry concluded from those findings that neurons in the tectum must emit chemical signals that label their types and positions. According to Sperry, the retinal fibers followed these chemical signals to navigate their way to their target neurons within the tectum. The idea that axons find their way to their targets by following a chemical signal became known as the chemoaffinity hypothesis. Learning Objective: 5.1.1: Explain neurogenesis and the concepts of proliferation, differentiation, migration, and synaptogenesis. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Neurogenesis Difficulty Level: Hard 3. In the learning to juggle experiment, there were noticeable change in the amount of gray matter between that of juggling learners and control group non-learners. Briefly describe the regions of the brain that showed change and why these regions changed. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: Increases in gray matter were found bilaterally in the mid-temporal area and in the left posterior intra-parietal sulcus. The medial temporal area is highly involved in the processing visual motion information used to construct motor commands (Dursteler & Wurtz, 1988). The intra-parietal sulcus is involved in the intention and planning of specific movements (Andersen & Buneo, 2002). Both these functions are highly relevant to juggling skills. The researchers suggested that there were no changes in motor areas because the subjects in both groups already had good motor skills before the study started. Learning Objective: 5.2.4: Define and differentiate functional and structural plasticity. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Cortical Plasticity Difficulty Level: Hard 4. Briefly discuss what FTSD is and some possible treatment for the condition. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: FTSD is a movement disorder that interferes with movements involved in highly practiced tasks. Such tasks include the extensive practice of musical instruments, the use of tools, the practice of a sport or writing. The typical symptoms of FTSD are involuntary movements and muscle cramping. Much of the research on FTSD has been done on musicians. Involuntary movements may be due to hypofunctioning inhibitory processes in the motor system. This might explain why a pianist affected by FTSD may not be able to inhibit the movements of a finger adjacent to the one hitting a specific note, leading to impaired performance. In this case, the lack of inhibition leads to the co-contraction of both the correct and incorrect fingers with which a specific key is intended to be hit. People with FTSD have developed maladaptive body representations. Indeed, people with FTSD have altered representations of the body parts that have been trained extensively. Figure 5.17 shows how the normal representations of digits are separated

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 by sharp boundaries (left). In contrast, in a string player with FTSD, these boundaries are blurred (middle). In addition to this, there is reduced inhibition of the representations of the muscles surrounding the ones that control the trained body part. This results in them being contracted together as though they were one. One way how people with FTSD can potentially be helped is through a treatment called sensorimotor retuning (SMR). Learning Objective: 5.2.5: Explain how cortical plasticity may not always be adaptive by being exaggerated. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: When Cortical Plasticity Goes Overboard Difficulty Level: Medium 5. Discuss some of the common theories associated to cognitive decline in normal aging and the accelerated degeneration caused by disease, specifically Alzheimer’s disease. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: The cognitive declines observed in normal aging are thought to be due, in part, to the degeneration in white-fiber tracts in frontal areas, cortico-spinal tracts and parieto-parietal area. This is known as the disconnection hypothesis. It was found that neurogenesis persists through old age in the hippocampus. The most common disease process that leads to accelerated degeneration of the brain is a type of dementia known as Alzheimer’s disease, which leads to a wide range of cognitive deficits, which includes one related to memory, attention, language and visuospatial deficits. Significant shrinkage of the brain areas responsible for these functions is observed in people suffering from Alzheimer's disease. The hallmarks of Alzheimer’s disease are beta-amyloid plaques and neurofibrillary tangles, which impede the neurons’ ability to communicate with each other and lead to their death. Several other hypotheses of Alzheimer's disease exist. One that is gaining traction—the metabolism hypothesis of Alzheimer's disease states that disease and type 2 diabetes share common characteristics. Learning Objective: 5.3.2: Explain the cognitive declines that occur during normal aging of the brain. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Normal Aging of the Brain Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021

Chapter 6: Sensation and Perception 1: Vision and Hearing Test Bank Multiple Choice 1. The detection of external or internal stimuli through the stimulation of specialized receptors is known as ______. a. accurate processing b. alchemy c. sensation d. perception Ans: C Learning Objective: 6.1.1: Describe the beginnings of how information from the physical environment is transformed into a visual image. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Introduction Difficulty Level: Easy 2. The ambiguous old/young lady figure tells us the difference between sensation and perception in terms of why the same picture and brain process produce different ______ of information across individuals. a. interpretations b. color distinctions c. memory associations d. amounts of data Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.1.1: Describe the beginnings of how information from the physical environment is transformed into a visual image. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Introduction Difficulty Level: Easy 3. The electromagnetic spectrum is the range of ______ wavelengths of light. a. primary b. all c. low frequency d. high frequency Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.1.1: Describe the beginnings of how information from the physical environment is transformed into a visual image. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Beginnings of an Image

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Easy 4. Color perception results from the brain processing the inputs of specialized receptors, in the back of your eyes, known as ______. a. color cones b. neuro-receptors c. transponders d. photoreceptors Ans: D Learning Objective: 6.1.1: Describe the beginnings of how information from the physical environment is transformed into a visual image. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Beginnings of an Image Difficulty Level: Easy 5. When activated by light, photoreceptors ______ light energy from the visible spectrum into action potentials that make their way to the brain. a. transduce b. guide c. reroute d. amplify Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.1.1: Describe the beginnings of how information from the physical environment is transformed into a visual image. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Beginnings of an Image Difficulty Level: Medium 6. Light energy is processed by different subsets of photoreceptors in the ______ based on wavelengths that activate them. a. cornea b. retina c. fovea d. sclera Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.1.1: Describe the beginnings of how information from the physical environment is transformed into a visual image. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Beginnings of an Image Difficulty Level: Easy 7. The bundle of axons of ganglion cells that bring visual information to the brain is known as the ______. a. photoreceptor bundle b. optic nerve c. zonule fiber

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 d. ciliary fiber Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.1.1: Describe the beginnings of how information from the physical environment is transformed into a visual image. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Beginnings of an Image Difficulty Level: Medium 8. The convergence of light rays to the middle of the retina ______. a. releases action potentials b. elongates light wavelengths c. stimulates photoreceptors d. transduces colors Ans: C Learning Objective: 6.1.1: Describe the beginnings of how information from the physical environment is transformed into a visual image. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Beginnings of an Image Difficulty Level: Medium 9. ______ refers to the focusing of light on the retina by the changing shape of the lens. a. Focal distance b. Accommodation c. Refraction d. Light sensitivity Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.1.1: Describe the beginnings of how information from the physical environment is transformed into a visual image. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Beginnings of an Image Difficulty Level: Medium 10. Ganglion cells that process color vision are known as ______ cells. a. midget b. parasol c. corneal d. zonule Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.1.1: Describe the beginnings of how information from the physical environment is transformed into a visual image. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Beginnings of an Image Difficulty Level: Medium 11. Rods are responsible for the eye’s ability to adjust to ______. a. a low concentration of action potentials

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. inhibitory GABA neurotransmitter c. low frequency light waves d. low levels of light Ans: D Learning Objective: 6.1.1: Describe the beginnings of how information from the physical environment is transformed into a visual image. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Beginnings of an Image Difficulty Level: Medium 12. Concentrated at the fovea are the______, which confer high acuity and are responsible for color vision. a. cones b. rods c. zonule fiber d. ciliary fiber Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.1.1: Describe the beginnings of how information from the physical environment is transformed into a visual image. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Beginnings of an Image Difficulty Level: Medium 13. Photopigments are light-absorbing molecules made of the ______ protein. a. opsin b. rhodopsin c. g-protein d. phosphodiesterase Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.1.1: Describe the beginnings of how information from the physical environment is transformed into a visual image. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Beginnings of an Image Difficulty Level: Medium 14. Different cones maximally respond to certain wavelengths but respond with decreasing sensitivity to wavelengths further along the visual spectrum. This is called ______. a. spectral degeneration b. spectral sensitivity c. spectral acuity d. spectral adaptation Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.1.1: Describe the beginnings of how information from the physical environment is transformed into a visual image. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: The Beginnings of an Image Difficulty Level: Medium 15. Different types of photopigments are best at absorbing different ranges of wavelengths along the visible spectrum with humans having ______ types of cones. a. 2 b. 3 c. 4 d. 6 Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.1.1: Describe the beginnings of how information from the physical environment is transformed into a visual image. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Beginnings of an Image Difficulty Level: Medium 16. ______ refers to the degeneration of photopigments caused by exposure to light. a. Bleaching b. Fading c. Conduction d. Phototransduction Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.1.1: Describe the beginnings of how information from the physical environment is transformed into a visual image. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Beginnings of an Image Difficulty Level: Medium 17. Conversion of light rays into nerve impulses is ______. a. bleaching b. fading c. conduction d. phototransduction Ans: D Learning Objective: 6.1.2: Explain how light energy is transformed into the electrical signals in receptors that transmit visual information to the brain. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Phototransduction Difficulty Level: Easy 18. The process that results in rods being constantly depolarized in the dark is known as ______. a. dark current b. rod connection inhibition c. g-protein transducin inactivation d. hyperpolarization

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.1.2: Explain how light energy is transformed into the electrical signals in receptors that transmit visual information to the brain. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Phototransduction Difficulty Level: Medium 19. Hyperpolarization of photoreceptors in rods results from the ______ causing photoreceptor to stop releasing glutamate on bipolar neurons thereby removing its inhibitory influence on them. a. cyclic guanosine monophosphate (cGMP) conversion b. opening of cGMP-dependent Na+ channels c. closing of cGMP-dependent Na+ channels d. firing of bipolar neurons to which rods connect Ans: C Learning Objective: 6.1.2: Explain how light energy is transformed into the electrical signals in receptors that transmit visual information to the brain. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Phototransduction Difficulty Level: Hard 20. A constant flow of Na+ ions through cGMP-gated Na+ channels results in ______ a. cyclic guanosine monophosphate (cGMP) conversion b. opening of cGMP-dependent Na+ channels c. closing of cGMP-dependent Na+ channels d. inhibiting the firing of bipolar neurons to which rods connect Ans: D Learning Objective: 6.1.2: Explain how light energy is transformed into the electrical signals in receptors that transmit visual information to the brain. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Phototransduction Difficulty Level: Hard 21. ______ is the ratio of connectivity between photoreceptors and retinal ganglion cells. a. Convergence b. Bleaching c. Conduction d. Phototransduction Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.1.3: Explain the mechanisms involved in the precision of vision and the visual receptor’s sensitivity to light. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Acuity and Sensitivity Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 22. There are ______ rods than cones that converge onto a single ganglion cell. a. more b. less c. equal d. many more Ans: D Learning Objective: 6.1.3: Explain the mechanisms involved in the precision of vision and the visual receptor’s sensitivity to light. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Acuity and Sensitivity Difficulty Level: Easy 23. The summed input of rods to retinal ganglion cells amplifies the light signal, which______ sensitivity to low light conditions. a. moderate b. increases c. decreases d. eliminates Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.1.3: Explain the mechanisms involved in the precision of vision and the visual receptor’s sensitivity to light. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Acuity and Sensitivity Difficulty Level: Easy 24. A retinal ganglion cell connected to a cone receives information from a precise location of the retina giving cones ______ compared to rods. a. higher acuity b. lower acuity c. equal acuity d. increased sensitivity Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.1.3: Explain the mechanisms involved in the precision of vision and the visual receptor’s sensitivity to light. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Acuity and Sensitivity Difficulty Level: Easy 25. In vision, ______ is a spot on the retina, which, when illuminated, activates a single retinal ganglion cell and other cells in the visual system. a. an off-center field b. a receptive field c. an on-center field d. a field activation Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.1.4: Describe and explain how receptive fields are involved in

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 representing the physical world. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Receptive Fields Difficulty Level: Medium 26. The receptive fields associated with parasol retinal ganglion cells are ______ those associated with midget ganglion cells. a. equal to b. smaller than c. larger than d. no different Ans: C Learning Objective: 6.1.4: Describe and explain how receptive fields are involved in representing the physical world. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Receptive Fields Difficulty Level: Medium 27. If the illumination of a receptive field’s surround reduced the firing of its associated retinal ganglion cell below its spontaneous rate, then an ______ receptive field was activated. a. off-center b. in-periphery c. on-center d. activator Ans: C Learning Objective: 6.1.4: Describe and explain how receptive fields are involved in representing the physical world. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Receptive Fields Difficulty Level: Medium 28. If illumination of a receptive field’s center reduced the firing of its associated retinal ganglion cell below its spontaneous rate, then an ______ receptive field was activated. a. off-center b. in-periphery c. on-center d. activator Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.1.4: Describe and explain how receptive fields are involved in representing the physical world. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Receptive Fields Difficulty Level: Medium 29. When Illumination of the entire receptive field results in the inhibition and excitation

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 of the retinal ganglion cell to cancel each other out, the cell is exhibiting its ______. a. spontaneous rate of firing b. resting state of firing c. dark center firing d. color distinction firing Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.1.4: Describe and explain how receptive fields are involved in representing the physical world. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Receptive Fields Difficulty Level: Medium 30. The preferred stimuli for “on-center” receptive fields are ______. a. dark objects surrounded by bright backgrounds b. bright objects surrounded by bright backgrounds c. dark objects surrounded by dark backgrounds d. bright objects surrounded by dark backgrounds Ans: D Learning Objective: 6.1.4: Describe and explain how receptive fields are involved in representing the physical world. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Receptive Fields Difficulty Level: Medium 31. The preferred stimuli for “off-center” receptive fields are ______. a. dark objects surrounded by bright backgrounds b. bright objects surrounded by bright backgrounds c. dark objects surrounded by dark backgrounds d. bright objects surrounded by dark backgrounds Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.1.4: Describe and explain how receptive fields are involved in representing the physical world. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Receptive Fields Difficulty Level: Medium 32. _________ occurs when receptors in the surround of on-center receptive fields have inhibitory connections with receptors located in the center of the same receptive fields. a. Mach bands b. Lateral inhibition c. Herman grid d. Field inhibition Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.1.4: Describe and explain how receptive fields are involved in representing the physical world. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Receptive Fields Difficulty Level: Medium 33. In the Mach bands illusion, if a receptive field’s surround “off” region, lies in the least illuminated band, its associated retinal ganglion cell will fire ______ its spontaneous firing rate. a. below b. at c. above d. well below Ans: C Learning Objective: 6.1.4: Describe and explain how receptive fields are involved in representing the physical world. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Receptive Fields Difficulty Level: Medium 34. Illumination of a retinal ganglion cell’s receptive field’s excitatory center only will cause this retinal ganglion cell to fire _________. a. below its spontaneous firing rate b. above its spontaneous firing rate c. at its spontaneous firing rate d. neither below or above its spontaneous firing rate Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.1.4: Describe and explain how receptive fields are involved in representing the physical world. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Receptive Fields Difficulty Level: Medium 35. When horizontal cells send inhibitory signals to a photoreceptor associated with the center, this ______ it from exciting the bipolar cell it connects to. a. prevents b. assists c. directs d. amplifies Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.1.4: Describe and explain how receptive fields are involved in representing the physical world. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Receptive Fields Difficulty Level: Medium 36. Receptive fields located at the periphery of the retina are ______ receptive fields at the fovea. a. equivalent to

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. the same as c. smaller than d. larger than Ans: D Learning Objective: 6.1.4: Describe and explain how receptive fields are involved in representing the physical world. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Receptive Fields Difficulty Level: Medium 37. For a retinal ganglion cell, with an on-center receptive field, to be maximally activated its receptive field’s center must be fully illuminated with ______ illumination on its surround. a. equal b. less c. more d. no Ans: D Learning Objective: 6.1.4: Describe and explain how receptive fields are involved in representing the physical world. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Receptive Fields Difficulty Level: Medium 38. When all the wavelengths of the visual spectrum are mixed ______ is perceived. a. white b. dark c. black d. no color Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.1.5: Describe and explain the theories and processes involved in color vision. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Color Vision Difficulty Level: Medium 39. Mark was given a test to determine whether he can discriminate colors. It was discovered that he often failed to correctly identify red and green patterns as such. A possible explanation may be that Mark has ______ due to the absence of l-cones. a. protanopia b. deuteranopia c. tritanopia d. tritanomaly Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.1.5: Describe and explain the theories and processes involved in color vision.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Color Vision Difficulty Level: Medium 40. The absence or limited function of s-cones results in a ______ color deficiency. a. dark/light contrast b. red-green c. no color d. blue-yellow Ans: D Learning Objective: 6.1.5: Describe and explain the theories and processes involved in color vision. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Color Vision Difficulty Level: Medium 41. Deuteranopia is a color deficiency that is caused by ______. a. absence of m-cones b. absence of l-cones c. limited m-cones d. limited l-cones Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.1.5: Describe and explain the theories and processes involved in color vision. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Color Vision Difficulty Level: Medium 42. If a cone fires maximally when exposed to wavelengths of approximately 600 nanometers, it is a ______ wavelength cone. a. short b. medium c. long d. white Ans: C Learning Objective: 6.1.5: Describe and explain the theories and processes involved in color vision. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Color Vision Difficulty Level: Medium 43. An object is perceived as being ______ because the dyes used to "color" it mostly reflect short wavelengths and absorb the other wavelengths. a. blue b. green c. yellow

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 d. red Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.1.5: Describe and explain the theories and processes involved in color vision. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Color Vision Difficulty Level: Hard 44. For an object to be perceived as blue, the wavelength of light reflected by it would need to be in the ______ nanometers range. a. <200 b. 450-490 c. 520-490 d. 600 Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.1.5: Describe and explain the theories and processes involved in color vision. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Color Vision Difficulty Level: Medium 44. Sulia noticed her four-year-old daughter kept confusing the red and green marbles in a game where the marbles had to be separated by colors. She schedules an eye exam for her. What might the ophthalmologist look for? a. absence of l-cones b. absence of m-cones c. absence of l-cones and m-cones d. absence of s-cones Ans: C Learning Objective: 6.1.5: Describe and explain the theories and processes involved in color vision. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Color Vision Difficulty Level: Medium 45. Dogs perceive more than black/white contrast as it is commonly believed. This is a myth, as it has been found that they have ______. a. long and medium-wavelength cones b. short-wavelength cones c. short and long-wavelength cones d. short and medium-wavelength cones Ans: C Learning Objective: 6.1.5: Describe and explain the theories and processes involved in color vision. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Color Vision

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium 46. The peculiarity of afterimages is that they appear in colors that are ______ the perceived color of the object itself. a. the same as b. different than c. shades of d. contrasts of Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.1.5: Describe and explain the theories and processes involved in color vision. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Color Vision Difficulty Level: Easy 47. The nasal retina of the left eye and the temporal retina of the right eye convey information from the ______ visual field of vision. a. left b. right c. left and right d. central Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.1.6: Describe and explain the processes involved in vision in the brain. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Visual Processing Beyond the Retina Difficulty Level: Medium 48. The nasal retina of the right eye and the temporal retina of the left eye convey information from the ______ visual field of vision. a. left b. right c. left and right d. central Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.1.6: Describe and explain the processes involved in vision in the brain. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Visual Processing Beyond the Retina Difficulty Level: Medium 49. The main area dedicated to vision in the thalamus is the ______. a. geniculate nucleus b. medial geniculate nucleus c. lateral geniculate nucleus d. parvocellular layer

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: C Learning Objective: 6.1.6: Describe and explain the processes involved in vision in the brain. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Visual Processing Beyond the Retina Difficulty Level: Medium 50. The lateral geniculate nucleus is composed of ______ layers. a. 3 b. 5 c. 6 d. 7 Ans: C Learning Objective: 6.1.6: Describe and explain the processes involved in vision in the brain. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Visual Processing Beyond the Retina Difficulty Level: Medium 51. Magnocellular layers convey information about______ and are sensitive to contrast. a. motion b. motion and depth c. depth d. spatial resolution Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.1.6: Describe and explain the processes involved in vision in the brain. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Visual Processing Beyond the Retina Difficulty Level: Medium 52. K-cells convey information from s-cones are sensitive to short wavelengths and convey information about ______. a. motion b. motion and depth c. depth d. spatial resolution Ans: D Learning Objective: 6.1.6: Describe and explain the processes involved in vision in the brain. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Visual Processing Beyond the Retina Difficulty Level: Medium 53. The preservation of the relative location of neurons from the retinal to the cortex is called ______.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. ipsilateral preservation b. ipsilateral mapping c. rental preservation d. retinotopic mapping Ans: D Learning Objective: 6.1.6: Describe and explain the processes involved in vision in the brain. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Visual Processing Beyond the Retina Difficulty Level: Medium 54. Complex cells acquire their ______ selectivity through the input of several simple cells. a. directional b. activation c. firing response d. color Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.1.6: Describe and explain the processes involved in vision in the brain. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Visual Processing Beyond the Retina Difficulty Level: Medium 55. The pattern of compression and rarefaction of the air produces what are known as ______. a. sound b. vibration c. electrical impulse d. sound waves Ans: D Learning Objective: 6.2.1: Explain the difference between the physical and perceptual dimensions of sound. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Physical and Perceptual Dimensions of Sound Difficulty Level: Easy 56. Sound waves rise as the air is compressed (increased air pressure) and dips when the air is rarefied (decreased air pressure). This refers to the sound wave's ______. a. amplitude b. duration c. stability d. speed Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.2.1: Explain the difference between the physical and perceptual dimensions of sound.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Physical and Perceptual Dimensions of Sound Difficulty Level: Easy 57. ______ are a mathematical way to convert the extremely large range of sound pressure levels. a. Hertz b. Nanoseconds c. Decibels d. Amplitude Ans: C Learning Objective: 6.2.1: Explain the difference between the physical and perceptual dimensions of sound. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Physical and Perceptual Dimensions of Sound Difficulty Level: Easy 58. Sound intensities above ______ can induce pain. a. 85 dbs b. 130 dbs c. 120 dbs d. 100 dbs Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.2.1: Explain the difference between the physical and perceptual dimensions of sound. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Physical and Perceptual Dimensions of Sound Difficulty Level: Easy 59. The lowest frequency of the many wavelengths that compose a complex sound is called the ______ frequency. a. complex b. perceived c. fundamental d. operational Ans: C Learning Objective: 6.2.1: Explain the difference between the physical and perceptual dimensions of sound. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Physical and Perceptual Dimensions of Sound Difficulty Level: Easy 60. The organ of Corti includes the basilar membrane onto which are situated the ______ responsible for sound perception. a. hair cells b. ossicles

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. tympanic membrane d. tectorial membrane Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.2.2: Describe the functions of the different parts of the ear. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Ear Difficulty Level: Medium True/False 1. Only a very narrow band of wavelengths ranging from 400 to 700 nanometers can be perceived by humans. Ans: T Learning Objective: 6.1.1: Describe the beginnings of how information from the physical environment is transformed into a visual image. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Beginnings of an Image Difficulty Level: Easy 2. The distance between the point at which light rays start to be refracted by the cornea and where they converge at the center of the retina is called the focal aperture. Ans: F Learning Objective: 6.1.1: Describe the beginnings of how information from the physical environment is transformed into a visual image. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Beginnings of an Image Difficulty Level: Medium 3. Parasol cells process information about color and are insensitive to dark/light contrasts. Ans: F Learning Objective: 6.1.1: Describe the beginnings of how information from the physical environment is transformed into a visual image. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Beginnings of an Image Difficulty Level: Medium 4. Rods are responsible for dark adaptation and have high acuity for visual detail. Ans: F Learning Objective: 6.1.1: Describe the beginnings of how information from the physical environment is transformed into a visual image. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Beginnings of an Image Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 5. Humans have three types of cones in the retina. Ans: T Learning Objective: 6.1.1: Describe the beginnings of how information from the physical environment is transformed into a visual image. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Beginnings of an Image Difficulty Level: Medium 6. Retinal ganglion cells are tightly packed, resulting in overlapping receptive fields. Ans: T Learning Objective: 6.1.4: Describe and explain how receptive fields are involved in representing the physical world. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Receptive Fields Difficulty Level: Easy 7. A type of blue-yellow color deficiency due to a limited number of functioning s-cones is called tritanopia. Ans: F Learning Objective: 6.1.5: Describe and explain the theories and processes involved in color vision. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Color Vision Difficulty Level: Medium 8. Rod monochromacy is a color blindness due to the absence of cones. Ans: T Learning Objective: 6.1.5: Describe and explain the theories and processes involved in color vision. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Color Vision Difficulty Level: Medium 9. Cones are responsive only to the wavelength that activates their maximal response. Ans: F Learning Objective: 6.1.5: Describe and explain the theories and processes involved in color vision. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Color Vision Difficulty Level: Medium 10. The perceived object is red because the dyes used to "color" it mostly reflect long wavelengths, corresponding to approximately 600 nanometers, and absorbs the other wavelengths. Ans: T

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 6.1.5: Describe and explain the theories and processes involved in color vision. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Color Vision Difficulty Level: Hard 11. Complete color blindness is rather common. Ans: F Learning Objective: 6.1.5: Describe and explain the theories and processes involved in color vision. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Color Vision Difficulty Level: Medium 12. Red-green color deficiency, in which people cannot distinguish red and green, only occurs due to the absence of l-cones (red). Ans: F Learning Objective: 6.1.5: Describe and explain the theories and processes involved in color vision. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Color Vision Difficulty Level: Medium 13. Being near a sound above 120 dB can cause immediate hearing loss. Ans: T Learning Objective: 6.2.1: Explain the difference between the physical and perceptual dimensions of sound. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Physical and Perceptual Dimensions of Sound Difficulty Level: Easy 14. The psychological dimension of sound that we perceive as loudness is the sound wave amplitude. Ans: T Learning Objective: 6.2.1: Explain the difference between the physical and perceptual dimensions of sound. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Physical and Perceptual Dimensions of Sound Difficulty Level: Easy 15. Spiral ganglion cells bring information about the frequency of sound waves to the brain. The axons of spiral ganglion cells form the auditory nerve. Ans: T Learning Objective: 6.2.2: Describe the functions of the different parts of the ear. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Ear

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium Essay 1. Accommodation is the ability of the eyes to keep objects in focus as they vary in distance. Briefly discuss this ability in terms of the retinal reshaping to focus on objects. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: When tiny muscles called, ciliary muscles (see figure 6.4), attached to the lens contract the lens becomes more convex, increasing its focusing power. This is what happens when an object moves toward the eyes. When the ciliary muscles relax, the lens flattens, decreasing its focusing power. This is what happens when an object moves away from the eyes. When looking at an object located at least 20 feet away, the lens focuses the image of that object on the retina by remaining flat. In this case, the object is said to be at optical infinity. That is known as the far point of vision as illustrated at optical infinity. The near point is the point at which the lens can no longer thicken to focus on an object, it is where it has its maximal refractive power. Learning Objective: 6.1.1: Describe the beginnings of how information from the physical environment is transformed into a visual image. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Beginnings of an Image Difficulty Level: Hard 2. Describe in detail the process of phototransduction in rods in terms of the dark current. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: When rods are not stimulated by light, they are penetrated by a constant flow of Na+ ions through cGMP-gated Na+ channels (cGMP stands for cyclic guanosine monophosphate). This results in rods being constantly depolarized in the dark, hence the term dark current. This depolarization of the photoreceptors results in the release of the neurotransmitter glutamate from their terminals. Glutamate is inhibitory for bipolar neurons. Therefore, it inhibits the firing of bipolar neurons to which rods connect. Exposure to light reverses this situation by initiating a second messenger cascade. When the photopigment rhodopsin is activated by light, the g-protein transduction releases guanosine triphosphate (GTP). GTP activates the effector enzyme phosphodiesterase. Phosphodiesterase causes the second messenger cyclic guanosine monophosphate (cGMP) to be converted to guanosine monophosphate (GMP). This results in the closing of cGMP-dependent Na+ channels which, in turn, results in the hyperpolarization of the photoreceptors. In response to this hyperpolarization, the photoreceptor stops releasing glutamate on bipolar neurons, thereby removing its inhibitory influence on them. Learning Objective: 6.1.2: Explain how light energy is transformed into the electrical signals in receptors that transmit visual information to the brain. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Phototransduction Difficulty Level: Hard

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 3. Briefly describe how sound waves measures of amplitude and frequency have both physical and psychological dimensions. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: Amplitude is the physical dimension of sound perceived as loudness (figure 6.24c), which is its psychological dimension. For example, when you crank up the volume on your phone, you are increasing the waves' amplitude (the physical dimension), which you experience as an increase in loudness (the psychological dimension). Frequency is another physical dimension. It is perceived as pitch which is its psychological dimension. Frequency and amplitude are independent. You can change the frequency of a sound wave without affecting its amplitude. That is, you can perceive the same pitch for a sound independently of volume and vis-versa. Another psychological dimension of sound is timber. Almost all the sounds we hear come from complex sound waves. That is, they are produced by the combination of many wavelengths. However, the lowest frequency that produces these sounds can differ. The lowest frequency of many of the wavelengths that composed a complex sound is called the fundamental frequency. Different sound sources can be perceived as having the same pitch but differ in quality. Learning Objective: 6.2.1: Explain the difference between the physical and perceptual dimensions of sound. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Physical and Perceptual Dimensions of Sound Difficulty Level: Hard 4. Briefly describe the role of the hair cells of the ear in terms of transmitting and receiving auditory information to and from the brain. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: When hair cells bend toward the kinocilium (positive direction), the cell is depolarized and gives rise to action potentials in afferent fibers that bring auditory information to the brain. When the stereocilia bend away from the kinocilium (negative direction), the cell hyperpolarizes, and action potentials generated by the hair cell cease to occur. Note that the depolarization of hair cells, by bending toward the kinocilium, is due to the entry of K+ ions. This differs from the fact that in most neurons action potentials are generated by the entry of Na+ ions. Learning Objective: 6.2.2: Describe the functions of the different parts of the ear. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Ear Difficulty Level: Hard 5. Briefly describe the three parts of the ear in overview. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: The ear has three compartments, the outer ear, the middle ear and the inner ear. The outer ear includes the pinna and the auditory canal. The pinna is the visible part of the ear. The pinna plays an important role in collecting sounds from your environment. It is also important for localizing sounds on the vertical axis (from above to below the horizon). The auditory canal conducts sound energy from the outer ear to the middle ear. At the end of the auditory canal is the tympanic membrane (eardrum). Connected to the tympanic membrane are three tiny bones called the ossicles, the smallest bones in your body. These are the malleus,

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 incus, and stapes, as they are known by their Latin names (in English: hammer, anvil, and stirrup). The tympanic membrane and the ossicles are part of the middle ear. The stapes connects to the inner ear at the oval window, which connects to the cochlea. The cochlea includes the semicircular canals, which play an important role in balance. Learning Objective: 6.2.2: Describe the functions of the different parts of the ear. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Ear Difficulty Level: Hard

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021

Chapter 7: Sensation and Perception 2: Taste, Smell, and Touch Test Bank Multiple Choice 1. ______ and ______ combine to create what is known as flavor. a. temperature; texture b. smell; taste c. sight; aroma d. sight; smell Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.1.1: Explain what makes up the experience of taste. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: A Sommelier's Nightmare Difficulty Level: Easy 2. Information provided through the activation of receptors by chemicals such as tastants and odorants are known as the ______. a. chemical senses b. physical senses c. psychological senses d. behavioral senses Ans: A Learning Objective: 7.1.1: Explain what makes up the experience of taste. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Introduction Difficulty Level: Easy 3. Taste is the perception generated when chemical molecules from food are dissolved in saliva, bind to and stimulate ______. a. gustatory chemoreceptors b. gastric neurons c. action potentials d. nerve connections Ans: A Learning Objective: 7.1.1: Explain what makes up the experience of taste. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Taste and What Is It Made Of? Difficulty Level: Easy 4. Stimulation of taste receptors cells ultimately activates neurons in the ______.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. olfactory bulb b. thalamus c. medulla oblongata d. gustatory cortex Ans: D Learning Objective: 7.1.1: Explain what makes up the experience of taste. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Taste and What Is It Made Of? Difficulty Level: Easy 5. The perception of the taste of fat is ______. a. bitter b. oily c. oleogustus d. umami Ans: C Learning Objective: 7.1.1: Explain what makes up the experience of taste. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Taste and What Is It Made Of? Difficulty Level: Easy 6. The perception of the taste of broth is ______. a. salty b. oily c. oleogustus d. umami Ans: D Learning Objective: 7.1.1: Explain what makes up the experience of taste. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Taste and What Is It Made Of? Difficulty Level: Easy 7. What is known as ______ includes elements such as texture, temperature, coolness (such as produced by a minty candy) dryness and even pain. a. mouth feel b. flavor c. umami d. intensity Ans: A Learning Objective: 7.1.1: Explain what makes up the experience of taste. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Taste and What Is It Made Of? Difficulty Level: Easy 8. ______ are the small rounded structures that contain taste receptor cells. a. Corpuscles

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. Papillae c. Basal cells d. Plasma membranes Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.1.2: Describe the structure and functioning of taste receptors. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Gustatory Chemoreceptors Difficulty Level: Easy 9. The papillae involved in taste perception are of three types, located on different parts of the tongue and containing ______ of taste buds. a. the same number b. a different number c. a decreasing number d. a significant Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.1.2: Describe the structure and functioning of taste receptors. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Gustatory Chemoreceptors Difficulty Level: Medium 10. Gustatory chemoreceptors are located ______. a. throughout the digestive tract b. on tongue and esophagus c. primarily on the tongue d. in the stomach Ans: C Learning Objective: 7.1.2: Describe the structure and functioning of taste receptors. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Gustatory Chemoreceptors Difficulty Level: Medium 11. The anterior part of the tongue contains papillae that facilitate taste but also ______. a. touch and temperature b. pungency and temperature c. touch and saltiness d. sour and bitter Ans: A Learning Objective: 7.1.2: Describe the structure and functioning of taste receptors. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Gustatory Chemoreceptors Difficulty Level: Medium 12. The back of the tongue has two types of papillae: ______ and ______. a. vallate; fungiform b. vallate; foliate

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. basal; fungiform d. fungiform; foliate Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.1.2: Describe the structure and functioning of taste receptors. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Gustatory Chemoreceptors Difficulty Level: Medium 13. ______ capture the chemicals from food dissolved in saliva to bring them into contact with the taste receptor cells. a. Vallate b. Microvilli c. Basal cells d. Fungiform Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.1.2: Describe the structure and functioning of taste receptors. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Gustatory Chemoreceptors Difficulty Level: Medium 14. ______ can be incorporated into papillae and take the form of taste receptor cells when they need to be replenished. a. Vallate b. Microvilli c. Basal cells d. Fungiform Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.1.2: Describe the structure and functioning of taste receptors. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Gustatory Chemoreceptors Difficulty Level: Medium 15. There are ______ types of taste receptor cells. a. 2 b. 4 c. 3 d. 5 Ans: C Learning Objective: 7.1.3: Describe each of the taste receptor cells and explain how they convey the basic tastes. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Taste Receptor Cells and Their Mechanisms Difficulty Level: Easy 16. Half the number of receptor cells in taste buds function to eliminate ______ outside the cells.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. surplus neurotransmitters b. dead neurotransmitters c. duplicate neurotransmitters d. non-chemical neurotransmitters Ans: A Learning Objective: 7.1.3: Describe each of the taste receptor cells and explain how they convey the basic tastes. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Taste Receptor Cells and Their Mechanisms Difficulty Level: Medium 17. Type II cells each express one type of G-protein coupled receptor (GPCR’s) with ______ and ______ activation responsible for the perception of sweetness. a. T1R2 and T1R4 b. T1R2 and T1R3 c. T1R3 and T1R4 d. T1R3 and T1R1 Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.1.3: Describe each of the taste receptor cells and explain how they convey the basic tastes. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Taste Receptor Cells and Their Mechanisms Difficulty Level: Medium 18. Type II cells each express one type of G-protein coupled receptor (GPCR’s) with ______ and ______ activation responsible for the perception of umami. a. T1R2 and T1R4 b. T1R2 and T1R3 c. T1R3 and T1R4 d. T1R3 and T1R1 Ans: D Learning Objective: 7.1.3: Describe each of the taste receptor cells and explain how they convey the basic tastes. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Taste Receptor Cells and Their Mechanisms Difficulty Level: Medium 19. T1R1 and T1R3 GPCR’s, which are responsive to the amino acids glutamate and aspartate, which are found in ______. a. fish b. beer c. legumes d. bread Ans: A Learning Objective: 7.1.3: Describe each of the taste receptor cells and explain how they convey the basic tastes.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Taste Receptor Cells and Their Mechanisms Difficulty Level: Medium 20. Several chemicals that activate T12R2 receptors are responsible to the perception of ______. a. bitterness b. saltiness c. spiciness d. sourness Ans: A Learning Objective: 7.1.3: Describe each of the taste receptor cells and explain how they convey the basic tastes. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Taste Receptor Cells and Their Mechanisms Difficulty Level: Medium 21. Type III taste receptor cells permit the entry of hydrogen ions (H+) through amelioride-sensitive Na+ channels and are responsible for the perception of ______. a. bitterness b. saltiness c. spiciness d. sourness Ans: D Learning Objective: 7.1.3: Describe each of the taste receptor cells and explain how they convey the basic tastes. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Taste Receptor Cells and Their Mechanisms Difficulty Level: Medium 22. Entry of H+ or Na+ ______ the taste cells which leads the opening of voltage-gated Na+ and Ca2+ channels. a. deactivates b. activates c. polarizes d. depolarizes Ans: D Learning Objective: 7.1.3: Describe each of the taste receptor cells and explain how they convey the basic tastes. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Taste Receptor Cells and Their Mechanisms Difficulty Level: Medium 23. The pattern of neuronal connections from taste-receptor cells to the gustatory cortex is the ______. a. gustatory cortex

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. chemotopic organization c. gustatory pathway d. hedonic of food Ans: C Learning Objective: 7.1.4: Explain how and where in the brain the experience of taste arises. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Taste Perception: Beyond Taste Receptor Cells Difficulty Level: Easy 24. The concept that different areas within the gustatory cortex are dedicated to the perception of different tastes is known as ________. is known as______. a. gustatory cortex b. chemotopic organization c. gustatory pathway d. hedonic of food Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.1.4: Explain how and where in the brain the experience of taste arises. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Taste Perception: Beyond Taste Receptor Cells Difficulty Level: Easy 25. We experience the perception of smell when molecules (called odorants) bind to specialized receptors ______. a. in the brain b. in the nasal cavity c. in the olfactory bulb d. retronasal area Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.2.1: Explain what makes up the experience of smell. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Smell and What Is It Made Of? Difficulty Level: Easy 26. It is estimated that humans have the capacity to discriminate among ______ smells. a. approximately 1 million b. approximately 10,000 c. more than 1 trillion d. more than 1 billion Ans: C Learning Objective: 7.2.1: Explain what makes up the experience of smell. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Smell and What Is It Made Of?

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Easy 27. Odorants make it to the olfactory-receptor neurons through the nose and ______. a. larynx b. back of throat c. epiglottis d. under the tongue Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.2.1: Explain what makes up the experience of smell. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Smell and What Is It Made Of? Difficulty Level: Easy 28. The hair-like projections located on olfactory receptor neurons are called ______. a. olfactory bulb b. cilia c. mitral cells d. glomeruli Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.2.2: Describe the structure and functioning of olfactory receptor neurons. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Olfactory Receptor Neurons Difficulty Level: Medium 29. Each type of olfactory receptor neurons is responsive to ______odorant molecule. a. only four b. more than four c. only one d. more than four Ans: C Learning Objective: 7.2.2: Describe the structure and functioning of olfactory receptor neurons. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Olfactory Receptor Neurons Difficulty Level: Medium 30. In comparison to humans dogs have approximately ______ the olfactory receptor neurons, accounting for greater smell function compared to humans. a. 10 times b. 22 times c. 44 times d. 65 times Ans: C Learning Objective: 7.2.2: Describe the structure and functioning of olfactory receptor neurons.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Olfactory Receptor Neurons Difficulty Level: Medium 31. Transduction in ORNs occurs through the activation of ______ receptors caused by specific odorant molecules that fit them. a. chemolithotrophs b. chemoorganotrophs c. ionotropic d. metabotropic Ans: D Learning Objective: 7.2.2: Describe the structure and functioning of olfactory receptor neurons. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Olfactory Receptor Neurons Difficulty Level: Medium 32. The patterns glomeruli activated by olfactory receptor neurons in response to the binding of an odorant are ______ the olfactory bulb. a. routed to b. g-protein bound in c. transduced d. mapped into Ans: D Learning Objective: 7.2.2: Describe the structure and functioning of olfactory receptor neurons. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Olfactory Receptor Neurons Difficulty Level: Medium 33. Information from the olfactory bulb is conveyed directly to a ______ for further processing. a. g-protein coupled receptor b. odotopic mapping c. dedicated thalamus site d. set of brain areas Ans: D Learning Objective: 7.2.3: Explain how and where in the brain the experience of smell arises. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Beyond the Olfactory Bulb Difficulty Level: Medium 34. The olfactory tubercle, piriform cortex, amygdala, and entorhinal cortex all send information indirectly to the orbitofrontal cortex through the______. a. corpus callosum

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. thalamus c. hypothalamus d. hippocampus Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.2.3: Explain how and where in the brain the experience of smell arises. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Beyond the Olfactory Bulb Difficulty Level: Hard 35. The anterior piriform conveys the ______ of an odor, whereas the posterior piriform conveys the ______ of an odor. a. identity; magnitude b. magnitude; quality c. quality; identity d. identity; quality Ans: D Learning Objective: 7.2.3: Explain how and where in the brain the experience of smell arises. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Beyond the Olfactory Bulb Difficulty Level: Medium 36. The entorhinal cortex with its extensive connections with the hippocampus is important for odor ______. a. mapping b. identification c. memory d. processing Ans: C Learning Objective: 7.2.3: Explain how and where in the brain the experience of smell arises. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Beyond the Olfactory Bulb Difficulty Level: Medium 37. The convergence of information in the orbitofrontal cortex from the gustatory and olfactory systems gives us the perception of ______. a. pungency b. flavor c. odor d. taste Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.2.3: Explain how and where in the brain the experience of smell arises. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Beyond the Olfactory Bulb Difficulty Level: Medium 38. The brain area that produces disgust in response to foul odors is the ______. a. orbitofrontal cortex b. frontal cortex c. hypothalamus d. amygdala Ans: D Learning Objective: 7.2.3: Explain how and where in the brain the experience of smell arises. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Beyond the Olfactory Bulb Difficulty Level: Hard 39. Output connections from the amygdala to the ______ is involved in linking odors with food intake. a. orbitofrontal cortex b. frontal cortex c. hypothalamus d. amygdala Ans: C Learning Objective: 7.2.3: Explain how and where in the brain the experience of smell arises. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Beyond the Olfactory Bulb Difficulty Level: Medium 40. Suli smelled roasting corn and her mouth began to water. We could say her ______ connection was activated. a. amygdala – hypothalamus b. gustatory – olfactory c. anterior piriform – posterior piriform d. entorhinal cortex – hippocampus Ans: A Learning Objective: 7.2.3: Explain how and where in the brain the experience of smell arises. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Beyond the Olfactory Bulb Difficulty Level: Hard 41. Pheromones are chemicals (hormones) that are secreted outside of an individual’s body, which can trigger ______ effects in other individuals of the same species. a. primer or releaser b. fight or flight c. trust or fear

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 d. emotional or neutral Ans: A Learning Objective: 7.2.4: Explain what pheromones are as well as their functions and the mechanisms by which they affect behavior. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Pheromones Difficulty Level: Medium 42. One known source of pheromones is ______. a. tears b. throat c. sweat d. blood Ans: C Learning Objective: 7.2.4: Explain what pheromones are as well as their functions and the mechanisms by which they affect behavior. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Pheromones Difficulty Level: Medium 43. One of the senses of the somatosensory system of exteroception is the sense of ______. a. innocuous touch b. muscle tension c. hunger d. fear Ans: A Learning Objective: 7.3.1: Explain what makes up the sense of touch. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Touch and What Is It made of? Difficulty Level: Easy 44. Mechanical deformations of the skin detected by receptors known as mechanoreceptors gives rise to the perception of ______. a. stimulation b. taste c. pain d. touch Ans: D Learning Objective: 7.3.2: Describe and differentiate between the various types of mechanoreceptors and their functions. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Mechanoreceptors Difficulty Level: Easy 45. The non-neuronal capsules associated with afferent nerve fiber (sensory nerve

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 fiber) that responds to certain types of stimulation can be distinguished by ______. a. mechanoreceptors type b. stimulus adaptation speed c. threshold of activation d. response cessation Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.3.2: Describe and differentiate between the various types of mechanoreceptors and their functions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Mechanoreceptors Difficulty Level: Medium 46. The minimal distance needed for a person to discriminate between two points being stimulated on the skin is ______ that at the tip of the fingers than in the middle of the back. a. similar to b. greater than c. much smaller than d. slightly less than Ans: C Learning Objective: 7.3.2: Describe and differentiate between the various types of mechanoreceptors and their functions. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Mechanoreceptors Difficulty Level: Easy 47. The discriminate distance for perception of separate points of contact or stimulation of receptors in the perception of touch is relative to the ______ and ______ of receptor fields. a. density; size b. location; size c. location; stimulus intensity d. density; stimulus intensity Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.3.2: Describe and differentiate between the various types of mechanoreceptors and their functions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Mechanoreceptors Difficulty Level: Medium 48. A mechanoreceptor’s response to skin deformation occurs through mechanisms that induce the ______ of ion channels. a. opening b. closing c. rerouting d. chemical response

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: A Learning Objective: 7.3.3: Explain how nerve impulses are triggered by mechanoreceptors. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Conduction and Mechanoreceptors Difficulty Level: Medium 49. Indirectly gated channel responses are mechanical deformations not processed by sensors on the channels themselves but by sensors that are ______ . a. previously signaled by it b. in the secondary process of it c. attached to it d. distinct from it Ans: D Learning Objective: 7.3.3: Explain how nerve impulses are triggered by mechanoreceptors. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Conduction and Mechanoreceptors Difficulty Level: Medium 50. The deformation of mechanoreceptors that cause the opening of stretch-sensitive channels that admit NA+ and Ca+ into afferent nerve fibers are inactivated by the ______. a. removal of the stimuli b. completion of the action potential firing c. death of the mechanoreceptor neurons d. secondary messenger response Ans: A Learning Objective: 7.3.3: Explain how nerve impulses are triggered by mechanoreceptors. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Conduction and Mechanoreceptors Difficulty Level: Medium 51. The perception of touch depends on information from the stimulation of mechanoreceptors in the skin making it ______. a. remain constant b. to your brain c. survive the cessation of stimulus d. travel to the hippocampus Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.3.4: Explain how touch information is conveyed from mechanoreceptors to the brain. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Beyond Mechanoreceptors Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 52. In the sensory homunculus, the amount of cortex allotted to each area of the body is proportional to the ______ of the given area. a. shape b. size c. sensitivity d. type of touch Ans: C Learning Objective: 7.3.4: Explain how touch information is conveyed from mechanoreceptors to the brain. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Beyond Mechanoreceptors Difficulty Level: Medium 53. First-order neurons terminate in the ______. a. medial lemniscus b. thalamus c. medulla d. somatosensory cortex Ans: C Learning Objective: 7.3.4: Explain how touch information is conveyed from mechanoreceptors to the brain. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Beyond Mechanoreceptors Difficulty Level: Medium 54. Afferent fibers from the different areas of the body enter the spinal cord through different levels of the ______ segments of the spinal cord according to the regions of the body stimulated. a. 30 b. 4 c. 6 d. 20 Ans: A Learning Objective: 7.3.4: Explain how touch information is conveyed from mechanoreceptors to the brain. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Beyond Mechanoreceptors Difficulty Level: Medium 55. Sensory information from the ______ is sent to the brain through cranial nerves. a. bottom of the feet b. face c. finger tips d. abdomen Ans: B

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 7.3.4: Explain how touch information is conveyed from mechanoreceptors to the brain. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Beyond Mechanoreceptors Difficulty Level: Medium 56. The ______ pain management system was developed upon the discovery that activating mechanoreceptors closes the gate to nociceptors (pain perception receptors). a. meditation b. acupuncture c. TENS d. inhibitory stimulation Ans: C Learning Objective: 7.3.5: Describe the mechanism by which pain is perceived as well as how pain can be controlled. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Pain Difficulty Level: Easy 57. Fibers from both nociceptors and mechanoreceptors also synapse onto inhibitory interneurons, which act as a ______ a. second-order neuron b. gate c. spinal cord channel d. nerve impulse Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.3.5: Describe the mechanism by which pain is perceived as well as how pain can be controlled. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Pain Difficulty Level: Medium 58. ______ have large myelinated nerve fibers. a. Polymodal nociceptors b. Mechanoreceptors c. C-fibers d. Ad-fibers Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.3.5: Describe the mechanism by which pain is perceived as well as how pain can be controlled. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Pain Difficulty Level: Medium 59. ______ give rise to the perception of immediate sharp pain, and are also thermal and mechanical nociceptors.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. Polymodal nociceptors b. Mechanoreceptors c. C-fibers d. Ad-fibers Ans: D Learning Objective: 7.3.5: Describe the mechanism by which pain is perceived as well as how pain can be controlled. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Pain Difficulty Level: Medium 60. Ad-fibers are activated by temperatures ______ and are perceived as pain. a. above 100Co and below 5 Co b. above 45Co and below 5 Co c. above 30Co and below 15 Co d. above 65Co and below 15 Co Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.3.5: Describe the mechanism by which pain is perceived as well as how pain can be controlled. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Pain Difficulty Level: Easy True/False 1. Gustatory afferent axons carry taste information to the brain. Ans: T Learning Objective: 7.1.2: Describe the structure and functioning of taste receptors. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Gustatory Chemoreceptors Difficulty Level: Easy 2. Each taste bud contains 20 to 50 taste receptor cells. Ans: T Learning Objective: 7.1.2: Describe the structure and functioning of taste receptors. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Gustatory Chemoreceptors Difficulty Level: Easy 3. Everyone experiences the same perceptions of taste and flavors. Ans: F Learning Objective: 7.1.4: Explain how and where in the brain the experience of taste arises. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Taste Perception: Beyond Taste Receptor Cells Difficulty Level: Easy 4. The smell of a rose is made up from a mixture of 257 molecules discriminated by the nose. Ans: T Learning Objective: 7.2.1: Explain what makes up the experience of smell. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Smell and What Is It Made Of? Difficulty Level: Easy 5. Transduction in ORNs occurs when odorant molecules bind to alpha-protein coupled receptors. Ans: F Learning Objective: 7.2.2: Describe the structure and functioning of olfactory receptor neurons. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Olfactory Receptor Neurons Difficulty Level: Medium 6. The olfactory system maps odors in the same way as the auditory system. Ans: F Learning Objective: 7.2.3: Explain how and where in the brain the experience of smell arises. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Beyond the Olfactory Bulb Difficulty Level: Medium 7. The hippocampus is known to be important for episodic memories accounting for certain smells serving as powerful reminders of your past. Ans: T Learning Objective: 7.2.3: Explain how and where in the brain the experience of smell arises. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Beyond the Olfactory Bulb Difficulty Level: Medium 8. The non-neuronal capsules associated with afferent nerve fiber (sensory nerve fiber) that responds to certain types of stimulation can be distinguished by their conduction velocity. Ans: T Learning Objective: 7.3.2: Describe and differentiate between the various types of mechanoreceptors and their functions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Mechanoreceptors Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 9. The map of the entire body in the somatosensory cortex is known as the sensory toponome Ans: F Learning Objective: 7.3.4: Explain how touch information is conveyed from mechanoreceptors to the brain. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Beyond Mechanoreceptors Difficulty Level: Easy 10. A dermatome is an area of the skin innervated by a segment of the spinal cord. Ans: T Learning Objective: 7.3.4: Explain how touch information is conveyed from mechanoreceptors to the brain. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Beyond Mechanoreceptors Difficulty Level: Easy 11. The main brain area that processes touch is the primary somatosensory cortex. Ans: T Learning Objective: 7.3.4: Explain how touch information is conveyed from mechanoreceptors to the brain. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Beyond Mechanoreceptors Difficulty Level: Easy 12. Vigorously rubbing your little toe after stubbing it against a piece of furniture helps alleviate pain. Ans: T Learning Objective: 7.3.5: Describe the mechanism by which pain is perceived as well as how pain can be controlled. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Pain Difficulty Level: Medium 13. Because they are myelinated, Ad-fibers transmit nerve impulses more randomly than the unmyelinated C-fibers. Ans: F Learning Objective: 7.3.5: Describe the mechanism by which pain is perceived as well as how pain can be controlled. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Pain Difficulty Level: Medium 14. Mixtures of chemicals released by the blood and damaged cells in response to tissue damage are referred to as inflammatory potluck.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: F Learning Objective: 7.3.5: Describe the mechanism by which pain is perceived as well as how pain can be controlled. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Pain Difficulty Level: Easy 15. TENS is a device that reduces pain through electrical stimulation. Ans: T Learning Objective: 7.3.5: Describe the mechanism by which pain is perceived as well as how pain can be controlled. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Pain Difficulty Level: Easy Essay 1. Briefly describe how the taste information activated by taste receptor cells gets to the brain for processing. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: Following the activation of taste-receptor cells, taste information is transferred to the solitary nucleus, a collection of cell bodies located in the medulla oblongata within the brainstem, via cranial nerves. Information from the anterior two-thirds of the tongue is carried along the facial nerve (cranial nerve VII), whereas information from the posterior third of the tongue is conveyed through the glossopharyngeal nerve (cranial nerve IX). The vagus nerve (cranial nerve X) conveys information from taste buds on the epiglottis situated at the very back of the mouth. From the solitary nucleus, information is relayed to the ventral-posterior medial nucleus of the thalamus (VPM) before arriving to the gustatory cortex. Learning Objective: 7.1.4: Explain how and where in the brain the experience of taste arises. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Taste Perception: Beyond Taste Receptor Cells Difficulty Level: Hard 2. Give a high-level overview of how olfactory receptor neurons transmit their odorant binding action potential to the brain to create the perception of smell. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: The binding of odorant molecules to receptors causes ORNs to depolarize, sending olfactory information to structures called glomeruli (singular: glomerulus) within the olfactory bulb. The olfactory bulb contains approximately 2000 glomeruli. ORNs that respond to the same odorant molecule send their axons to the same glomerulus. Within glomeruli, ORNs form synapse with mitral and tuft cells (M/T cells). The axons of the M/T cells form the lateral olfactory tract, which transmits olfactory information to the cortex. Learning Objective: 7.2.2: Describe the structure and functioning of olfactory receptor neurons.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Olfactory Receptor Neurons Difficulty Level: Medium 3. Why is it difficult to scientifically show that humans use and are influenced by pheromones despite the perfumery industry marketing strategies and appeals. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: It is difficult to make the case for the use of pheromones by humans. First, the vemoronasal organ is not functional in humans. In addition, adult humans do not have an accessory olfactory bulb, which is the input structure for the vemoronasal organ in other animals. Second, the detection of pheromones triggers stereotypic responses such as sexual and reproductive behavior as well as to signal danger. In contrast, humans do not typically rely on stereotypical and instinctual reactions to engage in courtship or to assess potentially threatening situations but rather make use of higher cognitive abilities. Learning Objective: 7.2.4: Explain what pheromones are as well as their functions and the mechanisms by which they affect behavior. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Pheromones Difficulty Level: Hard 4. Discuss in terms of how LTMRs are involved in touch and thus hold, how after holding a book tucked under your arm awhile you forget the book is there and reach out for something with the holding arm and drop the book. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: You felt the book for a while after you placed it under your arm because the SA fibers of Merkel cells and Ruffini ending were active until they slowly adapted and stopped firing (this is when you stopped feeling the presence of the book). Your Meissner and Pacinian corpuscles were only active when you placed the book under your arm and then quickly stopped firing (cease activation from continual stimulus) to only become active again with the book slipping out from under your arm. Learning Objective: 7.3.2: Describe and differentiate between the various types of mechanoreceptors and their functions. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Mechanoreceptors Difficulty Level: Hard 5. Explain how mechanoreceptors stimulation information makes its way to the somatosensory cortex where touch information is processed. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: The afferent fibers from all mechanoreceptors enter the spinal cord through the dorsal roots. From there, afferent fibers carry the information from mechanoreceptors all the way up to the brain. The pathway followed by afferent neurons that conduct information from mechanoreceptors to the somatosensory cortex is known as the dorsal column of the medial lemniscus (DCML). Once they have entered the spinal cord, the afferent fibers associated with mechanoreceptors, which are referred to as first-order neurons, terminate in the medulla where they synapse with second-order neurons, which form the medial

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 lemniscus. These second-order neurons cross over to the other side of the spinal cord to terminate in the ventral posterior lateral nucleus of the thalamus, where they form synapses with third-order neurons, which make their way to the somatosensory cortex. Learning Objective: 7.3.4: Explain how touch information is conveyed from mechanoreceptors to the brain. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Beyond Mechanoreceptors Difficulty Level: Hard

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021

Chapter 8: Sensorimotor Systems Test Bank Multiple Choice 1. Using the bicep muscle to bring the forearm and upper arm together requires the contraction of ______ muscles. a. flexor b. extensor c. abductor d. adductor Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.1.1: Describe the different types of muscles and how they move the body. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Muscles and Muscle Contraction Difficulty Level: Easy 2. Straightening one’s arm engages ______ muscles. a. flexor b. extensors c. abductors d. adductors Ans: B Learning Objective: 8.1.1: Describe the different types of muscles and how they move the body. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Muscles and Muscle Contraction Difficulty Level: Easy 3. A muscle which acts in opposition to another muscle is called a(n) ______muscle. a. antagonist b. paired c. coupled d. smooth Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.1.1: Describe the different types of muscles and how they move the body. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Muscles and Muscle Contraction Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 4. A researcher records data using an electromyograph attached to the thigh muscle of subjects while they jump as high as they can. In this scenario, the muscles observed were ______ muscle fibers. a. fast twitch b. slow twitch c. agonist d. antagonist Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.1.1: Describe the different types of muscles and how they move the body. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Muscles and Muscle Contraction Difficulty Level: Medium 5. Usain Bolt’s record-breaking sprints are examples of well trained and functioning _____ muscle fibers. a. fast twitch b. slow twitch c. agonist d. antagonist Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.1.1: Describe the different types of muscles and how they move the body. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Muscles and Muscle Contraction Difficulty Level: Medium 6. Marathon runners tend to have more ______muscle fibers than sprinters. a. fast twitch b. slow twitch c. agonist d. antagonist Ans: B Learning Objective: 8.1.1: Describe the different types of muscles and how they move the body. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Muscles and Muscle Contraction Difficulty Level: Medium 7. There are three types of muscle cells: smooth, cardiac, and ______. a. fibrous b. striated c. sedimentary d. twisted Ans: B Learning Objective: 8.1.1: Describe the different types of muscles and how they move

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 the body. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Muscles and Muscle Contraction Difficulty Level: Easy 8. _________muscles contract during voluntary and reflexive movements are. a. Cardiac b. Smooth c. Simple d. Striated Ans: D Learning Objective: 8.1.1: Describe the different types of muscles and how they move the body. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Muscles and Muscle Contraction Difficulty Level: Easy 9. The walls of organs and the intestines are lined with ______ muscle cells. a. cardiac b. smooth c. antagonist d. striated Ans: B Learning Objective: 8.1.1: Describe the different types of muscles and how they move the body. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Muscles and Muscle Contraction Difficulty Level: Easy 10. Each muscle fiber is a muscle cell or______. The membrane surrounding each muscle fiber is called ______. a. myocyte; sacoplasmia b. myoblasts; epimysium c. myocyte; sarcolemma d. myoblasts; sarcolemma Ans: C Learning Objective: 8.1.1: Describe the different types of muscles and how they move the body. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Muscles and Muscle Contraction Difficulty Level: Medium 11. The movement of a right-handed tennis player’s backswing of the forehand shot is an example of _________ of deltoid muscles. a. flexion b. extension

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. abduction d. adduction Ans: C Learning Objective: 8.1.1: Describe the different types of muscles and how they move the body. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Muscles and Muscle Contraction Difficulty Level: Hard 12. The follow-through of a golfer’s tee off shot bringing the arms across the midline of the body is an example of ______. a. flexion b. extension c. abduction d. adduction Ans: D Learning Objective: 8.1.1: Describe the different types of muscles and how they move the body. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Muscles and Muscle Contraction Difficulty Level: Hard 13. The ______ is all the motor neurons that innervate a single muscle. a. motor end-plate b. motor unit c. motor neuron pool d. neuromuscular junction Ans: C Learning Objective: 8.1.2: Explain how neurons innervate muscles. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Innervation of Muscle Cells Difficulty Level: Easy 14. Bench pressing 185 pounds would recruit ______ motor units compared to bench pressing 85 pounds. a. different b. more c. less d. equal Ans: B Learning Objective: 8.1.2: Explain how neurons innervate muscles. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Innervation of Muscle Cells Difficulty Level: Medium 15. Each muscle cell receives connections from ______.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. the neuromuscular junction b. a specific motor neuron pool c. a single motor neuron d. multiple motor neurons Ans: C Learning Objective: 8.1.2: Explain how neurons innervate muscles. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Innervation of Muscle Cells Difficulty Level: Medium 16. When motor innervation causes a muscle contraction, ______ molecules make their way across the synaptic cleft and bind to the receptors of a muscle cell. a. Na+ b. Ca+ c. actin d. acetylcholine Ans: D Learning Objective: 8.1.3: Explain how muscles contract. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: How Muscles Contract Difficulty Level: Medium 17. In the sliding filament model of muscle contraction, the region where only the myosin filaments are visible is called the ______. a. Z-discs b. H-zone c. A-band d. I-band Ans: B Learning Objective: 8.1.3: Explain how muscles contract. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: How Muscles Contract Difficulty Level: Medium 18. In muscle contraction when the thick myosin filaments pull on the actin filaments, the ______ remains constant. a. Z-disc b. H-zone c. A-band d. I-band Ans: D Learning Objective: 8.1.3: Explain how muscles contract. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: How Muscles Contract Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 19. Movement of the limbs relative to a joint by opposing pairs of muscles is the role of ______ muscles. a. cardiac b. smooth c. adductor d. antagonist Ans: D Learning Objective: 8.1.1: Describe the different types of muscles and how they move the body. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Muscles and Muscle Contraction Difficulty Level: Medium 20. Muscles contract when acetylcholine binds to its receptors located inside indentations called ______. a. neuromuscular folds b. motor end plate c. motor neuron pool d. junctional folds Ans: D Learning Objective: 8.1.3: Explain how muscles contract. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: How Muscles Contract Difficulty Level: Medium 21. A muscle contraction initiated in response to the stretch of a muscle to prevent it from tearing is called the ______. a. intrafusal fiber reflex b. extrafusal fiber reflex c. myotatic reflex d. voluntary reflex Ans: C Learning Objective: 8.2.1: Know what a spinal reflex is and explain how one is generated. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Spinal Reflexes Difficulty Level: Easy 22. The ______ reflex relaxes the muscle by inhibiting motor neurons in response to an overly strong muscle contraction. a. autogenic inhibition b. intrafusal fiber reflex c. extrafusal fiber reflex d. myotatic reflex Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.2.1: Know what a spinal reflex is and explain how one is

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 generated. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Spinal Reflexes Difficulty Level: Easy 23. Stretch receptors that detect and convey changes in the length of a muscle are called ______. a. actin filaments b. Golgi tendon organs c. myosin filaments d. muscle spindles Ans: D Learning Objective: 8.2.1: Know what a spinal reflex is and explain how one is generated. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Spinal Reflexes Difficulty Level: Easy 24. Motor programs are neural networks located in the______, which initiates automatic and rhythmic movements. a. motor maps b. motor neuron pool c. brainstem d. spinal cord Ans: C Learning Objective: 8.2.2: Explain what motor programs are and describe their functions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Motor Programs Difficulty Level: Medium 25. Sneezing activated in response to an irritant is an example of a(n) ______ motor program. a. automatic b. voluntary c. reflexive d. rhythmic Ans: C Learning Objective: 8.2.2: Explain what motor programs are and describe their functions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Motor Programs Difficulty Level: Medium 26. An example of a muscle movement that is initiated by the brainstem and maintained by the spinal cord is ______.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. digestion b. hiccups c. walking d. sleeping Ans: C Learning Objective: 8.2.2: Explain what motor programs are and describe their functions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Motor Programs Difficulty Level: Medium 27. In a lab experiment, a cat’s brainstem was cut, separating the brain from the spinal cord. It was the found that the cat could still be made to walk on a treadmill by electrically stimulating a remaining part of the brainstem. This finding provided evidence that the spinal cord can by itself generate______. a. muscle innervation b. neuromuscular activity c. motor activity d. motor maps Ans: C Learning Objective: 8.2.2: Explain what motor programs are and describe their functions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Motor Programs Difficulty Level: Medium 28. Standing on one leg with closed eyes and sensing the position of the different parts of the body relative to each other is an example of ______. a. proprioception b. positional awareness c. postural integrity d. motor program Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.3.1: Describe what proprioception is and what it is used for. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Proprioception Difficulty Level: Medium 29. Information from _________is used to encode the starting point of your limbs before moving them towards target objects. a. motor programs b. interoceptors c. postural integrity d. proprioceptors Ans: D Learning Objective: 8.3.1: Describe what proprioception is and what it is used for.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Proprioception Difficulty Level: Medium 30. Action potentials, generated in response to the stretching muscles, occur in ______. a. actin filaments b. Golgi tendon organs c. myosin filaments d. muscle spindles Ans: D Learning Objective: 8.3.1: Describe what proprioception is and what it is used for. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Proprioception Difficulty Level: Medium 31. Action potentials, generated in response to the muscle contraction, occur in ______. a. actin filaments b. Golgi tendon organs c. myosin filaments d. muscle spindles Ans: B Learning Objective: 8.3.1: Describe what proprioception is and what it is used for. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Proprioception Difficulty Level: Medium 32. When you lift weights, ______ sense the amount of muscle tension to protect the muscle from injury. a. actin filaments b. Golgi tendon organs c. myosin filaments d. muscle spindles Ans: B Learning Objective: 8.3.1: Describe what proprioception is and what it is used for. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Proprioception Difficulty Level: Hard 33. Neurons from pyramidal tracts carry motor messages to lower motor neurons of the spinal cord to produce ______. a. nerve fiber innervation b. inhibition of action potentials c. involuntary movement d. voluntary movement

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: D Learning Objective: 8.3.2: Explain what the descending pathways are and describe the functions of each one. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Descending Pathways Difficulty Level: Medium 34. Movements, such as automatically adjusting posture or following moving objects with the eyes are reflexive activities managed by ______. a. indirect pathways b. direct pathways c. medullary pyramid d. corticospinal tract Ans:A Learning Objective: 8.3.2: Explain what the descending pathways are and describe the functions of each one. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Descending Pathways Difficulty Level: Medium 35. Assessing a patient’s ________may involve testing his ability to stay balanced while keeping his eyes focused on a flag straight ahead while walking. a. tectospinal tract b. vestibulospinal tract c. rubrospinal tract d. reticulospinal tract Ans: B Learning Objective: 8.3.2: Explain what the descending pathways are and describe the functions of each one. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Descending Pathways Difficulty Level: Hard 36. The ___________ primary function is to maintain muscle tone and motor functions of the internal organs. a. tectospinal tract’s b. vestibulospinal tract’s c. rubrospinal tract’s d. reticulospinal tract’s Ans: D Learning Objective: 8.3.2: Explain what the descending pathways are and describe the functions of each one. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Descending Pathways Difficulty Level: Hard

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 37. The cause of a difficulty in maintaining postural control may involve damage to the ______. a. ascending pathways b. descending pathways c. lateral pathways d. horizontal pathways Ans: B Learning Objective: 8.3.2: Explain what the descending pathways are and describe the functions of each one. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Descending Pathways Difficulty Level: Hard 38. For visually guided movements, contributions from the primary visual cortex in the ______ is required. a. prefrontal cortex b. occipital lobes c. motor homunculus d. mirror neurons Ans: B Learning Objective: 8.3.3: Describe how different brain areas are responsible for voluntary movements. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Anatomy of Voluntary Movement Difficulty Level: Medium 39. Wilder Penfield discovered a motor homunculus by electrically stimulating the primary motor cortex of patients undergoing brain surgery. He found that body parts with more complex connectivity were represented by a ______ amount of cortex. a. more complex b. greater c. lesser d. smaller Ans: B Learning Objective: 8.3.3: Describe how different brain areas are responsible for voluntary movements. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Anatomy of Voluntary Movement Difficulty Level: Medium 40. In support of the existence of ______ in the human primary motor cortex, neuropsychologist Angela Sirugu and colleagues (2014) reported finding that under electrical stimulation humans could be made to produce a hand-to-mouth movement. a. motor homunculus b. ethological action maps c. mirror neurons

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 d. somatotopic map Ans: B Learning Objective: 8.3.3: Describe how different brain areas are responsible for voluntary movements. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Anatomy of Voluntary Movement Difficulty Level: Easy 41. In an experiment using electrophysiological recordings, evidence was found showing that the motor cortex is not only involved in initiating and maintaining movement but also in ______ it. a. transducing b. amplifying c. inhibiting d. anticipating Ans: D Learning Objective: 8.3.3: Describe how different brain areas are responsible for voluntary movements. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Anatomy of Voluntary Movement Difficulty Level: Easy 42. The premotor cortex and the supplementary motor area (SMA) are responsible for voluntary movement planning and preparation by selecting the ______ necessary to deal with the task at hand. a. homunculus mapping b. sequence of movements c. receptors to activate d. nerve fiber innervation Ans: B Learning Objective: 8.3.3: Describe how different brain areas are responsible for voluntary movements. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Anatomy of Voluntary Movement Difficulty Level: Easy 43. It was found that cells in the premotor cortex are active only when a sequence of movements is externally cued but not active when performance of the sequence of movements depends on ______. a. the motor homunculus b. memory c. constant stimulation d. the somatotopic map Ans: B Learning Objective: 8.3.3: Describe how different brain areas are responsible for voluntary movements.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Anatomy of Voluntary Movement Difficulty Level: Easy 44. In one experiment, monkeys watched someone reach out to pick up an object, while recording from a mirror neuron in the premotor cortex. As expected, this triggered the neuron to fire. The same neuron did not fire as intensely when the monkey observed the same action but with no object present, indicating that mirror neurons also ___________. a. prescreen movement sequences b. differentiate actions c. encode the goals of motor acts d. regulate the amount muscle tension Ans: C Learning Objective: 8.3.3: Describe how different brain areas are responsible for voluntary movements. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Anatomy of Voluntary Movement Difficulty Level: Medium 45. In Iacobini and colleagues found that humans code for the ______ of other people’s actions. a. intentions b. sequences c. intensity d. risks Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.3.3: Describe how different brain areas are responsible for voluntary movements. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Anatomy of Voluntary Movement Difficulty Level: Medium 46. A brain area involved in initiating movements and in inhibiting unwanted movements is the______. a. cerebellum b. lateral intraparietal cortex c. basal ganglia d. thalamus Ans: C Learning Objective: 8.3.3: Describe how different brain areas are responsible for voluntary movements. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Anatomy of Voluntary Movement Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 47. Information needed to produce or inhibit movement flows through the basal ganglia following distinct pathways: the ______ and ______ pathways. a. direct; indirect b. paired; single c. anterior; posterior d. activation; inhibition Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.3.3: Describe how different brain areas are responsible for voluntary movements. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Anatomy of Voluntary Movement Difficulty Level: Medium 48. The thalamus constantly excites the motor cortex but when a motor command is not issued by the primary motor cortex, the thalamus is prevented from exciting it by the ______. a. globus pallidus b. putamen c. caudate nucleus d. substantia nigra Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.3.3: Describe how different brain areas are responsible for voluntary movements. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Anatomy of Voluntary Movement Difficulty Level: Medium 49. The substantia nigra regulates activity in the striatum (the putamen and caudate cell bodies) by sending inhibitory projections to it, using the neurotransmitter ______. a. endorphins b. serotonin c. epinephrine d. dopamine Ans: D Learning Objective: 8.3.3: Describe how different brain areas are responsible for voluntary movements. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Anatomy of Voluntary Movement Difficulty Level: Medium 50. In Parkinson’s disease, the basal ganglia’s direct pathway for initiating movements and in inhibiting unwanted movements is disrupted by dying ______ neurons. a. endorphins b. serotonin c. epinephrine

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 d. dopamine Ans: D Learning Objective: 8.3.3: Describe how different brain areas are responsible for voluntary movements. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Anatomy of Voluntary Movement Difficulty Level: Medium 51. Information flows through the basal ganglia and back to the cortex along distinct pathways. As you will read in the sections that follow, the aim of the ______ is to generate movement, whereas the aim of the ________ is to inhibit movement a. anterior pathway; direct pathway b. posterior pathway; anterior pathway c. indirect pathway; direct pathway d. direct pathway; indirect pathway Ans: D Learning Objective: 8.3.3: Describe how different brain areas are responsible for voluntary movements. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Anatomy of Voluntary Movement Difficulty Level: Medium 52. The cerebellum can predict the intended position of a limb through a(n) ______ of the motor command it receives from the primary motor cortex. a. efferent copy b. referent copy c. incomplete d. inaccurate Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.3.3: Describe how different brain areas are responsible for voluntary movements. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Anatomy of Voluntary Movement Difficulty Level: Medium 53. In the situation where one is learning a new body weight exercise such as pistol squat, the cerebellum works ______ over time to try to match the goal of your movements with the proper trajectories with each movement practice. a. progressively less b. progressively more c. consistently the same d. differentially Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.3.3: Describe how different brain areas are responsible for voluntary movements. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Anatomy of Voluntary Movement Difficulty Level: Medium 54. In the process of motor commands to and from the primary motor cortex, the cerebellum has a(n) ______ role. a. regulatory b. error-correction c. pass through d. inhibitory Ans: B Learning Objective: 8.3.3: Describe how different brain areas are responsible for voluntary movements. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Anatomy of Voluntary Movement Difficulty Level: Medium 55. The primary motor cortex issues movement commands to the spinal cord, where ______ of muscle firing is selected. a. a pattern b. a check c. an adjustment d. a direct pathway Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.3.4: Describe how various brain areas work together to produce voluntary movement. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Putting It All Together Difficulty Level: Medium 56. Voluntary movement involves decision-making and motor action selections primarily done by the ______. a. brainstem b. thalamus c. basal ganglia d. prefrontal cortex Ans: D Learning Objective: 8.3.4: Describe how various brain areas work together to produce voluntary movement. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Putting It All Together Difficulty Level: Medium 57. The ______ provides the primary motor cortex with feedback about the accuracy of a movement so that the primary motor cortex can apply corrections to the movement and learn it. a. cerebellum

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. thalamus c. basal ganglia d. striatum Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.3.4: Describe how various brain areas work together to produce voluntary movement. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Putting It All Together Difficulty Level: Medium True/False 1. An abductor such as the deltoid brings body parts away from the midline of the body. Ans: T Learning Objective: 8.1.1: Describe the different types of muscles and how they move the body. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Muscles and Muscle Contraction Difficulty Level: Easy 2. Muscle cells are composed of myofibrils, which are themselves composed of sarcomeres, which are composed and replenished by actin and myosin proteins. Ans: T Learning Objective: 8.1.1: Describe the different types of muscles and how they move the body. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Muscles and Muscle Contraction Difficulty Level: Medium 3. The neuromuscular junction is the location where the axon terminals of motor neurons communicate with the spinal cord. Ans: F Learning Objective: 8.1.2: Explain how neurons innervate muscles. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Innervation of Muscle Cells Difficulty Level: Medium 4. Opening of the Na+ channels depolarization muscle cells and leads to muscle contraction. Ans: T Learning Objective: 8.1.3: Explain how muscles contract. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: How Muscles Contract Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 5. The autogenic inhibition reflex is also called the inverse myotatic reflex. Ans: T Learning Objective: 8.2.1: Know what a spinal reflex is and explain how one is generated. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Spinal Reflexes Difficulty Level: Easy 6. The prototypical example of a motor program is breathing. Ans: F Learning Objective: 8.2.2: Explain what motor programs are and describe their functions. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Motor Programs Difficulty Level: Easy 7. Proprioceptors are responsible for the perceptions of force, pressure, and weight. Ans: T Learning Objective: 8.3.1: Describe what proprioception is and what it is used for. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Proprioception Difficulty Level: Easy 8. The descending pathways carry information from the brain to the spinal cord via the direct pathways. Ans: T Learning Objective: 8.3.2: Explain what the descending pathways are and describe the functions of each one. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Descending Pathways Difficulty Level: Easy 9. The descending pathways to carry information from the brain to the spinal cord via direct pathways. Ans: F Learning Objective: 8.3.2: Explain what the descending pathways are and describe the functions of each one. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Descending Pathways Difficulty Level: Easy 10. Before a motor command is executed, it is filtered through the basal ganglia. Ans: T Learning Objective: 8.3.3: Describe how different brain areas are responsible for voluntary movements. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Anatomy of Voluntary Movement Difficulty Level: Medium 11. In the indirect pathway, axons of neurons do not directly connect to neurons in the spinal cord, but form synapses with other sets of neurons in between. Ans: T Learning Objective: 8.3.2: Explain what the descending pathways are and describe the functions of each one. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Descending Pathways Difficulty Level: Easy 12. Neurons in the direct pathway connect with intermediate neurons on the way to the spinal cord. Ans: F Learning Objective: 8.3.2: Explain what the descending pathways are and describe the functions of each one. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Descending Pathways Difficulty Level: Medium 13. The neurons of the descending pathways synapse directly onto muscle cells. Ans: T Learning Objective: 8.3.2: Explain what the descending pathways are and describe the functions of each one. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Descending Pathways Difficulty Level: Easy 14. The rubrospinal tract originates in the red nucleus of the midbrain (hence the prefix “rubro”). Ans: T Learning Objective: 8.3.2: Explain what the descending pathways are and describe the functions of each one. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Descending Pathways Difficulty Level: Easy 15. Efferent copy is a copy of a motor command sent by the primary motor cortex to the spinal cord. Ans: F Learning Objective: 8.3.3: Describe how different brain areas are responsible for voluntary movements. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Anatomy of Voluntary Movement Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Essay 1. Describe in terms of the sliding-filament theory what happens during muscle contraction. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: Muscle contraction occurs when the thick myosin filaments pull on the actin filaments, causing the actin filaments to slide along the myosin filaments. This causes the I-bands on each side of the H-zone and the Hzone itself to shorten. The z-discs are consequently pulled closer together. Note that the lengths of the A-bands remain constant. The thick myosin filaments extend bulbous heads (called S1 region) from sections of the myosin filament (called the S2 region), which reaches ahead and binds to the actin filament. The heads contract, pulling the actin filament along in steps of 10 nanometers. The myosin heads then release the actin filament and the process repeats itself. This process is known as actin-myosin cycling. Learning Objective: 8.1.3: Explain how muscles contract. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: How Muscles Contract Difficulty Level: Hard 2. Describe how proprioceptor sense organs help protect ourselves from injury using the example of the Golgi tendon organ. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: The Golgi tendon organ is a proprioceptor, sense organ that receives information from the tendon that senses tension. When you lift weights, the Golgi tendon organ is the sense organ that tells you how much tension the muscle is exerting. If there is too much muscle tension, the Golgi tendon organ will inhibit the muscle from creating any force (via a reflex arc), thus protecting you from injuring itself. Learning Objective: 8.2.1: Know what a spinal reflex is and explain how one is generated. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Spinal Reflexes Difficulty Level: Hard 3. Discuss the anatomy of a simple voluntary movement such as drinking coffee. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: The following are some of the things that need to happen for you to perform the simple task of picking up your cup of coffee. First, the cup itself must be identified as being a goal. Next its spatial location, both in relation to the other objects within its space and relative to your own body parts. The proper sequence of movements and choice of muscles to contract must then be determined for your arm to move toward the cup and for you the grip the cup appropriately. The force of your grip must also be adjusted depending on whether it is a hard cup, or one made of cardboard not to crush it. You then lift the cup to your lips, taste the coffee and determine if your actions were rewarded by a good tasting coffee and worth repeating. Learning Objective: 8.3.3: Describe how different brain areas are responsible for voluntary movements.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Anatomy of Voluntary Movement Difficulty Level: Hard 4. Describe the posterior parietal cortex (PPC) functional positioning encoding for an activity during a voluntary movement (use a task example for detail). Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: The PPC is active during the anticipation, preparation, or intention to move your hand toward a target. It encodes the position, in coordinates, of targets for movements, for example, the location of a pen on a tabletop. What is fascinating about the PPC is that it does so from different frames of reference. What does this mean? When you need to reach for something, such as the pen on a tabletop, the coordinates for its location must be computed. The coordinates for the location of the pen are computed relative to the position of your eyes, head, body, and limbs, that is, in eye-centered, head-centered, body-centered and limb-centered coordinates. For example, the pen may lie directly in front of you, relative to your eyes. However, relative to your right arm, it is to the right. So, if all you want to do is visually describe the pen, you only need to know where it is in eye-centered coordinates. However, reaching for it requires that you know the pen’s location relative to your arm, that is, in arm-centered coordinates. Learning Objective: 8.3.3: Describe how different brain areas are responsible for voluntary movements. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Anatomy of Voluntary Movement Difficulty Level: Hard

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021

Chapter 9: Motivation: Theories, Temperature Regulation, Energy Balance, and Sleep Test Bank Multiple Choice 1. Attempts to explain why organisms behave the way they do is the science of ______. a. behavioral modification b. empirical behavior c. motivation d. perception Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.1.1: Define and explain motivation. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Theories of Motivation Difficulty Level: Easy 2. Motivation refers to the processes that determine the initiation, maintenance, direction, and ______ of behavior. a. achievement b. longevity c. termination d. mastery Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.1.1: Define and explain motivation. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is Motivation? Difficulty Level: Medium 3. The tendency of biological systems to maintain a stable internal environment is referred to as ______. a. survival instinct b. internal drive c. homeostasis d. balance Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.1.2: Describe need reduction theory and how it involves homeostasis. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Need Reduction Theory Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 4. The cycle consisting of a physiological need ® drive ® behavioral response ® need reduction is part of what is known as ______ theory. a. primal-survival b. incentive-salience c. arousal d. need-reduction Ans: D Learning Objective: 9.1.2: Describe need reduction theory and how it involves homeostasis. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Need Reduction Theory Difficulty Level: Easy 5. The ______ acts as the body’s control system for maintaining internal balance. a. hippocampus b. hypothalamus c. thalamus d. cerebellum Ans: B Learning Objective: 9.1.2: Describe need reduction theory and how it involves homeostasis. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Need Reduction Theory Difficulty Level: Easy 6. ______ explains how the motivation of organisms to act is based on their level of physiological activity. a. Primal-survival b. Incentive-salience c. Arousal d. Need-reduction Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.1.3: Describe arousal theory and how it is related to personality and performance. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Arousal Theory Difficulty Level: Easy 7. Lindsley’s arousal theory posits that states of arousal range ______ and are associated with corresponding amounts of behavioral activation. a. from intense to imperceptible b. from quick to slow c. from low to high d. from sustained to fleeting Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.1.3: Describe arousal theory and how it is related to personality

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 and performance. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Arousal Theory Difficulty Level: Medium 8. Research indicates that the Yerkes-Dodson law holds true based on the level of complexity of a task, showing that______ tasks require very low arousal levels. a. fine motor skill b. endurance skill c. unrefined skill d. competitive Ans: A Learning Objective: 9.1.3: Describe arousal theory and how it is related to personality and performance. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Arousal Theory Difficulty Level: Hard 9. Research data indicate that people have ______ basal levels of physiological arousal. a. different b. very similar c. similar d. very dissimilar Ans: A Learning Objective: 9.1.3: Describe arousal theory and how it is related to personality and performance. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Arousal Theory Difficulty Level: Medium 10. Research found that high sensation seekers have inherited a low number of a type of ______ receptors (D2) in the striatum and prefrontal cortex. a. epinephrine b. dopamine c. serotonin d. endorphin Ans: B Learning Objective: 9.1.3: Describe arousal theory and how it is related to personality and performance. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Arousal Theory Difficulty Level: Medium 11. Blum’s proposed reward deficiency syndrome states that sensation seekers, because of their lower numbers of inherited D2 receptors, are constantly motivated by

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 the search for ______ sources of rewards. a. less public b. more secretive c. less intense d. more intense Ans: D Learning Objective: 9.1.3: Describe arousal theory and how it is related to personality and performance. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Arousal Theory Difficulty Level: Medium 12. Natural reinforcers are stimuli that do not require learning to become desirable; an example is ______. a. food b. alcohol c. bungee jumping d. yoga Ans: A Learning Objective: 9.1.4: Describe the different theories aimed at explaining the neurobiological basis of reward. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Pleasure Seeking and Reward Difficulty Level: Easy 13. Rats injected with a dopamine receptor______ significantly reduced their number of lever presses for access to food. a. killer b. catalyst c. enhancer d. blocker Ans: D Learning Objective: 9.1.4: Describe the different theories aimed at explaining the neurobiological basis of reward. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Pleasure Seeking and Reward Difficulty Level: Medium 14. It was found that rats reduced the amount of work they did to obtain a food reward when they received a ______ antagonist. a. dopamine b. serotonin c. endorphin d. norepinephrine Ans: A Learning Objective: 9.1.4: Describe the different theories aimed at explaining the

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 neurobiological basis of reward. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Pleasure Seeking and Reward Difficulty Level: Medium 15. In dopamine ramping dopamine is released in ______ as the steps required to get rewarded are completed. a. increasing amounts b. consistent amounts c. decreasing amounts d. unpredictable amounts Ans: A Learning Objective: 9.1.4: Describe the different theories aimed at explaining the neurobiological basis of reward. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Pleasure Seeking and Reward Difficulty Level: Medium 16. A ______ prediction error occurs when conditioned stimuli do not reliably predict unconditioned stimuli. a. small b. large c. indeterminate d. acceptable Ans: B Learning Objective: 9.1.4: Describe the different theories aimed at explaining the neurobiological basis of reward. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Pleasure Seeking and Reward Difficulty Level: Medium 17. According to the incentive salience theory, ______ is responsible for the “wanting,” element of the behavior. a. dopamine b. serotonin c. endorphin d. norepinephrine Ans: A Learning Objective: 9.1.4: Describe the different theories aimed at explaining the neurobiological basis of reward. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Pleasure Seeking and Reward Difficulty Level: Medium 18. According to the incentive salience theory, ______ is responsible for the “liking,” element of the behavior.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. dopamine b. serotonin c. endorphin d. norepinephrine Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.1.4: Describe the different theories aimed at explaining the neurobiological basis of reward. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Pleasure Seeking and Reward Difficulty Level: Medium 19. Areas of the brain where liking sensations can be enhanced by stimulation are called ______. a. hedonic hotspots b. hedonic cold spots c. salient hotspots d. endorphin cold spots Ans: A Learning Objective: 9.1.4: Describe the different theories aimed at explaining the neurobiological basis of reward. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Pleasure Seeking and Reward Difficulty Level: Medium 20. Areas of the brain where liking sensations are negatively affected (disgust) by stimulation are called ______. a. hedonic hotspots b. hedonic cold spots c. salient hotspots d. endorphin cold spots Ans: B Learning Objective: 9.1.4: Describe the different theories aimed at explaining the neurobiological basis of reward. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Pleasure Seeking and Reward Difficulty Level: Medium 21. The spinothalamocortical pathway (STC pathway) conveys information to the somatosensory cortex for the perception of ______. a. temperature b. shaking c. heat d. saliency Ans: A Learning Objective: 9.2.1: Explain how organisms regulate their body temperatures. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Temperature Regulation Difficulty Level: Easy 22. The region of the brainstem involved in temperature regulation is the ______. a. hippocampus b. medial parabrachial nucleus c. lateral parabrachial nucleus d. thalamus Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.2.1: Explain how organisms regulate their body temperatures. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Temperature Regulation Difficulty Level: Easy 23. ______ body temperature is vital to the maintenance of enzyme function, which catalyzes chemical reactions in the body. a. Constant b. Regulated c. Changing d. Controlled Ans: A Learning Objective: 9.2.1: Explain how organisms regulate their body temperatures. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Temperature Regulation Difficulty Level: Easy 24. The thermoregulatory network of connections between the body and the brain help regulate body temperature ______. a. involuntarily b. automatically c. complimentarily d. secondarily Ans: B Learning Objective: 9.2.1: Explain how organisms regulate their body temperatures. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Temperature Regulation Difficulty Level: Easy 25. ______ is a mechanism by which a stimulus input causes a system to react by causing an opposite output to maintain a desired setpoint. a. Synchronous feedback b. Positive feedback c. Negative feedback d. Looped feedback Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.2.1: Explain how organisms regulate their body temperatures.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Temperature Regulation Difficulty Level: Medium 26. In temperature regulation, the hypothalamus receives input from ______ in both the skin and organs. a. hedonic hotspots b. hedonic cold spots c. thermoreceptors d. axon neurons Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.2.1: Explain how organisms regulate their body temperatures. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Temperature Regulation Difficulty Level: Medium 27. ________and _______mechanisms of the hypothalamus are triggered by a cooling and heating of the body. a. Cold defense; heat defense b. Coldspot defense; hotspot defense c. Thermal defense; cold defense d. Thermal protection; cold protection Ans:A Learning Objective: 9.2.1: Explain how organisms regulate their body temperatures. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Temperature Regulation Difficulty Level: Medium 28. A cold defense mechanism is to trigger ______ to shake generating heat through the expenditure of energy in what is known as shivering. a. smooth muscles b. striated muscles c. involuntary muscles d. skeletal muscles Ans: D Learning Objective: 9.2.1: Explain how organisms regulate their body temperatures. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Temperature Regulation Difficulty Level: Medium 29. In addition to the dilation of blood vessels in the skin (vasodilation) and vasoconstriction of the blood vessels of internal organs, heat defense mechanisms also include ________. a. sweating b. hydrating c. misting

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 d. cryotherapy Ans: A Learning Objective: 9.2.1: Explain how organisms regulate their body temperatures. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Temperature Regulation Difficulty Level: Medium 30. Themoreceptors convey information about body temperature to the brain along ______ pathway(s). a. a single b. two c. three d. unique Ans: B Learning Objective: 9.2.1: Explain how organisms regulate their body temperatures. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Temperature Regulation Difficulty Level: Medium 31. The brain consumes ______ of the body’s energy. a. 30% b. 15% c. 20% d. 12% Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.2.2: Explain the mechanisms that underlie hunger and satiety. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Energy Balance, Hunger and Eating Difficulty Level: Easy 32. The __________state occurs when the body is relying on stored energy for functioning. a. prandial b. postabsorptive c. resting d. conversion Ans: B Learning Objective: 9.2.2: Explain the mechanisms that underlie hunger and satiety. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Energy Balance, Hunger and Eating Difficulty Level: Medium 33. During the postabsorptive state, the body recruits ______ stores from the liver to use for energy. a. glycogen b. glucose

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. triglycerides d. ketones Ans: A Learning Objective: 9.2.2: Explain the mechanisms that underlie hunger and satiety. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Energy Balance, Hunger and Eating Difficulty Level: Medium 34. When the body is in the fasting state, energy is produced by converting ______ to______. a. triglycerides; ketones b. triglycerides; glucose c. glycogen; ketones d. glucose; ketones Ans: A Learning Objective: 9.2.2: Explain the mechanisms that underlie hunger and satiety. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Energy Balance, Hunger and Eating Difficulty Level: Medium 35. Hunger and satiety depend on the actions of hormones released from the gut, adipose cells (fat cells) and ______. a. pituitary gland b. hippocampus c. thalamus d. hypothalamus Ans: D Learning Objective: 9.2.2: Explain the mechanisms that underlie hunger and satiety. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Energy Balance, Hunger and Eating Difficulty Level: Easy 36. The orexigenic hormone ______ is found and released from the stomach to promote eating, and plays a major role in energy homeostasis. a. ghrelin b. leptin c. insulin d. chloecystokinin Ans: A Learning Objective: 9.2.2: Explain the mechanisms that underlie hunger and satiety. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Energy Balance, Hunger and Eating Difficulty Level: Easy 37. The release of insulin is directly related to the levels of ______ in the body. a. glycogen

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. glucose c. triglycerides d. ketones Ans: B Learning Objective: 9.2.2: Explain the mechanisms that underlie hunger and satiety. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Energy Balance, Hunger and Eating Difficulty Level: Medium 38. Leptin is secreted in response to high levels of insulin and glucose and acts as a ______. a. hunger suppressant b. insulin suppressant c. hunger stimulant d. insulin stimulant Ans: A Learning Objective: 9.2.2: Explain the mechanisms that underlie hunger and satiety. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Energy Balance, Hunger and Eating Difficulty Level: Medium 39. “Wanting” is associated with the activation of the mesolimbic ______ system and “liking” reactions are associated with the release of ______ in “hedonic hotspots”. a. dopamine; endorphin b. dopamine; epinephrine c. serotonin; endorphin d. serotonin; epinephrine Ans: A Learning Objective: 9.2.2: Explain the mechanisms that underlie hunger and satiety. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Energy Balance, Hunger and Eating Difficulty Level: Medium 40. Environmental cues associated with the memory of a certain food can induce a feeling of “wanting” that food, ______, that may be unrelated to hunger. a. a non-homeostatic drive b. a homeostatic drive c. satiety insufficiency d. glucose sufficiency Ans: A Learning Objective: 9.2.2: Explain the mechanisms that underlie hunger and satiety. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Energy Balance, Hunger and Eating Difficulty Level: Medium 41. On average humans typically spend about ______ of sleep in nREM and about

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 ______ in REM. a. 60%; 40% b. 80%; 20% c. 75%; 25% d. 70%; 30% Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.3.1: Know how sleep is studied as well as how it is subdivided into stages. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: What Is Sleep? Difficulty Level: Medium 42. In REM, EMG (electromyography) recordings show that there is a loss of ______. a. muscle tone b. hearing c. cognitive activity d. digestion Ans: A Learning Objective: 9.3.1: Know how sleep is studied as well as how it is subdivided into stages. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is Sleep? Difficulty Level: Medium 43. Research has found that the brain’s activity during REM sleep, resembles that of wakefulness, thus REM is sometimes referred to as ______. a. slow-wave sleep b. paradoxical sleep c. semiconscious sleep d. wakefulness stage sleep Ans: B Learning Objective: 9.3.1: Know how sleep is studied as well as how it is subdivided into stages. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is Sleep? Difficulty Level: Medium 44. The characteristic EEG rhythm of the waking state are waves of ______ and _______. a. high amplitude; low frequency b. high amplitude; high frequency c. low amplitude; low frequency d. low amplitude; high frequency Ans: D Learning Objective: 9.3.1: Know how sleep is studied as well as how it is subdivided into stages.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is Sleep? Difficulty Level: Medium 45. ______ occurs during REM stage to prevent people from acting out their dreams. a. Energy conservation b. Digestion cessation c. Temporary paralysis d. Decreased auditory processing Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.3.1: Know how sleep is studied as well as how it is subdivided into stages. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is Sleep? Difficulty Level: Medium 46. In laboratory settings, data related to brain activity is measured by ______ which records the electrical activity of the brain. a. polysomnography b. electroencephalography c. electrooculography d. electromyography Ans: B Learning Objective: 9.3.1: Know how sleep is studied as well as how it is subdivided into stages. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: What Is Sleep? Difficulty Level: Medium 47. Sleep spindles are series of high-frequency spikes of activity lasting anywhere from 0.5 to 1.0 seconds observed during ______ of the normal sleep cycle. a. Stage 1 b. Stage 2 c. Stage 3 d. Stage 4 Ans: B Learning Objective: 9.3.1: Know how sleep is studied as well as how it is subdivided into stages. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is Sleep? Difficulty Level: Medium 48. Loomis discovered that brain electrical activity differed depending on whether a person was asleep or awake. Besides REM sleep, he discovered a pattern of ______ different wavelengths corresponding to different sleep stages. a. four

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. three c. six d. five Ans: A Learning Objective: 9.3.1: Know how sleep is studied as well as how it is subdivided into stages. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is Sleep? Difficulty Level: Medium 49. ______ sleep is subdivided into stages of progressively deeper sleep stages. a. REM b. Non-REM c. Paradoxical d. Alpha wave Ans: B Learning Objective: 9.3.1: Know how sleep is studied as well as how it is subdivided into stages. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is Sleep? Difficulty Level: Medium 50. Factors in the environment that influence circadian rhythms are called ______. a. light-heat cues b. orexin cue c. zeitgebers d. environmental cues Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.3.2: Explain how sleep is regulated by homeostatic and circadian processes. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Homeostatic and Circadian Influences on Sleep and Wakefulness Difficulty Level: Easy 51. The humoral theory of sleep regulation states that the degree of wakefulness is related to the ______. a. to light/dark cycles b. accumulation of environmental cues c. accumulation of somnogens d. depletion of energy stores Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.3.2: Explain how sleep is regulated by homeostatic and circadian processes. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Homeostatic and Circadian Influences on Sleep and Wakefulness Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 52. The “second wind” effect is due to the influence of physiological, behavioral, or psychological events that occur over a consistent ______. a. drive-need cycle b. hormonal cycle c. light/dark cycle d. 24-hour cycle Ans: D Learning Objective: 9.3.2: Explain how sleep is regulated by homeostatic and circadian processes. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Homeostatic and Circadian Influences on Sleep and Wakefulness Difficulty Level: Easy 53. Circadian rhythms are controlled by circadian clocks, which are present in every system of the body, with a master clock located in the brain. This master clock is thought to be the suprachiasmatic nucleus (SCN) located in the______. a. medulla oblongata b. cerebellum c. hypothalamus d. thalamus Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.3.2: Explain how sleep is regulated by homeostatic and circadian processes. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Homeostatic and Circadian Influences on Sleep and Wakefulness Difficulty Level: Easy 54. In the development of a drug designed to improve sleep, a company claims that is it effective because it contains a(n) ______ blocker. a. insulin b. adenosine c. orexin d. glutamate Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.3.3: Explain how brain areas and neurotransmitters interact in wakefulness and sleep. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Neurochemistry and Physiology of Wakefulness and Sleep Difficulty Level: Medium 55. Researchers gave participants varying dosage a new supplement, which they claim improves alertness and focus. The supplement is likely to increase the release of ______. a. insulin b. adenosine

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. norepinephrine d. glutamate Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.3.3: Explain how brain areas and neurotransmitters interact in wakefulness and sleep. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Neurochemistry and Physiology of Wakefulness and Sleep Difficulty Level: Medium 56. The ascending arousal system (AAS) promotes wakefulness by exciting the cortex and it is stimulated by the input from orexinergic neurons in the ______. a. hippocampus b. basal forebrain c. lateral hypothalamus d. thalamus Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.3.3: Explain how brain areas and neurotransmitters interact in wakefulness and sleep. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Neurochemistry and Physiology of Wakefulness and Sleep Difficulty Level: Medium 57. The difference in Freud’s explanations for dreams and that of the activationsynthesis hypothesis is primarily that dream events and images are in Freud’s view representations of motives and conflicts, whereas activation-synthesis theory regards them ______. a. at face value b. as probable solutions c. as action plans d. as memories Ans: A Learning Objective: 9.3.3: Explain how brain areas and neurotransmitters interact in wakefulness and sleep. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Neurochemistry and Physiology of Wakefulness and Sleep Difficulty Level: Medium 58. Because research indicates that the body releases sleep-promoting hormones shortly before sleep, a good natural supplement for sleep enhancement might be ______. a. melatonin b. insulin c. adenosine d. norepinephrine Ans: A Learning Objective: 9.3.3: Explain how brain areas and neurotransmitters interact in

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 wakefulness and sleep. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Neurochemistry and Physiology of Wakefulness and Sleep Difficulty Level: Medium 59. The stage of sleep associated with vivid dreams called ______. a. REM b. Circadian rhythm c. homeostatic drive d. deep sleep Ans: A Learning Objective: 9.3.3: Explain how brain areas and neurotransmitters interact in wakefulness and sleep. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Neurochemistry and Physiology of Wakefulness and Sleep Difficulty Level: Medium 60. Sleep is not a cessation of most brain activity but is thought to be important for cellular repair, brain development, and ______. a. circadian rhythm resets b. homeostatic drive c. synaptic repair d. memory Ans: D Learning Objective: 9.3.3: Explain how brain areas and neurotransmitters interact in wakefulness and sleep. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Neurochemistry and Physiology of Wakefulness and Sleep Difficulty Level: Medium True/False 1. The fulfillment of basic needs are important for survival. Ans: T Learning Objective: 9.1.2: Describe need reduction theory and how it involves homeostasis. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Need Reduction Theory Difficulty Level: Easy 2. Many of our behaviors are motivated by non-homeostatic drives. Ans: T Learning Objective: 9.1.2: Describe need reduction theory and how it involves homeostasis. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Need Reduction Theory Difficulty Level: Easy 3. The relationship between performance levels of arousal is known as the SamuelsonYerkes law. Ans: F Learning Objective: 9.1.3: Describe arousal theory and how it is related to personality and performance. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Arousal Theory Difficulty Level: Easy 4. Sensation seekers may have low levels of D2 dopamine receptors. Ans: T Learning Objective: 9.1.3: Describe arousal theory and how it is related to personality and performance. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Arousal Theory Difficulty Level: Medium 5. The antidepressant drug pimozide reduced the amount of work that rats performed to obtain a food reward. Ans: F Learning Objective: 9.1.4: Describe the different theories aimed at explaining the neurobiological basis of reward. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Pleasure Seeking and Reward Difficulty Level: Easy 6. Only mammals and birds can regulate their body temperature through internal mechanisms. Ans: T Learning Objective: 9.2.1: Explain how organisms regulate their body temperatures. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Temperature Regulation Difficulty Level: Easy 7. Satiety refers to the state of being fed or to the feeling of satisfaction that follows a meal. Ans: T Learning Objective: 9.2.2: Explain the mechanisms that underlie hunger and satiety. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Energy Balance, Hunger and Eating Difficulty Level: Easy 8. Hunger is the drive generated when the body’s energy need is sufficient.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: F Learning Objective: 9.2.2: Explain the mechanisms that underlie hunger and satiety. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Energy Balance, Hunger and Eating Difficulty Level: Easy 9. Ghrelin release results in the generation of hunger signals, which promote energy homeostasis. Ans: T Learning Objective: 9.2.2: Explain the mechanisms that underlie hunger and satiety. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Energy Balance, Hunger and Eating Difficulty Level: Easy Essay 1. Shultz reported four main findings about the activity of dopamine neurons while monkeys were performing the learned association between the presentation of a visual stimulus and a juice reward task (Schultz, 1986). Briefly detail the dopamine neuron activity findings. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: 1. During initial training on the task, dopamine neurons showed heightened activity after monkeys received the US by itself. 2. The same dopamine neurons gradually stopped responding to the US as the monkeys learned that the CS reliably predicted the US. 3. As dopamine neurons lost their response to the US, the same neurons started to respond to the reward-predicting CS. 4. Omission of the US (creating a negative PE), after the presentation of the CS, resulted in a dip in the response of dopamine neurons. Learning Objective: 9.1.4: Describe the different theories aimed at explaining the neurobiological basis of reward. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Pleasure Seeking and Reward Difficulty Level: Medium 2. Briefly review the evidence related to the separate pathways used for thermoregulation than the one that leads to the perception of temperature as discovered by researchers at Nagoya University. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: Researchers at Nagoya University in Japan (Yahiro, Kataoka, Nakamura & Nakamura, 2017) investigated the separate pathways hypothesis by testing the response of rats placed on floor plates of different temperatures. When given a free choice, the rats preferred to remain on floor plates kept at 28oC rather than floor plates kept at 15oC or 38oC, which presumably felt too cold and too hot respectively. They found that when they injected the rats with a toxin that damaged the STC pathway (which as you read above is responsible for perceiving temperature), the rats remained on the 28oC floor plate, even if they were no longer

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 able to perceive temperature. Rats in which the researchers disabled part of the LPBPOA pathway, no longer tried to avoid the cold and hot plates. The results of the study led to two conclusions: Input of the STC to the somatosensory cortex, hence the sensation of temperature, is not necessary to produce behaviors aimed at maintaining body temperature. Behaviors aimed at maintaining body temperature are dependent on the LPB-POA pathway. Learning Objective: 9.2.1: Explain how organisms regulate their body temperatures. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Temperature Regulation Difficulty Level: Hard 3. Give a detailed overview of how the body uses food for energy for bodily processes had homeostasis. Be specific. Ans: Answer will vary. Model Answer: Food energy comes from macronutrients: carbohydrates, fats and proteins. Carbohydrates are metabolized into glucose. Glucose is stored as glycogen in the liver. Fats are stored in adipose cells (fat cells) as triglycerides. Energy demands by neurons and other cells are met by (1) the release of glycogen from the liver, which is transformed back into glucose and (2) the release of triglycerides from fat cells, which are transformed into fatty acids and ketones. While you eat, and in the period immediately after, your energy stores are replenished, as nutrients are absorbed into the bloodstream and stored (as mentioned, carbohydrates are stored as glycogen and fats as triglycerides). This is referred to as the prandial state, or simply, “fed.” Later, when nutrients no longer enter the bloodstream, the body relies on the release of stored energy from the liver as glucose and from fat cells as fatty acids and ketones. This is referred to as the postabsorptive state, or “fasted.” Learning Objective: 9.2.2: Explain the mechanisms that underlie hunger and satiety. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Energy Balance, Hunger and Eating Difficulty Level: Medium 4. Discuss and explain how each of the sleep stages are differentiated by their characteristic EEG rhythm. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: Should include some of the following detail: The waking state is characterized by what are known as beta waves. These are low amplitude waves of high frequency, ranging from 13 to 30 Hz. However, when a person is awake, but in a relaxed state, alpha waves, which are more regular and of lower frequency, are observed. Alpha waves range from 8 to 13 Hz. These waves become more frequent if the relaxing person’s eyes are closed. Stage 1 sleep is the transition between wakefulness and deeper stages of sleep. Stage 1 is characterized by theta waves, which are of slightly higher amplitude to that of beta and alpha waves but are of lower frequency (3 to 7 Hz). Stage 2 sleep is marked by what are known as sleep spindles and K-complexes. Sleep spindles are series of high-frequency spikes of activity lasting anywhere from 0.5

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 to 1.0 seconds. K-complexes are slight negative deflections in a wave (the wave’s movement is exaggerated downwards) followed by a positive deflection (exaggerated upwards). Stage 2 is a light form of sleep from which a person is easily awakened. If you wake someone up during this stage, she may or may not know that she was sleeping. If you ever feel asleep while watching a movie with your friend and denied that you were sleeping after she woke you up, you were probably in stage 2. Stages 3 and 4 are the stages of deep sleep. These stages are marked by high amplitude and low frequency wavelengths, ranging from 1 to 4 Hz, known as delta waves. At this point it would be difficult to wake up your friend who may be angry with you if you succeed. The appearance of delta waves is associated with stage 3. Stage 4 sleep is characterized when delta waves consist of more than 50% of recorded brain waves. Stages 3 and 4 are also known as slow-wave sleep (SWS). Learning Objective: 9.3.1: Know how sleep is studied as well as how it is subdivided into stages. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is Sleep? Difficulty Level: Medium 5. Discuss how, although deprived of the fluctuation of light and dark cues, the rhythmicity of physiological processes such as body temperature and hormone secretion remains constant and we maintain wake/sleep cycles. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: Should include some of the following salient points: Researcher Jurgen Aschoff found that circadian rhythms of several physiological mechanisms were maintained while living in an underground bunker without time cues. Researcher, Charles Czeisler compared the sleep/wake cycles of subjects when free to choose their own light-dark cycles (free running) to when a dark cycle was imposed (entrained) for 6 weeks. They found that subjects on free-running cycle displayed a sleep rhythm of about 25 hours compared to 24 hours when the cycle was entrained. Altogether, this shows that some cycles are stable despite the absence of light/dark cues. Examples of these are body temperature and cortisol levels. Levels of alertness, memory, and speed of decision-making have periodic daytime peaks that are stable during free-running conditions, which may explain the “second wind effect.” However, sleep/wake cycles can become desynchronized from stable rhythms not entrained by light/dark. Learning Objective: 9.3.2: Explain how sleep is regulated by homeostatic and circadian processes. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Homeostatic and Circadian Influences on Sleep and Wakefulness Difficulty Level: Hard

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021

Chapter 10: Hormones: Social and Reproductive Behavior Test Bank Multiple Choice 1. Hormones are produced and secreted by glands, known as endocrine glands, into the ______. a. synaptic cleft b. neurotransmitters c. endocrine system d. bloodstream Ans: D Learning Objective: 10.1.1: Explain what hormones are and describe how they were discovered. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Hormones and Their Discovery Difficulty Level: Easy 2. Early research by physiologist Berthold produced evidence that indicated that testicles produced substance that influenced physical and ______ development. a. mental b. cognitive c. behavioral d. hormonal Ans: C Learning Objective: 10.1.1: Explain what hormones are and describe how they were discovered. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Hormones and Their Discovery Difficulty Level: Easy 3. Physiologists Bayless and Starling coined the term ______. a. endocrine b. hormone c. secretion d. testosterone Ans: B Learning Objective: 10.1.1: Explain what hormones are and describe how they were discovered. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Hormones and Their Discovery Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 4. The hypothalamus is connected to the anterior pituitary through the hypophyseal portal system, which is a ______. a. mesh of small blood vessels b. dendritic web c. mesh of small glands d. neural network Ans: A Learning Objective: 10.1.2: Identify the different types of hormones and explain the roles played by the hypothalamus and pituitary. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Types of Hormones and the Roles of the Hypothalamus and Pituitary Difficulty Level: Easy 5. Because the pituitary glands release several hormones that regulate a wide array of biological functions, it is sometimes called the ______. a. slave gland b. central gland c. control gland d. master gland Ans: D Learning Objective: 10.1.2: Identify the different types of hormones and explain the roles played by the hypothalamus and pituitary. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Types of Hormones and the Roles of the Hypothalamus and Pituitary Difficulty Level: Easy 6. The pituitary gland works synergistically with the ______ to control activation or inhibition of hormone release from the pituitary. a. thalamus b. hypothalamus c. pineal gland d. adrenal cortex Ans: B Learning Objective: 10.1.2: Identify the different types of hormones and explain the roles played by the hypothalamus and pituitary. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Types of Hormones and the Roles of the Hypothalamus and Pituitary Difficulty Level: Medium 7. When low TSH levels are discovered. An additional test of the ______ maybe be recommended. a. posterior pituitary b. anterior pituitary c. pineal gland d. thalamus

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: B Learning Objective: 10.1.2: Identify the different types of hormones and explain the roles played by the hypothalamus and pituitary. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Types of Hormones and the Roles of the Hypothalamus and Pituitary Difficulty Level: Medium 8. Hormones that mediate effects within the same cell that synthesized it are ______. a. intracrine b. paracrine c. hypothalamic d. exocrine Ans: A Learning Objective: 10.1.2: Identify the different types of hormones and explain the roles played by the hypothalamus and pituitary. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Types of Hormones and the Roles of the Hypothalamus and Pituitary Difficulty Level: Medium 9. The steroid hormone cortisol is produced in the ______. a. thyroid gland b. pituitary gland c. pineal gland d. adrenal gland Ans: D Learning Objective: 10.1.3: Differentiate steroid and nonsteroid hormones by their structure and their actions. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Steroid and Nonsteroid Hormones Difficulty Level: Easy 10. One functional difference between steroid and non-steroid hormones is their ability to ______. a. trigger hormone release b. enter cells c. inhibit the pituitary d. connect cells Ans: B Learning Objective: 10.1.3: Differentiate steroid and nonsteroid hormones by their structure and their actions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Steroid and Nonsteroid Hormones Difficulty Level: Medium 11. Anabolic-androgenic steroids (AAS) are drugs designed to mimic natural steroids. They are used to treat diseases that cause ______.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. loss of muscle mass b. loss of bone density c. insulin resistance d. dopamine inhibition Ans: A Learning Objective: 10.1.3: Differentiate steroid and nonsteroid hormones by their structure and their actions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Steroid and Nonsteroid Hormones Difficulty Level: Medium 12. The most publicized psychological side effect attributed to the use of anabolicandrogenic steroids (AAS) is known as ______. a. illicit drug use b. extreme mood swings c. mania d. roid rage Ans: D Learning Objective: 10.1.3: Differentiate steroid and nonsteroid hormones by their structure and their actions. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Steroid and Nonsteroid Hormones Difficulty Level: Easy 13. ______ is associated with the loss of impulse control and overreaction to stimuli that does not usually provoke a reaction. a. Depression b. Extreme mood swings c. Mania d. Roid rage Ans: D Learning Objective: 10.1.3: Differentiate steroid and nonsteroid hormones by their structure and their actions. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Steroid and Nonsteroid Hormones Difficulty Level: Easy 14. The hormone ______ is important for maintaining the body’s metabolic rate. a. thyroxine b. cortisol c. oxytocin d. prolactin Ans: A Learning Objective: 10.1.4: Explain the actions of specific hormones. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Actions of Specific Pituitary Hormones

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Easy 15. When vasopressin is released into the general circulation, it causes an increase in ______. a. bleeding b. breathing c. blood pressure d. increased perspiration Ans: C Learning Objective: 10.1.4: Explain the actions of specific hormones. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Actions of Specific Pituitary Hormones Difficulty Level: Medium 16. During childbirth if a mother’s progression slows she may be administered a drug that acts like the natural hormone ______ to increase contractions. a. vasopressin b. oxytocin c. pepsin d. prolactin Ans: B Learning Objective: 10.1.4: Explain the actions of specific hormones. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Actions of Specific Pituitary Hormones Difficulty Level: Medium 17. A patient is concerned over rather quick and unexplainable weight loss, muscle weakness, and fatigue. A test of levels of ______ may be recommended. a. adrenaline b. pheromone c. thyroxine d. oxytocin Ans: C Learning Objective: 10.1.4: Explain the actions of specific hormones. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Actions of Specific Pituitary Hormones Difficulty Level: Medium 18. A test for ______ would be appropriate for a patient complaining of unexplainable weight gain along with feeling cold all the time, hoarseness, fatigue, and puffy swollen neck. a. hypothyroidism b. hyperthyroidism c. GH deficiency d. Parkinson’s Ans: A

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 10.1.4: Explain the actions of specific hormones. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Actions of Specific Pituitary Hormones Difficulty Level: Medium 19. Growth Hormone supplementation or therapy is used for diseases that affect the ______ or pituitary. a. thalamus b. hypothalamus c. pineal gland d. adrenal cortex Ans: B Learning Objective: 10.1.4: Explain the actions of specific hormones. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Actions of Specific Pituitary Hormones Difficulty Level: Medium 20. Luteinizing hormone is a gonadotropic hormone that plays a crucial role in ______. a. developmental growth b. reproduction c. homeostasis d. metabolism Ans: B Learning Objective: 10.1.4: Explain the actions of specific hormones. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Actions of Specific Pituitary Hormones Difficulty Level: Medium 21. The social behavior neural network (SBNN) mediates ______. a. social behaviors b. food consumption c. fight or flight response d. depression Ans: A Learning Objective: 10.2.1: Describe the hormonal bases of social behaviors. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Social Behavior Difficulty Level: Easy 22. Stimulating hormone receptors in the ______ facilitates social recognition behavior. a. thalamus b. amygdala c. fornix d. hippocampus Ans: D Learning Objective: 10.2.1: Describe the hormonal bases of social behaviors.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Social Behavior Difficulty Level: Medium 23. What is the name for behavioral interactions between individuals of the same species that are beneficial to one or more individuals of the species? a. social behaviors b. social recognition c. parenting d. pair bonding Ans: A Learning Objective: 10.2.1: Describe the hormonal bases of social behaviors. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Social Behavior Difficulty Level: Easy 24. ______ release is triggered by social touching, mating, and cohabitation. a. Adrenalin b. Oxytocin c. Luteinizing hormone d. Cortisol Ans: B Learning Objective: 10.2.1: Describe the hormonal bases of social behaviors. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Social Behavior Difficulty Level: Medium 25. In a landmark study, the effects of intracerebroventricular infusions of different doses of ______ on the development of a preference for a male partner were tested on female prairie voles. a. adrenalin b. oxytocin c. luteinizing hormone d. cortisol Ans: B Learning Objective: 10.2.1: Describe the hormonal bases of social behaviors. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Social Behavior Difficulty Level: Easy 26. In a study using prairie voles, it was found male voles showed no signs of aggression toward an intruder when injected with a ______ receptor antagonist. a. thyroxine b. testosterone c. vasopressin d. cortisol

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: B Learning Objective: 10.2.1: Describe the hormonal bases of social behaviors. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Social Behavior Difficulty Level: Easy 27. The brain area considered to be central in the regulation of parenting behavior is the ______ of the hypothalamus. a. prefrontal cortex b. ventral tegmental area c. amygdala d. median preoptic area Ans: d Learning Objective: 10.2.1: Describe the hormonal bases of social behaviors. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Social Behavior Difficulty Level: Medium 28. In humans, parental care is driven by both bottom-up and top-down processes generated by conscious thought, based on information ______. a. from the senses. b. from chemical stimuli c. from present internal state d. from environmental prompt Ans: A Learning Objective: 10.2.1: Describe the hormonal bases of social behaviors. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Social Behavior Difficulty Level: Medium 29. In studies of reproduction using rodents, the reproductive pattern was such that females mate only during what is known as ______ stages. a. copulative receptivity b. lordosis pathway c. biological hormone d. behavioral estrus Ans: D Learning Objective: 10.2.2: Explain the hormonal bases for and differences in female and male reproductive behavior. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Sexual and Reproductive Behavior Difficulty Level: Medium 30. In female rodents, the coordination of ovulation, receptivity, and the desire to mate is achieved by the hormone ______. a. testosterone

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. progesterone c. estradiol d. oxytocin Ans: C Learning Objective: 10.2.2: Explain the hormonal bases for and differences in female and male reproductive behavior. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Sexual and Reproductive Behavior Difficulty Level: Medium 31. The main stimulus for male reproductive behavior in male rodents is______, released by a female in estrus. a. adrenaline b. pheromone c. thyroxine d. oxytocin Ans: B Learning Objective: 10.2.2: Explain the hormonal bases for and differences in female and male reproductive behavior. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Sexual and Reproductive Behavior Difficulty Level: Medium 32. The motivation to engage in reproductive behavior in male rodents is thought to occur through the release of ______ in the MPOA. a. testosterone b. progesterone c. dopamine d. serotonin Ans: C Learning Objective: 10.2.2: Explain the hormonal bases for and differences in female and male reproductive behavior. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Sexual and Reproductive Behavior Difficulty Level: Medium 33. In rodents, MPOA dopamine release and copulatory ability were restored in castrated rats by injections of ______. a. testosterone b. progesterone c. dopamine d. serotonin Ans: A Learning Objective: 10.2.2: Explain the hormonal bases for and differences in female and male reproductive behavior. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Sexual and Reproductive Behavior Difficulty Level: Medium 34. In a study published in 2007, psychologists Meston and Buss listed the ______reasons for why people have sex for reason other than reproduction. a. top 19 b. top 30 c. top 50 d. top 60 Ans: C Learning Objective: 10.2.2: Explain the hormonal bases for and differences in female and male reproductive behavior. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Sexual and Reproductive Behavior Difficulty Level: Medium 35. The human uterine cycle is driven by steroid hormones produced in the ______. a. progesterone cycle b. ovarian cycle c. menstrual cycle d. ovulation cycle Ans: B Learning Objective: 10.2.2: Explain the hormonal bases for and differences in female and male reproductive behavior. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Sexual and Reproductive Behavior Difficulty Level: Medium 36. The peak estrogen level in human females occurs just prior to the ______ cycle. a. progesterone cycle b. ovarian cycle c. menstrual cycle d. ovulation cycle Ans: B Learning Objective: 10.2.2: Explain the hormonal bases for and differences in female and male reproductive behavior. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Sexual and Reproductive Behavior Difficulty Level: Medium 37. Should fertilization occur in the human sexual cycle, high levels of ______ are released to support pregnancy. a. testosterone b. progesterone c. dopamine d. serotonin

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: A Learning Objective: 10.2.2: Explain the hormonal bases for and differences in female and male reproductive behavior. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Sexual and Reproductive Behavior Difficulty Level: Medium 38. In human females in the luteal phase, estrogen levels are ______. a. rising b. ebbing c. low d. high Ans: B Learning Objective: 10.2.2: Explain the hormonal bases for and differences in female and male reproductive behavior. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Sexual and reproductive behavior Difficulty Level: Medium 39. In human females in the luteal phase, progesterone levels are ______. a. rising b. ebbing c. low d. high Ans: D Learning Objective: 10.2.2: Explain the hormonal bases for and differences in female and male reproductive behavior. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Sexual and Reproductive Behavior Difficulty Level: Medium 40. The theory that early exposure to ______ determines sex-specific phenotypes is supported by studies in which castrated males behave like females. a. testosterone b. progesterone c. dopamine d. seratonine Ans: A Learning Objective: 10.3.1: Describe how male and female phenotypes are activated and organized. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Organizing Effects of Hormones Difficulty Level: Easy 41. The sex-determining region Y protein ______ is the protein that causes the fetus to produce male gonads and to inhibit the formation of female gonads.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. myosin b. actin c. elastin d. Y protein Ans: D Learning Objective: 10.3.1: Describe how male and female phenotypes are activated and organized. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Organizing Effects of Hormones Difficulty Level: Easy 42. The most obvious difference in brain structures between males and females is the size of the sexually dimorphic nucleus of the pre-optic area (SDN-POA) of the ______. a. thalamus b. hypothalamus c. hippocampus d. subcortical Ans: B Learning Objective: 10.3.1: Describe how male and female phenotypes are activated and organized. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Organizing Effects of Hormones Difficulty Level: Easy 43. Congenital adrenal hyperplasia (CAH) is a genetic disorder in which people lack one of the enzymes used by the adrenal glands to produce ______. a. thyroxine b. testosterone c. vasopressin d. cortisol Ans: D Learning Objective: 10.3.2: Explain the role of hormones in determining sexual orientation. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Sexual Orientation Difficulty Level: Easy 44. Melanocorticoids, which regulate sodium and potassium levels, also regulate levels of androgens such as ______. a. testosterone b. progesterone c. oxytocin d. vasopressin Ans: A Learning Objective: 10.3.2: Explain the role of hormones in determining sexual orientation.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Sexual Orientation Difficulty Level: Easy 45. The behavioral, physiological, and morphological trait differences between homosexuals and heterosexuals have been attributed to homosexuals being exposed to atypical amounts of testosterone during development. b. progesterone c. oxytocin d. vasopressin d. testosterone Ans: D Learning Objective: 10.3.2: Explain the role of hormones in determining sexual orientation. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Sexual Orientation Difficulty Level: Medium 46. The sex-determining region Y protein causes the fetus to produce male ______. a. gonads b. hormones c. traits d. social behavior Ans: A Learning Objective: 10.3.2: Explain the role of hormones in determining sexual orientation. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Sexual Orientation Difficulty Level: Medium 47. Vasopressin and oxytocin have been shown to be important for the development of ______. a. parental guarding b. caregiving behavior c. pair bonds d. all of the above Ans: D Learning Objective: 10.2.1: Describe the hormonal bases of social behaviors. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Social behavior Difficulty Level: Easy 48. The thyroid-stimulating hormone maintains ______ and brain development. a. stress response b. metabolic rate c. tissue growth

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 d. sperm production Ans: B Learning Objective: 10.1.4: Explain the actions of specific hormones. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Actions of Specific Pituitary Hormones Difficulty Level: Medium 49. ______ is a condition when blood plasma salt is overly concentrated in the plasma relative to water inside blood cells. a. Dehydrated b. Diuretic c. Hypertonicity d. Anti-diuretic Ans: C Learning Objective: 10.1.4: Explain the actions of specific hormones. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The actions of specific pituitary hormones Difficulty Level: Easy 50. Cortisol released in during the stress response gives the body a burst of energy by preventing glucose from being stored, thus making more of it available to the muscles, while shutting down processes that are ______. a. not essential b. involuntary c. secondary d. voluntary Ans: A Learning Objective: 10.1.4: Explain the actions of specific hormones. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Actions of Specific Pituitary Hormones Difficulty Level: Easy True/False 1. Anabolic androgenic steroids (AAS) are synthetic drugs that mimic the effects of the hormone testosterone enhancing muscularity and strength. Ans: T Learning Objective: 10.1.1: Explain what hormones are and describe how they were discovered. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Androgenic Anabolic Steroids: What’s With All the Rage? Difficulty Level: Easy 2. The communication pathways of synaptic signaling via neurotransmitters is the same

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 as endocrine signaling via hormones. Ans: F Learning Objective: 10.1.1: Explain what hormones are and describe how they were discovered. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Hormones and Their Discovery Difficulty Level: Medium 3. Paracrine hormones affect cells in the immediate vicinity of the one that released it. Ans: T Learning Objective: 10.1.2: Identify the different types of hormones and explain the roles played by the hypothalamus and pituitary. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Types of Hormones and the Roles of the Hypothalamus and Pituitary Difficulty Level: Medium 4. Neurosecretory cells in the hypothalamus synthesize oxytocin and vasopressin. Ans: T Learning Objective: 10.1.2: Identify the different types of hormones and explain the roles played by the hypothalamus and pituitary. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Types of Hormones and the Roles of the Hypothalamus and Pituitary Difficulty Level: Medium 5. Prolonged use of anabolic-androgenic steroids is associated with many side effects, including acne, balding, and reduced sexual desire among others. Ans: T Learning Objective: 10.1.3: Differentiate steroid and nonsteroid hormones by their structure and their actions. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Steroid and Nonsteroid Hormones Difficulty Level: Easy 6. Steroid hormones are synthesized from a type of fat. Ans: T Learning Objective: 10.1.3: Differentiate steroid and nonsteroid hormones by their structure and their actions. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Steroid and Nonsteroid Hormones Difficulty Level: Easy 7. Infants born with insufficient levels of thyroxine will suffer intellectual deficiency unless it is administered to them shortly after birth. Ans: T Learning Objective: 10.1.4: Explain the actions of specific hormones. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: The Actions of Specific Pituitary Hormones Difficulty Level: Easy 8. Human parental caregiving also depends on cultural norms, practices based on short- and long-term family goals generating top-down processes requiring the participation of subcortical areas. Ans: F Learning Objective: 10.2.1: Describe the hormonal bases of social behaviors. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Social Behavior Difficulty Level: Easy 9. There is research evidence that testosterone levels rise during encounters with potential sexual partners. Ans: T Learning Objective: 10.2.2: Explain the hormonal bases for and differences in female and male reproductive behavior. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Sexual and Reproductive Behavior Difficulty Level: Easy 10. It was found that male participants had increased testosterone levels when they performed a skill while being observed by a female. Ans: T Learning Objective: 10.2.2: Explain the hormonal bases for and differences in female and male reproductive behavior. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Sexual and Reproductive Behavior Difficulty Level: Easy 11. Some of the evidence for the role of dopamine in sexual behavior comes from the observation that men treated with the drug L-dopa, a precursor of dopamine experience an increase in sexual desire, whereas participants treated with antipsychotic medication, dopamine antagonists, experienced a decrease in sexual desire. Ans: T Learning Objective: 10.2.2: Explain the hormonal bases for and differences in female and male reproductive behavior. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Sexual and Reproductive Behavior Difficulty Level: Easy 12. Differences in brain structures between homosexual and heterosexual men have been found. Ans: T Learning Objective: 10.3.2: Explain the role of hormones in determining sexual orientation.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Sexual Orientation Difficulty Level: Easy 13. Females with a CHA genetic disorder that affects the adrenal gland’s ability to produce cortisol display masculinized genitals and behavior. Ans: T Learning Objective: 10.3.2: Explain the role of hormones in determining sexual orientation. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Sexual Orientation Difficulty Level: Easy 14. Hormones interact with the expression of genes on the “Y” and “X” chromosomes in determining the differences between males and females. Ans: T Learning Objective: 10.3.1: Describe how male and female phenotypes are activated and organized. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Organizing Effects of Hormones Difficulty Level: Easy 15. Women with a genetic disorder called congenital adrenal hyperplasia are equally likely to be heterosexual as women in the general population. Ans: F Learning Objective: 10.3.2: Explain the role of hormones in determining sexual orientation. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Sexual Orientation Difficulty Level: Medium Essay 1. Discuss the structure and action differences in steroid and non-steroid hormones. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: Should include most of the following: Steroid hormones are synthesized from cholesterol, which is a type of fat. Steroid hormones are produced in the adrenal glands, ovaries (in women), and testes (in men). Steroids produced in the adrenal glands include aldosterone and cortisol. Steroids produced in the ovaries and testes include progesterone and testosterone respectively. Non-steroid hormones are peptides, which are short chains of amino acids, the building blocks of proteins. Non-steroid hormones include norepinephrine, insulin, leptin, and ghrelin. Steroid and non-steroid hormones differ in their structure and by the mechanism by which they have their effects. Steroid hormones have the ability to trigger the synthesis of new proteins by DNA (carries code to synthesize protein. They do so by (1) being

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 able to diffuse through cell membranes (2) binding through receptors within cells, and (3) entering the cell nucleus and binding to the DNA. In contrasts, non-steroid hormones do not have the ability to enter the cell. They have their effects by binding to receptors located on the cell membrane, which stimulates a second messenger within the cell. This triggers a cascade of events, which ends up activating enzymes within the cell. Learning Objective: 10.1.3: Differentiate steroid and nonsteroid hormones by their structure and their actions. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Steroid and Nonsteroid Hormones Difficulty Level: Hard 2. Discuss the stress response process in terms of the adrenocorticotropic hormone. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: Should contain the salient points as presented below. ACTH is at the center of what is known as the stress response. The stress response is triggered by mildly stressful situations such as getting up in the morning to being exposed to extremely stressful experiences such as witnessing or being the victim of a car accident or being in the middle of a natural disaster. The stress response is activated by activity in what is known as the hypothalamic-pituitary adrenal axis. In the presence of a stressor, the hypothalamus releases corticotropin-releasing factor (CRH) into the anterior pituitary. In response to CRH, the anterior pituitary releases ACTH in the general circulation. ACTH bonds to receptors in the adrenal glands located on top of the kidneys. The binding of ACTH to these receptors stimulates the release of the hormone cortisol. It is involved in triggering the "fight or flight" response of the sympathetic nervous system. It also provides the body with a burst of energy by preventing glucose from being stored, thus making more of it available to the muscles, while shutting down processes that are not essential for immediate survival. Learning Objective: 10.1.4: Explain the actions of specific hormones. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Actions of Specific Pituitary Hormones Difficulty Level: Medium 3. Discuss how hormones are involved in the physiology and the psychology or parenting at the early stage of pregnancy and birth. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: The process of parenting actually begins during pregnancy. In fact, as you will read below, parental behavior is primed by the hormones of pregnancy. These are the steroid hormones progesterone and estrogen; levels of progesterone and estrogen gradually rise during pregnancy, peak at childbirth to sharply drop. After childbirth (postpartum), the hormones associated with lactation, prolactin and oxytocin are released. During childbirth, oxytocin induces contraction of the uterus to then be released in pulses. As mentioned above, suckling of the baby on the mother’s breasts triggers the hypothalamus to release oxytocin into the posterior pituitary, resulting in the contraction of the cells of the mammary glands, which in turn causes the release of milk. Prolactin triggers milk production and prepares breast tissue for its release. As progesterone and estrogen prime parental behavior prolactin and oxytocin

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 form its trigger. Learning Objective: 10.2.1: Describe the hormonal bases of social behaviors. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Social Behavior Difficulty Level: Hard 4. Discuss how hormone therapy is used for the prevention of depressive symptoms during the perimenopausal period. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: Should include the primary elements below: The perimenopausal period is the period of transition to menopause when the ovaries gradually produce less estrogen. The lifetime prevalence of depression in women is 21%. Interestingly, the incidence of depression in women increases around reproductive events. For example, post-partum depression, which follows childbirth, premenstrual dysphoric disorder (PMDD), and depression occurs during the transition to menopause. Perimenopausal women have two to four times the risk of suffering from depression. What do all of these events have in common? A shift in the balance of reproductive hormones estrogen and progesterone. This has laid the ground for researchers to explore the possibility that HRT may be used in the prevention of depression in perimenopausal women. In a study published in 2018 (Gordon et al., 2018), 172 women were given transdermal estradiol or micronized progesterone (progesterone taken in pill form) for 12 months. They found that 32.3% women receiving a placebo developed clinically significant symptoms of depression versus only 17.3% of the women receiving treatment. It is important, however, to realize that not all women will suffer from depressive symptoms during perimenopause. The risk is significantly higher in women who have a history of depression or who have suffered from PMDD. It is also important to know that severe depressive symptoms such as those observed in major depressive disorders are better treated with antidepressant medication. Hormone replacement therapy may be more appropriate to treat mild symptoms and is not recommended as a first-line treatment. When seeking treatment for perimenopausal depression, one must also consider psychotherapy, which works more gradually than HRT but may come with more lasting benefits. Learning Objective: 10.3.2: Explain the role of hormones in determining sexual orientation. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Sexual Orientation Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021

Chapter 11: Emotions Test Bank Multiple Choice 1. In 2010, neuroscientist Kent Kiehl performed a(n) ______scan of convicted murderer Brian Dugan’s brain to find out if that it showed abnormalities that would support a profile of uncontrollable emotions. a. PET b. EKG c. fMRI d. MEG Ans: C Learning Objective: 11.4.3: Explain how hormones and neurotransmitters may be involved in aggressive behavior. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Murder, the Brain and the Law Difficulty Level: Easy 2. Emotions are automatic physiological, behavioral and cognitive reaction to ______. a. chemical processes b. internal events c. external events d. external or internal events Ans: D Learning Objective: 11.1.1: Define emotion, and differentiate between emotional experience and emotional expression. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Emotions, Emotional Experience and Emotional Expression Difficulty Level: Easy 3. Emotional expression consists of the ______ behaviors that accompany emotions. a. covert or overt b. covert c. overt d. aggressive Ans: A Learning Objective: 11.1.1: Define emotion, and differentiate between emotional experience and emotional expression. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Emotions, Emotional Experience and Emotional Expression Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 4. Emotional experience comprises the ______ that identify and organize particular emotions. a. action potentials b. neurotransmitter signals c. labels d. pathways Ans: C Learning Objective: 11.1.1: Define emotion, and differentiate between emotional experience and emotional expression. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Emotions, Emotional Experience and Emotional Expression Difficulty Level: Easy 5. Emotional experience is partly caused by the ______ of bodily changes based on situational factors and past experiences. a. perception b. interpretation c. rationale d. validity Ans: B Learning Objective: 11.1.1: Define emotion, and differentiate between emotional experience and emotional expression. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Emotions, Emotional Experience and Emotional Expression Difficulty Level: Easy 6. The James-Lange theory contends that emotional experience is a consequence of the ______ of physiological responses to stimuli. a. match to prior experience b. release of neurotransmitters c. brain’s interpretation d. emotional feeling associations Ans: C Learning Objective: 11.1.2: Describe the theories of emotion. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Theories of Emotion Difficulty Level: Medium 7. The ______ theory proposed different stimuli create patterns of activity in different parts of the subcortical activity. a. discrete emotions b. Schachter and Singer’s two-factor c. James-Lange d. Cannon-Bard Ans: D

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 11.1.2: Describe the theories of emotion. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Theories of Emotion Difficulty Level: Medium 8. The ______ theory proposes that a combination of physiological arousal plus cognitive label dictates the type of emotion experienced. a. discrete emotions b. Schachter and Singer’s two-factor c. James-Lange d. Cannon-Bard Ans: B Learning Objective: 11.1.2: Describe the theories of emotion. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Theories of Emotion Difficulty Level: Medium 9. Ekman’s theory of emotions proposes the ______ of basic emotions in response to common human experiences such as losses, frustrations, and successes across all cultures. a. contradiction b. universality c. similarity d. mismatch Ans: B Learning Objective: 11.1.2: Describe the theories of emotion. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Theories of Emotion Difficulty Level: Medium 10. The proponents of ________ theories of emotion argue that emotions do not fit neatly into categories. Instead, they believe that emotions can be broken down into basic elements, and that individual differences exist in the way people experience emotions. a. Discrete b. Schachter and Singer’s two-factor c. Dimensional d. Cannon-Bard Ans: C Learning Objective: 11.1.2: Describe the theories of emotion. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Theories of Emotion Difficulty Level: Medium 11. In the dimensional theory of emotions ______ is the perception of pleasant verses unpleasant experience.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. potency b. novelty c. arousal d. valence Ans: D Learning Objective: 11.1.2: Describe the theories of emotion. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Theories of Emotion Difficulty Level: Medium 12. The inter-rater scores in an observational study, related to theory of emotions, were inconsistent for a scene wherein participants were merely shown a crying woman and asked to identify the emotion displayed. The study’s undisclosed goal was to analyze if differences of interpretation were based on gender. For this one item, the participants were most likely assessing the ______ of the displayed experience. a. potency b. novelty c. arousal d. valence Ans: D Learning Objective: 11.1.2: Describe the theories of emotion. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Theories of Emotion Difficulty Level: Hard 13. In an emotion study, participants were asked to rate the intensity of emotion on display in a video clip of a dad watching his son accept an award. This rating was most likely designed to assess the ______ of the displayed emotional experience. a. potency b. novelty c. arousal d. valence Ans: C Learning Objective: 11.1.2: Describe the theories of emotion. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Theories of Emotion Difficulty Level: Hard 14. Barrett’s dimensional theory of constructed emotions states that emotions are not hardwired entities but emerge into consciousness from ______. a. novelty and labeling b. interoception and categorization c. valence and potency d. arousal and potency Ans: B Learning Objective: 11.1.2: Describe the theories of emotion.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Theories of Emotion Difficulty Level: Medium 15. The Papez circuit was updated by the work of Paul McLean by adding the amygdala, septum, and ______ to the circuit. a. pituitary gland b. cerebellum c. frontal lobe d. prefrontal cortex Ans: D Learning Objective: 11.2.1: Identify the networks of brain areas involved in emotions. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Emotional Networks in the Brain Difficulty Level: Easy 16. In a study using fMRI imaging, data related to anger would most likely show increased activity in the ______. a. right superior temporal gyrus b. left medial frontal gyrus c. left inferior frontal gyrus d. left amygdala Ans: C Learning Objective: 11.2.1: Identify the networks of brain areas involved in emotions. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Emotional Networks in the Brain Difficulty Level: Medium 17. The conceptual act model of emotions proposes that emotions consists of core affects such as valence and arousal, in addition to a ______. a. prediction model b. memory map c. categorization process d. experience match Ans: C Learning Objective: 11.2.1: Identify the networks of brain areas involved in emotions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Emotional Networks in the Brain Difficulty Level: Medium 18. The Klüver-Bucy Syndrome is characterized by a ______and flattened emotions following the removal of the temporal lobes. a. loss of anger b. loss of fear c. loss of anxiety d. loss of stress

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: B Learning Objective: 11.2.2: Describe how the amygdala is involved in processing emotions. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Emotions and the Amygdala Difficulty Level: Easy 19. The sensory information from the thalamus to the amygdala has a ______ and ______ pathway. a. chemical; stimulus b. direct; indirect c. coretex; gyrus d. electrical; chemical Ans: B Learning Objective: 11.2.2: Describe how the amygdala is involved in processing emotions. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Emotions and the Amygdala Difficulty Level: Easy 20. Data collected using the fear conditioning procedure has provided evidence for the role of the ______in fear. a. superior temporal gyrus b. medial frontal gyrus c. inferior frontal gyrus d. amygdala Ans: D Learning Objective: 11.2.2: Describe how the amygdala is involved in processing emotions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Emotions and the Amygdala Difficulty Level: Medium 21. Sensory information to the amygdala in the direct pathway gives rise to a ______ response to potential threats. a. slow and cognitive b. slow and deliberate c. quick and reflexive d. quick and deliberate Ans: C Learning Objective: 11.2.2: Describe how the amygdala is involved in processing emotions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Emotions and the Amygdala Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 22. The amygdala triggers an emotional response if potentially threatening stimuli are detected. If no persistent danger exists, the emotional response is ______. a. rerouted b. attenuated c. accentuated d. categorized Ans: B Learning Objective: 11.2.2: Describe how the amygdala is involved in processing emotions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Emotions and the Amygdala Difficulty Level: Medium 23. The myth that the amygdala is dedicated to fear obscures its important role in ______. a. general survival b. mating c. protective behavior d. parenting behavior Ans: A Learning Objective: 11.2.2: Describe how the amygdala is involved in processing emotions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Emotions and the Amygdala Difficulty Level: Medium 24. Urbach-Wiethe disease is characterized by the degeneration of the temporal lobes because of a______ in the brain. a. protein build-up b. calcium build-up c. deficiency of calcium d. dysfunction of receptors Ans: B Learning Objective: 11.2.3: Explain how the amygdala is involved in the emotions of humans. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Emotions and the Amygdala in Humans Difficulty Level: Easy 25. In fMRI scans of participants engaged in the recognition of facial expressions, it was found that the amygdala’s activity was greater when the faces depicted fear, anger, and disgust. These findings support the idea that the amygdala plays a role in processing potential ______. a. threats b. risks

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. mates d. food sources Ans: A Learning Objective: 11.2.3: Explain how the amygdala is involved in the emotions of humans. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Emotions and the Amygdala in Humans Difficulty Level: Easy 26. Phineas Gage’s accident resulted in ______ impairments. a. long-term memory b. self-control c. decision-making d. spatial position Ans: C Learning Objective: 11.3.1: Describe some of the functions of the prefrontal cortex in emotions. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Prefrontal Cortex Difficulty Level: Easy 27. In an experiment assessing physiological responses to various scenes presented on a computer screen, a researcher noted that one of the participants responded to a high degree when presented with a rather innocuous scene. Other scenes with the same theme produced the same heightened response. A reasonable avenue to further investigate with the participant might be the possible existence of ______. a. illness b. head injury c. somatic markers d. sleep deprivation Ans: C Learning Objective: 11.3.2: Explain the somatic-marker hypothesis. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Somatic Marker Hypothesis Difficulty Level: Hard 28. In assessing the physiological responses to emotionally arousing pictures a researcher is most likely using ______ as a measurement tool. a. skin conductance response b. positive emission tomography c. functional magnetic resonance imaging d. electroencephalography Ans: A Learning Objective: 11.3.2: Explain the somatic-marker hypothesis. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Somatic Marker Hypothesis

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium 29. Individuals with damage to the ventromedial prefrontal cortex (VMPC) are impaired in decision-making and are unable to use their ______ to help them make choices. a. long-term memory b. executive reasoning c. gut feelings d. physiological feedback Ans: C Learning Objective: 11.3.2: Explain the somatic-marker hypothesis. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Somatic Marker Hypothesis Difficulty Level: Medium 30. A type of hostile social behavior aimed at inflicting damage or harm to others is known as behavior. a. anti-social b. aggressive c. competitive d. psychotic Ans: B Learning Objective: 11.4.1: Define aggression as well as its different types. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Aggression? Difficulty Level: Easy 31. Of the two types of aggression, ______ aggression is the most harmful. a. instrumental b. impulsive c. conditioned d. psychosomatic Ans: A Learning Objective: 11.4.1: Define aggression as well as its different types. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Aggression? Difficulty Level: Easy 32. ______ aggression is emotion-driven and associated with high levels of physiological arousal. a. Instrumental b. Impulsive c. Conditioned d. Psychosomatic Ans: B Learning Objective: 11.4.1: Define aggression as well as its different types. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: What Is Aggression? Difficulty Level: Easy 33. __________is an example of impulsive aggression resulting from a perceived threat. a. Stalking b. Bullying c. Premeditated murder d. Ambushing Ans: D Learning Objective: 11.4.1: Define aggression as well as its different types. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Aggression? Difficulty Level: Easy 34. Sham rage was coined from the results of studies involving ______ cats. a. decorticated b. the survival instincts of c. intensely provoked d. the genetic testing of Ans: A Learning Objective: 11.4.2: Identify some of the neurobiological basis of aggression. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Aggression in the Brain Difficulty Level: Medium 35. Research seems to indicate that sham rage is possibly mitigated by the ______. a. amygdala b. cortex c. prefrontal lobe d. hippocampus Ans: B Learning Objective: 11.4.2: Identify some of the neurobiological basis of aggression. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Aggression in the Brain Difficulty Level: Medium

36. It was found that instrumental aggression can be triggered by stimulating the ___________but that impulsive aggression resulted from stimulation of the _________. a. amygdala; prefrontal cortex. b. cortex; basal ganglia. c. lateral hypothalamus; medial hypothalamus. d. medial hypothalamus; lateral hypothalamus.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: B Learning Objective: 11.4.2: Identify some of the neurobiological basis of aggression. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Aggression in the Brain Difficulty Level: Medium 37. Relatively recent research shows that testosterone levels are associated with aggression only when in the conjunction with ______ of cortisol, a. low levels b. high levels c. equivalent ratios levels d. non-existent levels Ans: A Learning Objective: 11.4.3: Explain how hormones and neurotransmitters may be involved in aggressive behavior. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Aggression: Testosterone, Cortisol and Serotonin Difficulty Level: Medium 38. Research findings indicate that when cortisol levels are high and testosterone levels are low, subjects exhibit ______. a. rage b. impulsive aggression c. fear and withdrawal d. self-harm Ans: C Learning Objective: 11.4.3: Explain how hormones and neurotransmitters may be involved in aggressive behavior. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Aggression: Testosterone, Cortisol and Serotonin Difficulty Level: Medium Research data findings indicate 39. Different types of aggression seem to depend on levels of the neurotransmitter ______. a. vasopressin b. oxytocin c. serotonin d. dopamine Ans: C Learning Objective: 11.4.3: Explain how hormones and neurotransmitters may be involved in aggressive behavior. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Aggression: Testosterone, Cortisol and Serotonin Difficulty Level: Medium Research data findings indicate 40. Research findings indicate that impulsive aggression depends not only on a high

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 testosterone to corticosterone ratio but also on ______ of serotonin. a. low levels b. high levels c. equivalent ratios levels d. non-existent levels Ans: A Learning Objective: 11.4.3: Explain how hormones and neurotransmitters may be involved in aggressive behavior. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Aggression: Testosterone, Cortisol and Serotonin Difficulty Level: Medium 41. In psychology and neuroscience, the term implicit refers to brain processes that can influence one's thought process, behavior, and emotions in an ______ manner. a. unconscious b. subliminal c. involuntary d. automatic Ans: A Learning Objective: 11.4.3: Explain how hormones and neurotransmitters may be involved in aggressive behavior. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Aggression: Testosterone, Cortisol and Serotonin Difficulty Level: Medium 42. ______ expressed in exaggerated ways in response to environmental stimuli is characteristic of psychological disorders known as phobias and posttraumatic stress disorder. a. Fear b. Aggression c. Depression d. Bonding Ans: A Learning Objective: 11.2.2: Describe how the amygdala is involved in processing emotions. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Emotions and the Amygdala Difficulty Level: Medium 43. In a study using word associations, a researcher decided to interview a participant because of the unusual and extreme physiological responses that were recorded every time she was presented with a specific name. The researcher asked for specific details regarding her prior or current personal experience with people that have that name. The researcher was assessing if the participant was affected by ______. a. serotonin deficiency b. subconscious stimuli

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. somatic markers d. subliminal stimuli Ans: C Learning Objective: 11.3.2: Explain the somatic-marker hypothesis. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Somatic Marker Hypothesis Difficulty Level: Medium 44. The basic element of an emotion’s ______ refers to feelings of power and weakness. a. potency b. novelty c. arousal d. valence Ans: A Learning Objective: 11.1.2: Describe the theories of emotion. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Theories of Emotion Difficulty Level: Hard 45. High levels of cortisol combined with ______ of testosterone results in fear and withdrawal. a. low levels b. high levels c. equivalent ratios levels d. non-existent levels Ans: A Learning Objective: 11.4.3: Explain how hormones and neurotransmitters may be involved in aggressive behavior. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Aggression: Testosterone, Cortisol and Serotonin Difficulty Level: Easy True/False 1. In 2010, neuroscientist Kevin Kiehl performed an fMRI of convicted murderer Brian Dugan’s brain to find out if it showed abnormalities that would support a profile of uncontrollable emotions for criminal defense. This was the first case in the United States in which the results of a brain scan wre used as evidence. Ans: F Learning Objective: 11.4.3: Explain how hormones and neurotransmitters may be involved in aggressive behavior. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Murder, the Brain and the Law Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 2. Aggression is believed to be generated in the brain and through changes in brain chemistry. Ans: T Learning Objective: 11.4.3: Explain how hormones and neurotransmitters may be involved in aggressive behavior. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Introduction Difficulty Level: Easy 3. One of the oldest theories of emotions is known as the James-Lange theory. Ans: T Learning Objective: 11.1.2: Describe the theories of emotion. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Theories of Emotion Difficulty Level: Easy 4. Core affect is essentially how one feels at any particular point in time on the continuums of valance and arousal. Ans: T Learning Objective: 11.1.2: Describe the theories of emotion. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Theories of Emotion Difficulty Level: Medium 5. The Papez circuit states the hypothalamus is responsible for the behavioral responses of emotional expression and that emotional experience is produced by the cingulate cortex. Ans: T Learning Objective: 11.2.1: Identify the networks of brain areas involved in emotions Cognitive Domain: Knowledge. Answer Location: Emotional Networks in the Brain Difficulty Level: Easy 6. Decision-making and regulating emotions depend on the ventromedial prefrontal cortex. Ans: T Learning Objective: 11.3.1: Describe some of the functions of the prefrontal cortex in emotions. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Prefrontal Cortex Difficulty Level: Easy 7. According to the somatic marker hypothesis, images such as product logos can even bias individuals in the decision-making process. Ans: T

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 11.3.2: Explain the somatic-marker hypothesis. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Somatic Marker Hypothesis Difficulty Level: Medium 8. Performance in the Iowa gambling task indicates whether someone can make decisions that are personally advantageous. Ans: T Learning Objective: 11.3.2: Explain the somatic-marker hypothesis. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Somatic Marker Hypothesis Difficulty Level: Medium 9. In nature, aggressive behavior is adaptative as it provides a means for species to protect their young and territory as well as to fight over food or mates. Ans: T Learning Objective: 11.4.1: Define aggression as well as its different types. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Aggression? Difficulty Level: Easy 10. Instrumental aggression is associated with high levels of physiological arousal. Ans: F Learning Objective: 11.4.1: Define aggression as well as its different types. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Aggression? Difficulty Level: Easy 11. Impulsive aggression is emotion-driven and associated with high levels of physiological arousal in humans resulting in defensiveness to being provoked, threatened, or attacked. Ans: T Learning Objective: 11.4.1: Define aggression as well as its different types. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Aggression? Difficulty Level: Easy 12. The measure of the ratio of testosterone to cortisol is known as the T/CRT ratio Ans: T Learning Objective: 11.4.3: Explain how hormones and neurotransmitters may be involved in aggressive behavior. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Aggression: Testosterone, Cortisol and Serotonin Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 13. Research indicates that serotonin is involved in the inhibition of impulsive behavior through its actions in the thalamus. Ans: F Learning Objective: 11.4.3: Explain how hormones and neurotransmitters may be involved in aggressive behavior. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Aggression: Testosterone, Cortisol and Serotonin Difficulty Level: Medium 14. Barrett’s theory of constructed of emotions states that emotions are not hardwired entities but emerge into consciousness from interception, and categorization. Ans: T Learning Objective: 11.1.2: Describe the theories of emotion. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Theories of Emotion Difficulty Level: Easy Essay 1. Describe and give a high-level overview of the James-Lang theory of emotion. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: According to the James-Lang theory, the sensory stimuli that compose experiential events are processed by sensory areas of the brain. In response to this, the brain triggers activity in the autonomic nervous system, which directly result in physiological arousal, and in the somatic nervous system, which give rise to increased muscle tension. According to the James-Lange theory, this process is not accompanied by emotional experience. The emotion is the brain's interpretation of these changes (James & Richardson, 2010). To illustrate, imagine feeling sad and crying while watching an emotional movie. Common sense would tell you that your crying results from feeling sad. However, the James-Lange theory states that the opposite is true. That is, the sensory stimuli that composed the movie, after being processed by sensory areas of the brain triggered the physiological arousal that consisted of the crying. The emotional experience of feeling sad came from the brain's interpretation of the crying. Learning Objective: 11.1.1: Define emotion, and differentiate between emotional experience and emotional expression. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Emotions, Emotional Experience and Emotional Expression Difficulty Level: Hard 2. Describe the somatic marker hypothesis and how decisions are affected by past experience. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer should include most of the following major points: When having to make a decision, we are often confronted with a variety of options to choose from. It is also sometimes important to decide on one of these options quickly, having no time to engage in a rational analysis of potential costs and benefits

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 associated with each option. In cases in which we are uncertain of which option constitutes the rational and logical choice, we often rely on gut feeling, which biases our choice toward one option versus another. In decisions, we are often confronted with a variety of options to choose from. It is also sometimes important to decide on one of these options quickly, having no time to engage in a rational analysis of potential costs and benefits associated with each option. In cases in which we are uncertain of which option constitutes the rational and logical choice, we often rely on gut feeling, which biases our choice toward one option versus another. The somatic-marker hypothesis (SMH), posits rational analysis is not enough to make decisions that are personally beneficial, especially under conditions of uncertainty. According to the SMH, emotions comprise changes in the body, such as in autonomic nervous system activity, posture, and muscle tension. These changes, triggered by activation of the amygdala, occur in response to pleasurable or aversive stimuli in one's environment and are known as somatic markers. The VMPFC stores associations between these stimuli and their somatic markers and the bodily changes that compose the emotion felt when one was encountered. Later, a similar experience may trigger this association in the VMPFC, leading to the same somatic state. The perception of somatic markers is thought to act as a biasing signal that constrains the decision-making processes toward choosing a certain option rather than another based on prior stimuli and experience. Learning Objective: 11.3.2: Explain the somatic-marker hypothesis. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: The Somatic Marker Hypothesis Difficulty Level: Hard 3. Give an explicit example of impaired emotional processing as a result of brain damage. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer should include one of the brain impairments discussed in the chapter and characteristics related to it. Humans learn about potentially threatening stimuli in our environment essentially by way of experiential learning. For example, objects, places, situations and people can all be conditioned to aversive events to create a fear response. For example, one may feel fear while stepping back into a place where something horrible was experienced. Fears can be expressed in exaggerated ways and results in psychological disorders such as phobias and posttraumatic stress disorder. The activation of the central nucleus leads to emotional responses such as freezing, increased autonomic system activity and the release of cortisol, all indicative of stimulated fear/flight reaction. The activation of the central nucleus leads to emotional responses such as freezing, increased autonomic system activity and the release of cortisol. The outcome of this analysis is then transmitted to the amygdala. If a stimulus indeed presents a danger, the amygdala's response is accentuated. If it does not present a danger, the amygdala's response is attenuated. However, if a person suffers from Urbach-Wiethe disease, which causes the temporal lobes to degenerate because of a calcium build-up in the brain, the fear response is not stimulated. Learning Objective: 11.2.3: Explain how the amygdala is involved in the emotions of humans.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Emotions and the Amygdala in Humans Difficulty Level: Hard 4. Describe the research scenario that lends support to the premise of implicit bias in the brain. Ans: Answers will vary. Model answer should include some form of the Stanley and Golby studies: The brain areas most often implicated in the study of race the amygdala, the anterior cingulate cortex (aACC), fusiform face area (FFA), and the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex (DLPFC) (Kubota et al., 2012). For example, several studies have shown that the amygdala, which is involved in processing fear, is significantly more activated when research participants viewed outgroup faces versus ingroup faces (D. A. Stanley et al., 2012). Other studies have shown that implicit biases are also associated with activation of the aACC, which is thought to be involved in detecting conflict (Richeson et al., 2003). Increased activity of the aACC is thought to be due to the conflict produced by implicitly held negative beliefs and attitudes, on the one hand, and the explicit held conscious effort to not hold such negative beliefs and attitudes on the other (see dissociation above). It was also found that the aACC is often co-activated along with the DLPFC (D. Stanley, Phelps & Banaji, 2008). The role of the DLPFC in implicit bias is thought to be to keep implicit biases under control. Finally, the activation of the FFA, which is activated when seeing faces, was shown to be more strongly activated when seeing faces from ingroup members versus faces from outgroup members (Golby, Gabrieli, Chiao & Eberhardt, 2001). Learning Objective: 11.4.3 Explain how hormones and neurotransmitters may be involved in aggressive behavior. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Aggression: Testosterone, Cortisol, and Serotonin Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021

Chapter 12: Memory and Memory Systems Test Bank Multiple Choice 1. Memory is often defined as the faculty that acquires, encodes, stores, and ______ information. a. retrieves b. replicates c. eliminates d. ranks Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.1.1: Define memory and its functions. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Memory? Difficulty Level: Easy 2. Conversion of sensory information into a usable form is known as ______. a. organization b. replication c. encoding d. cognition Ans: C Learning Objective: 12.1.2: Describe the stages of memory. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Stages of Memory Difficulty Level: Easy 3. Temporarily forgetting information you are certain of knowing, such as someone's name or that of a good restaurant, accompanied by the strong feeling that you are on the verge of recalling it is known as the ______ phenomenon. a. brain freeze b. tip of tongue c. mind’s eye d. senior moment Ans: B Learning Objective: 12.1.2: Describe the stages of memory. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Stages of Memory Difficulty Level: Easy 4. Memories are thought to be stored in three registers based on capacities for storing

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 information, in terms of the ______ of information and storage ______. a. amount; time b. complexity; amount c. importance; length d. recency; interval Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.1.3: Name and describe the registers of memory. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Registers of Memory Difficulty Level: Medium 5. Memories that facilitate tracking speech during conversation persist for approximately ______ of time. a. 2 seconds b. 8 seconds c. 500 miliseconds d. 10 seconds Ans: D Learning Objective: 12.1.3: Name and describe the registers of memory. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Registers of Memory Difficulty Level: Medium 6. ______ memories facilitate tracking speech during conversation. a. Iconic b. Echoic c. Haptic d. Codified Ans: B Learning Objective: 12.1.3: Name and describe the registers of memory. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Registers of Memory Difficulty Level: Medium 7. ______ memories persist the least amount of time but are important in detection and perception of movement. a. Iconic b. Echoic c. Haptic d. Codified Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.1.3: Name and describe the registers of memory. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Registers of Memory Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 8. ______ memories are fleeting but give context to such elements as computer touch keys such that we can coordinate body movements related to the sensory information. a. Iconic b. Echoic c. Haptic d. Codified Ans: C Learning Objective: 12.1.3: Name and describe the registers of memory. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Registers of Memory Difficulty Level: Medium 9. You have experienced _________memory in action if you have ever written your name in the air with a sparkler. a. iconic b. echoic c. haptic d. codified Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.1.3: Name and describe the registers of memory. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Registers of Memory Difficulty Level: Medium 10. A kind of memory that maintains and manipulates information stored in short-term memory is known as ______ memory. a. malleable b. random access c. working d. steady state Ans: C Learning Objective: 12.1.3: Name and describe the registers of memory. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Registers of Memory Difficulty Level: Medium 11. The multi-component model of working memory theory (M-WM) holds that working memory is a______ system because its components are only temporarily activated. a. crystallized b. malleable c. fluid d. changing Ans: C Learning Objective: 12.1.3: Name and describe the registers of memory. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Registers of Memory

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium 12. The element of working memory that permits memories to be experienced as a sequence of events is the ______. a. episodic buffer b. visuo-spatial sketch pad c. phonological loop d. central executive Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.1.3: Name and describe the registers of memory. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Registers of Memory Difficulty Level: Medium 13. According to the multi-component working memory theory the central executive has four important roles: (1) to focus attention, (2) to divide attention, (3) to permit switching from task to task, and (4) to interface with ______. a. the amygdala b. neurotransmitter maps c. long-term memory d. cognitive maps Ans: C Learning Objective: 12.1.3: Name and describe the registers of memory. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Registers of Memory Difficulty Level: Medium 14. Long-term memory is viewed as a ______ system, in which information is stored in a more or less permanent manner. a. crystallized b. malleable c. fluid d. changing Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.1.3: Name and describe the registers of memory. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Registers of Memory Difficulty Level: Medium 15. The experimental evidence implicating the ______ prefrontal cortex in working memory came from early studies in which monkeys with damage to this area were impaired in a delayed response task. a. dorsolateral b. orbitofrontal c. rostral ventrolateral d. ventrolateral

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.1.4: Identify the brain area thought to be most involved in working memory as well as a task used to assess it. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Working Memory and the Brain Difficulty Level: Easy 16. Electrical activity recorded from a single neuron in the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex of monkeys engaged in an oculomotor delayed-response task showed that activity continued in the delay period of the task suggesting that these neurons actively ______ throughout the delay phase. a. maintain memory of a map b. maintain long-term memories c. forget the cue d. maintain memory of the cue Ans: D Learning Objective: 12.1.4: Identify the brain area thought to be most involved in working memory as well as a task used to assess it. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Working Memory and the Brain Difficulty Level: Medium 17. ______ memories involve the conscious recollection of information. a. Semantic b. Declarative c. Nondeclarative d. Episodic Ans: B Learning Objective: 12.2.1: Describe and differentiate between the forms of long-term memory. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Long-Term Memory Difficulty Level: Easy 18. Which of the following represents an episodic memory ______. a. the details of your best friend’s wedding b. the combination of a safe c. remembering a grocery list d. remembering the credentials of a job candidate Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.2.1: Describe and differentiate between the forms of long-term memory. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is Long-Term Memory Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 19. Rememebring that the Eiffel Tower is in Paris consists of a________memory. a. semantic b. haptic c. nondeclarative d. episodic Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.2.1: Describe and differentiate between the forms of long-term memory. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: What Is Long-Term Memory Difficulty Level: Hard 20. Study participants are asked to relive an experience by giving the full details of where they were, what they were doing, and how they felt when a certain event occurred. The participants are being asked to ______. a. retrieve short-term memories b. mentally time travel c. provide nondeclarative memories d. exhibit chronesthesia Ans: B Learning Objective: 12.2.1: Describe and differentiate between the forms of long-term memory. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: What Is Long-Term Memory Difficulty Level: Hard 21. Participants are asked to input the correct sequence of numbers on a keypad as fast as they can after many repetitions. Several days later the participants are asked to recall the sequence of numbers. Most of them can only recall a few of the numbers in the sequence. However, when presented with the keypad and asked to input the sequence of numbers, most participants can do so with high accuracy. This is an example of _________memory. a. semantic b. declarative c. nondeclarative d. episodic Ans: C Learning Objective: 12.2.1: Describe and differentiate between the forms of long-term memory. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: What Is Long-Term Memory Difficulty Level: Hard 22. Nondeclarative memories are acquired through the processes known as classical conditioning, priming, and ______. a. scaffold learning

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. guided practice c. repetitive exposure d. procedural learning Ans: D Learning Objective: 12.2.1: Describe and differentiate between the forms of long-term memory. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is Long-Term Memory Difficulty Level: Medium 23. Procedural memories such as those consisting of your morning routine, mowing the lawn and of other tasks without conscious recollection are sometimes referred to as ______. a. conditioning b. associations c. habits d. unconscious actions Ans: C Learning Objective: 12.2.1: Describe and differentiate between the forms of long-term memory. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is Long-Term Memory Difficulty Level: Medium 24. Brain damage resulting from the deprivation of blood to the brain can cause ______. a. temporary lesion b. episodic memory loss c. hippocampal damage d. amnesia Ans: D Learning Objective: 12.2.2: Identify the brain areas associated with different types of long-term memory. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Neuroanatomy of Long-Term Memory Difficulty Level: Medium 25. Much of the body of knowledge relating brain function to amnesia comes from the study of ______. a. brain-damaged patients. b. human participants with intact brains . c. animal cadavers. d. simulations on volunteers. Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.2.2: Identify the brain areas associated with different types of long-term memory. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: The Neuroanatomy of Long-Term Memory Difficulty Level: Medium 26. After having sustained brain damage, a patient was unable to identify his family, to explain who he was and why he was in the hospital. However, he could easily recall childhood memories. This is an example of______ amnesia. a. anterograde b. retrograde c. temporally graded retrograde d. trauma Ans: C Learning Objective: 12.2.2: Identify the brain areas associated with different types of long-term memory. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Neuroanatomy of Long-Term Memory Difficulty Level: Hard 27. After suffering head trauma, but in an otherwise recovered state of health, a patient who continues to be unable to remember information for more than the time it is presented may be suffering from ______. a. anterograde amnesia b. retrograde amnesia c. temporally graded retrograde amnesia d. trauma amnesia Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.2.2: Identify the brain areas associated with different types of long-term memory. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Neuroanatomy of Long-Term Memory Difficulty Level: Medium 28. Korsakoff’s syndrome is due to an alcohol-induced thiamine deficiency associated with the deterioration of the dorsomedial thalamus and of the mammillary bodies, which in a loss of ______ memories. a. semantic b. declarative c. nondeclarative d. episodic Ans: D Learning Objective: 12.2.2: Identify the brain areas associated with different types of long-term memory. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Neuroanatomy of Long-Term Memory Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 29. The classical conditioning of motor reflexes depends on the ______. a. amygdala b. cerebellum c. hippocampus d. thalamus Ans: B Learning Objective: 12.2.2: Identify the brain areas associated with different types of long-term memory. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Neuroanatomy of Long-Term Memory Difficulty Level: Medium 30. Research indicates the classical conditioning of emotional responses depends on the ______ region of the brain. a. amygdala b. cerebellum c. hippocampus d. thalamus Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.2.2: Identify the brain areas associated with different types of long-term memory. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Neuroanatomy of Long-Term Memory Difficulty Level: Medium 31. ______ is thought to take place at the cellular and systems levels in the transition of short-term to long-term storage. a. Memory consolidation b. Memory mapping c. Engram d. Reverberating activity Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.3.1: Define memory consolidation and describe its proposed neurobiological mechanisms. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Memory Consolidation Difficulty Level: Easy 32. Cellular consolidation can be disrupted by inhibiting the ______. a. release of action potentials b. synthesis of hormones c. synthesis of proteins d. reverberating activity Ans: C Learning Objective: 12.3.1: Define memory consolidation and describe its proposed neurobiological mechanisms.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Memory Consolidation Difficulty Level: Easy 33. Memories must undergo systems consolidation to be stored in long-term memory. This process takes place over a time period of ______. a. days to years b. minute to hours c. seconds to hours d. an hour after learning Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.3.1: Define memory consolidation and describe its proposed neurobiological mechanisms. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Memory Consolidation Difficulty Level: Easy 34. ______ theory is the idea that the hippocampus is always involved in the storage and retrieval of memories. a. Standard b. Multiple-trace c. Unified d. Reconsolidation Ans: B Learning Objective: 12.3.2: Describe the main theories of memory consolidation and differentiate between them. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Theories of Memory Consolidation Difficulty Level: Easy 35. Neurons that become active during learning and reactivated with presentation of cues related to the context of learning are referred to as ______. a. activated neuron cells b. engram cells c. polarized neuron cells d. hyperpolarized neuron cells Ans: B Learning Objective: 12.3.2: Describe the main theories of memory consolidation and differentiate between them. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Theories of Memory Consolidation Difficulty Level: Medium 36. Multiple-trace theory postulates that only ______ memories are affected by damage to the hippocampus. a. semantic

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. declarative c. nondeclarative d. episodic Ans: D Learning Objective: 12.3.2: Describe the main theories of memory consolidation and differentiate between them. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Theories of Memory Consolidation Difficulty Level: Medium 37. Electrical recordings of the hippocampus show cells that increase their firing rate when a rat finds itself in a familiar area within an environment, showing that place cells contribute to a ______. a. sensory perception b. sensorimotor map c. sense of location d. conditioned learning Ans: C Learning Objective: 12.4.2: Describe the different types of cells involved in processing spatial information. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Cells for Space: An Internal GPS Difficulty Level: Medium 38. It was shown that head-direction cells, which provide rats with information about heading and orientation and are primarily located in the ______. a. subiculum b. thalamus c. striatum d. hippocampus Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.4.2: Describe the different types of cells involved in processing spatial information. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Cells for Space: An Internal GPS Difficulty Level: Medium 39. It was found that grid cells fire at ______ as a rat moves through space. a. random stops b. constant timing c. equal intervals d. lessening intervals Ans: C Learning Objective: 12.4.2: Describe the different types of cells involved in processing spatial information. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Cells for Space: An Internal GPS Difficulty Level: Easy 40. To answer the question as to whether all medial temporal lobe regions participate equally in the formation of ______ Elizabeth Murray and colleagues studied the performance of monkeys with either damage to the hippocampus or to the perirhinal cortex in different types of tasks, one that assesses object-recognition memory and the other that assesses spatial memory. a. semantic memories b. declarative memories c. episodic memories d. procedural memories Ans: B Learning Objective: 12.4.3: Explain how the role of the hippocampus and associated areas in spatial and nonspatial memory can be differentiated. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Hippocampus and Nonspatial Memory Difficulty Level: Medium 41. Elizabeth Murray and colleagues found that of monkeys with damage to the hippocampus did not have ______ impairments a. episodic memory b. object-recognition memory c. spatial memory d. novelty recognition memory Ans: B Learning Objective: 12.4.3: Explain how the role of the hippocampus and associated areas in spatial and nonspatial memory can be differentiated. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Hippocampus and Nonspatial Memory Difficulty Level: Medium 42. Elizabeth Murray and colleagues found that monkeys with damage to the perirhinal cortex performed as well as monkeys with no brain damage in ______ task. a. episodic memory b. object-recognition memory c. spatial memory d. novelty recognition memory Ans: C Learning Objective: 12.4.3: Explain how the role of the hippocampus and associated areas in spatial and nonspatial memory can be differentiated. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Hippocampus and Nonspatial Memory Difficulty Level: Medium 43. Learning can be defined as the mechanism or process by which ______ is acquired

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 through experience. a. sensory information b. survival information c. rewarding information d. new information Ans: D Learning Objective: 12.5.1: Define learning and explain the different ways in which learning can occur. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Learning? Difficulty Level: Easy 44. Although instincts, fatigue, maturation, drugs, and illness are all factors that can change behavior, they do not result from experience and are not considered to be ______. a. learning b. memory consolidation c. cognitive mapping d. conditioning Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.5.1: Define learning and explain the different ways in which learning can occur. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Learning? Difficulty Level: Easy 45. A decrease in response to a stimulus with its repeated occurrence is called______. a. recalcitrance b. immunized c. sensitization d. habituation Ans: D Learning Objective: 12.5.2: Describe nonassociative learning and its neurobiological basis. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Nonassociative Learning Difficulty Level: Easy 46. ______ learning is a type of learning in which a change in behavior does not involve associations of stimuli or any kind of reward or punishment. a. Associative b. Nonassociative c. Operant conditioning d. Observational Ans: B Learning Objective: 12.5.2: Describe nonassociative learning and its neurobiological

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 basis. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Nonassociative Learning Difficulty Level: Easy 47. Martin realized after a week in his new apartment the squawking parrot he heard when passing his neighbor’s window in the mornings no longer startled him. He was ______ to the stimulus a. recalcitrant b. immunized c. sensitized d. habituated Ans: D Learning Objective: 12.5.2: Describe nonassociative learning and its neurobiological basis. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Nonassociative Learning Difficulty Level: Hard 48. Activated interneurons facilitate the release of the neurotransmitter ______ producing longer-lasting action potentials, which result in a greater amount of ______ released onto motor neurons, which increase the magnitude of a motor response. a. serotonin; glutamate b. glutamate; serotonin c. calcineurin; calcium d. calcium; calcineurin Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.5.2: Describe nonassociative learning and its neurobiological basis. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Nonassociative Learning Difficulty Level: Hard 49. Classical conditioning is a form of associative learning in which a ______ stimulus is associated with a ______ stimulus to create a reflexive response. a. low level; high-level b. high level; low level c. meaningful; neutral d. neutral; meaningful Ans: D Learning Objective: 12.5.3: Describe associative learning and its neurobiological basis. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension. Answer Location: Associative Learning Difficulty Level: Medium 50. Observationally, you realize that when you hear the unique cell phone ring assigned

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 to your mom you automatically visualize of her smiling face. This is an example of ______ associative learning. a. operant conditioning b. classical conditioning c. priming d. procedural learning Ans: B Learning Objective: 12.5.3: Describe associative learning and its neurobiological basis. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Associative Learning Difficulty Level: Medium 51. Kandel and colleagues’ sea slug investigations on the synaptic changes that occur during classical conditioning indicate that the test stimulus is ______ to the trained stimulus a. specific b. isolated c. random d. generic Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.5.3: Describe associative learning and its neurobiological basis. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Associative Learning Difficulty Level: Medium 52. The difference between the stimulation used to induce classical conditioning and the one used for sensitization is in ______ of the response. a. specificity b. time to reaction c. duration d. magnitude Ans: D Learning Objective: 12.5.3: Describe associative learning and its neurobiological basis. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Associative Learning Difficulty Level: Medium 53. Kandel and colleagues found that the difference between classical conditioning and sensitization is that in sensitization the stimulus is ______ to the trained stimulus. a. nonspecific b. isolated c. random d. specific Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.5.3: Describe associative learning and its neurobiological basis. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Associative Learning Difficulty Level: Medium 54. Associative learning employing a consequence associated to a behavior is ______. a. operant conditioning b. classical conditioning c. priming d. procedural learning Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.5.3: Describe associative learning and its neurobiological basis. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Associative Learning Difficulty Level: Medium 55. Repeated experience results in a change in the ______ of synapses. a. intensity b. strength c. specificity d. duration Ans: B Learning Objective: 12.5.4: Describe synaptic plasticity and its relevance to learning. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Synaptic Plasticity: Neurons That Wire Together Fire Together Difficulty Level: Easy 56. Long-term potentiation (LTP) is a(n) ______ in synaptic strength. a. increase b. decrease c. associativity d. specificity Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.5.4: Describe synaptic plasticity and its relevance to learning. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Synaptic Plasticity: Neurons That Wire Together Fire Together Difficulty Level: Medium 57. Long-term depression (LTD) refers to a(n) ______ in synaptic strength following a train of low-frequency stimulation. a. increase b. decrease c. associativity d. specificity Ans: B Learning Objective: 12.5.4: Describe synaptic plasticity and its relevance to learning. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Synaptic Plasticity: Neurons That Wire Together Fire Together

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium 58. The synthesis of ______ results in the long-lasting changes believed to lead to longlasting memories. a. calcineurin b. glutamate c. new protein d. calcium Ans: C Learning Objective: 12.5.4: Describe synaptic plasticity and its relevance to learning. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Synaptic Plasticity: Neurons That Wire Together Fire Together Difficulty Level: Medium 59. In short-lasting long-term potentiation (S-LTP), synaptic efficacy lasts only for a few minutes or a few hours and is ______. a. stable but easily disrupted b. stable and not easily disrupted c. unstable yet not easily disrupted d. unstable and easily disrupted Ans: D Learning Objective: 12.5.4: Describe synaptic plasticity and its relevance to learning. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Synaptic Plasticity: Neurons That Wire Together Fire Together Difficulty Level: Medium 60. Associative learning refers to learning in which the association between stimuli are ______. a. short-lived b. persistent over time c. learned d. only reflexive Ans: B Learning Objective: 12.5.3: Describe associative learning and its neurobiological basis. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Associative Learning Difficulty Level: Medium True/False 1. Memory takes many forms and the different forms of memories are processed by different memory systems in the brain. Ans: T Learning Objective: 12.1.1: Define memory and its functions. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: What Is Memory? Difficulty Level: Easy 2. Converting the information acquired by your senses into a form that your brain can understand is called encoding. Ans: T Learning Objective: 12.1.2: Describe the stages of memory. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Stages of Memory Difficulty Level: Easy 3. One of the major characteristics of working memory is its vulnerability to disruption. Ans: T Learning Objective: 12.1.3: Name and describe the registers of memory. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Registers of Memory Difficulty Level: Medium 4. Autonoetic consciousness is the ability to reflect upon past, present or future events while being aware that those events are not one's own memories. Ans: F Learning Objective: 12.2.1: Describe and differentiate between the forms of long-term memory. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Long-term Memory Difficulty Level: Easy 5. The brain area most associated with working memory is the prefrontal cortex. Ans: T Learning Objective: 12.1.4: Identify the brain area thought to be most involved in working memory as well as a task used to assess it. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Working Memory and the Brain Difficulty Level: Medium 6. The findings obtained from studying brain-damaged H.M. showed that the hippocampus plays an important role in declarative memory, but nondeclarative memories do not depend on the hippocampus. Ans: T Learning Objective: 12.2.2: Identify the brain areas associated with different types of long-term memory. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Neuroanatomy of Long-term Memory Difficulty Level: Easy 7. Korsakoff’s syndrome presents as impairment in declarative memory functions.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: T Learning Objective: 12.2.2: Identify the brain areas associated with different types of long-term memory. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Neuroanatomy of Long-Term Memory Difficulty Level: Easy 8. Muller and Pilzecker’s observations strongly indicate new memories require a period of consolidation before moving to a more permanent form. Ans: T Learning Objective: 12.3.1: Define memory consolidation and describe its proposed neurobiological mechanisms. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Memory Consolidation Difficulty Level: Easy 9. Unified theory (or "C" theory) states learning induces cellular consolidation in both the cortex and hippocampus rapidly and simultaneously. Ans: T Learning Objective: 12.3.2: Describe the main theories of memory consolidation and differentiate between them. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Theories of Memory Consolidation Difficulty Level: Easy 10. In habituation, an organism learns that a stimulus does not predict any event that presents a threat to its survival, and that it can dispense from responding to it. Ans: T Learning Objective: 12.5.2: Describe nonassociative learning and its neurobiological basis. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Nonassociative Learning Difficulty Level: Easy 11. Sensitization occurs because sensitizing stimuli increase levels of arousal with higher levels of intensity and lower the response threshold to other stimuli. Ans: T Learning Objective: 12.5.2: Describe nonassociative learning and its neurobiological basis. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Nonassociative Learning Difficulty Level: Easy 12. Motor movements, in some cases, involve the chemical process of Ca2+ entry into axon terminals signaling synaptic vesicles to bind to neuronal membranes, releasing neurotransmitter molecules into the synaptic cleft.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: T Learning Objective: 12.5.2: Describe nonassociative learning and its neurobiological basis. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Nonassociative Learning Difficulty Level: Hard 13. Associative learning in which an association is created between a behavior and its consequence is operant conditioning. Ans: T Learning Objective: 12.5.3: Describe associative learning and its neurobiological basis. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Associative Learning Difficulty Level: Easy 14. A form of associative learning in which a neutral stimulus is associated with a meaningful stimulus to create a reflexive response is a form of classical conditioning. Ans: T Learning Objective: 12.5.3: Describe associative learning and its neurobiological basis. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Associative Learning Difficulty Level: Easy 15. The change in the strength of synapses that occurs as result of a single experience is activity-dependent synaptic plasticity. Ans: F Learning Objective: 12.5.4: Describe synaptic plasticity and its relevance to learning. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Synaptic Plasticity: Neurons That Wire Together Fire Together Difficulty Level: Easy Essay 1. What is the Hebbian modification process? Discuss in terms of the premise of memory consolidation. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: Key points that a good answer should cover follow: In 1949, Canadian psychologist Donald Hebb published his famous book entitled “The Organization of Behavior: a neuropsychological theory” (Hebb, 1949). In this book, he proposed a way in which short-term memory could be consolidated into long-term memory. He suggested that stimuli excite groups of neurons that fire together, in what he called a cell assembly. The continuous firing of the neurons within the cell assembly he called reverberating activity. According to Hebb, reverberating activity continues after the stimulus is gone and strengthens the connections between the neurons in the cell assembly. This process became known as Hebbian modification, which he

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 suggested formed the basis for short-term memory. The connections between neurons within the cell assembly are initially fragile and vulnerable to disruptions. However, with continued reverberation, the representation of the stimuli in the cell assembly stabilizes in what Hebb called the engram, which he proposed forms the basis for long-term memory. Once stored in long-term memory, partial activation of the assembly reactivates the engram that represents the entire stimulus. Learning Objective: 12.3.1: Define memory consolidation and describe its proposed neurobiological mechanisms. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is Memory Consolidation Difficulty Level: Medium 2. Discuss how the standard model theory of memory consolidation explain the limited memory loss of temporally graded retrograde amnesia? Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: Key points that a good answer should cover follow: According to the standard theory, damage to the hippocampus affects only memories that were acquired recently before brain damage, because they were still in the process of being stabilized by the hippocampus through its interactions with the cortex. In contrast, remote memories, for which the connections in the cortex have already been stabilized, are spared, because they no longer require their maintenance by the hippocampus. According to the proponents of the standard model, this applies equally to both semantic and episodic memories. Learning Objective: 12.3.2: Describe the main theories of memory consolidation and differentiate between them. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Theories of Memory Consolidation Difficulty Level: Medium 3. Discuss the Morris Watermaze task and how its use indicates spatial cues provide cognitive maps for use in successful navigation toward goals in the environment. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: The task devised by Richard Morris Became known as the “Morris Watermaze.” In the Morris water maze task, rats (or mice) are placed in a wading pool, which contains a hidden platform. The platform is hidden because the water is made opaque with non-toxic paint or powdered milk. The pool is located in a room, which contains several cues. When placed in the pool, rats swim around in a circuitous path until they accidentally bump into the platform and get a reprieve from being in the water by standing on it. After several trials, the rats are able to reach the platform in a straight path, indicating that they have learned the location of the platform. It is important to note that the rats can do this regardless of their starting position. This means that they could not learn to get to the platform by making a habitual turn to the left or to the right. Instead, the rats have to learn the location of the platform relative to spatial cues located in the room. Learning Objective: 12.4.1: Define spatial memory and explain how the hippocampus is involved in processing spatial information.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is Spatial Memory? The Hippocampus as a Navigational Device Difficulty Level: Medium 4. Maguire and colleagues studied the brains of London taxi drivers to find out whether their hippocampus differed in some way from people who do not drive taxis. This was a method of testing if humans have a spatial or GPS type brain map of space. Discuss how the subjects for the investigation were selected and why. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: To become a London taxi driver, candidates must pass very stringent tests. They have become experts at the spatial layout of London streets, which is extremely complex. They also have to know the locations of thousands of landmarks. Therefore, this makes excellent subjects in which to investigate the role of the hippocampus in spatial memory. As shown in Figure 12.18, Maguire found that the amount of gray matter volume in the posterior hippocampus of London taxi drivers increased with the number of years spent driving a taxi. This was not found in bus drivers, who follow predetermined routes, which does not require the hippocampus. Thus, the findings indicate statistically significant differences related to the use of the hippocampus for navigational data store. Learning Objective: 12.4.2: Describe the different types of cells involved in processing spatial information. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Cells for Space: An Internal GPS Difficulty Level: Hard 5. Briefly review the steps in Kandel and colleagues Aplysia slug experiment that show the neurological activity that happens in habituation to a repeated occurrence stimulus. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: Stimulation of the Aplysia's siphon resulted in the reflexive withdrawal of the gill. The neuronal connections, within the abdominal ganglion, are responsible for the gillwithdrawal reflex. Stimulation of the siphon causes glutamate to be released at the synapse between a siphon's sensory neuron and a motor neuron that in turn releases neurotransmitter on the gill muscles, causing it to retract. The siphon's sensory neuron also synapses onto excitatory and inhibitory interneurons. The repeated stimulation of the siphon causes the sensory neuron to release progressively less neurotransmitter at synapses, which, in turn, causes the motor neuron to release less neurotransmitter on the gill muscles causing it to contract with less intensity. Learning Objective: 12.5.2: Describe nonassociative learning and its neurobiological basis. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Nonassociative Learning Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021

Chapter 13: Attention and Consciousness Test Bank Multiple Choice 1. Conscious mental abilities depend on the functioning integrity of the ______. a. neocortex b. hippocampus c. pituitary gland d. cerebellum Ans: A Learning Objective: 13.1.1: Define attention and describe some of the concepts associated with it. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Unresponsive Wakefulness: The Case of Terri Schiavo Difficulty Level: Easy 2. Although Eliam was preparing for an important presentation when Sasha entered the room, he shifted his focus and remained attentive to her the whole time she was there, without paying attention to anything else. Eliam’s shift of attention is an example of ______ attention. a. overt b. covert c. spatial d. object Ans: A Learning Objective: 13.1.1: Define attention and describe some of the concepts associated with it. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: What Is Attention? Difficulty Level: Medium 3. Mesu was conversing with her neighbor about landscaping while attending to every word her teen and friends were saying about an upcoming social event. This is an example of ______ attention. a. overt b. covert c. spatial d. object Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.1.1: Define attention and describe some of the concepts associated with it.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: What Is Attention? Difficulty Level: Medium 4. Mesu’s is paying attention to a bee on a flower. His attention is an example of ______ attention. a. overt b. covert c. spatial d. object Ans: D Learning Objective: 13.1.1: Define attention and describe some of the concepts associated with it. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: What is Attention? Difficulty Level: Medium 5. Rob was gathering his tools, taking his supplements and feeding his dogs and he reflectively answered yes to his roommate asking him to put garbage out. Rob walks out without putting out the garbage. This is an example of ______. a. dichotic-listening b. selective attention c. conjunction search d. feature search Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.1.2: Describe and explain the various concepts in the study of attention. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Concepts in the Study of Attention Difficulty Level: Medium 6. Dad was arranging files, looking for notes and talking on a conference call when his daughter Sally enters his office and whispers, “I need ten dollars.” He takes out a twenty hands it to her all the while explaining the new product purchase agreement to the call attendees. Later that night when he asks Sally for his ten-dollar change she is surprised. This is an example of the ______ model. a. early-selection b. early-filtering c. attenuator d. later-filtering Ans: C Learning Objective: 13.1.2: Describe and explain the various concepts in the study of attention. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Concepts in the Study of Attention Difficulty Level: Hard

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 7. Finding the blonde monkey with an ear ribbon in a circus menagerie picture is an example of a ______. a. conjunction search b. feature search c. illusionary conjunction d. selective attention Ans: A Learning Objective: 13.1.2: Describe and explain the various concepts in the study of attention. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Concepts in the Study of Attention Difficulty Level: Medium 8. Arriving to the track meet midway through the events with only a couple of running events left, Meg quickly spotted her red-haired son stretching in the 100-meter hurdles contestant group. She is exhibiting an example of ______. a. conjunction search b. feature search c. illusionary conjunction d. selective attention Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.1.2: Describe and explain the various concepts in the study of attention. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Concepts in the Study of Attention Difficulty Level: Medium 9. In a dichotic-listening task, the premise being investigated is the ______. a. attenuator model b. cocktail-party effect c. early-selection model d. late-filtering model Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.1.2: Describe and explain the various concepts in the study of attention. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Concepts in the Study of Attention Difficulty Level: Medium 10. The binding problem posits that features of experience are processed by distinct brain areas and neural systems but experienced ______. a. selectively b. by prescience to prior experience c. as a unified whole d. by filtering

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: C Learning Objective: 13.1.2: Describe and explain the various concepts in the study of attention. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Concepts in the Study of Attention Difficulty Level: Medium 11. In Treisman’s study of visual attentional processing she found that between feature and conjunction searches ______. a. both take the same amount of time b. feature took longer time c. conjunction searches took longer d. time differences were inconsistent Ans: C Learning Objective: 13.1.2: Describe and explain the various concepts in the study of attention. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Concepts in the Study of Attention Difficulty Level: Medium 12. According to Treisman the unbound feature maps are scanned by a(n) ______. a. early-filtering b. late-filtering c. feature search d. attentional spotlight Ans: D Learning Objective: 13.1.2: Describe and explain the various concepts in the study of attention. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Concepts in the Study of Attention Difficulty Level: Medium 13. The dorsal-frontoparietal system is involved in the ______ control of attention. a. top-down and bottom-up b. bottom-up c. top-down d. stimulus-driven Ans: C Learning Objective: 13.1.3: Describe the main brain networks of attention and how they were discovered. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Attention: Where in the Brain? Difficulty Level: Easy 14. The ventral-frontoparietal system is involved in the ______ control of attention. a. top-down and bottom-up

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. bottom-up c. top-down d. stimulus-driven Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.1.3: Describe the main brain networks of attention and how they were discovered. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Attention: Where in the Brain? Difficulty Level: Easy 15. Brit entered the classroom as an additional helper. She quickly scanned the scene before anyone in particular noticed her. Seeing boy matching colored blocks, she decided to walk over and engage him. Minutes later several other children noticed the new helper, circled her and began all talking at once. Brit maintained her focus on the boy and spoke only with him. Brit was exhibiting ______ control of her attention. a. top-down and bottom-up b. bottom-up c. top-down d. stimulus-driven Ans: C Learning Objective: 13.1.3: Describe the main brain networks of attention and how they were discovered. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Attention: Where in the Brain? Difficulty Level: Medium 16. Reviewing the report on best camera products Elle was totally inattentive to her cat meowing in close proximity totally focusing on the technical discussion of the reviewed features. But when a firm friendly knock came to her door, she immediately went to see who was calling. Elle is exhibiting the ______ attention to the knock. a. top-down and bottom-up b. bottom-up c. top-down d. spatial Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.1.3: Describe the main brain networks of attention and how they were discovered. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Attention: Where in the Brain? Difficulty Level: Medium 17. Attention on features of objects include, color, shape, and ______. a. recognition factors b. duration of presence c. associative binding d. direction of motion

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: D Learning Objective: 13.1.3: Describe the main brain networks of attention and how they were discovered. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Attention: Where in the Brain? Difficulty Level: Easy 18. When neuroscientists were investigating the functional roles of brain areas in attention, it was found that animal subjects with an inactivated______ were impaired in attention shifting to instructional cues. a. pulvinar b. vestibular c. geniculate nucleus d. ventrobasal complex Ans: A Learning Objective: 13.1.3: Describe the main brain networks of attention and how they were discovered. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Attention: Where in the Brain? Difficulty Level: Medium 19. Neuroscientists investigating the functional roles brain areas in attention found that animal subjects with an inactivated thalamus were less able to ignore ______ stimuli. a. distracting b. visual c. tactile d. subliminal Ans: A Learning Objective: 13.1.3: Describe the main brain networks of attention and how they were discovered. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Attention: Where in the Brain? Difficulty Level: Medium 20. While reaching toward cup, a subject with ________keeps grasping air instead of the cup. The subject is possibly suffering from_________. a. Optic ataxia b. Dysgraphia c. Dyslexia d. Optic dysphonia Ans: A Learning Objective: 13.1.4: Describe two disorders of attention due to brain damage. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Disorders of Attention Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 21. A brain-damaged patient is shown a table on which a pitcher and a mug are located. The patient is asked what he sees on the table. The patent replies that he sees only a mug.On other occasions he reports only seeing the pitcher. This patient is possibly suffering from __________. a. object agnosia b. Balint syndrome c. depth perception deficit d. attention deficit disorder Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.1.4: Describe two disorders of attention due to brain damage. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Disorders of Attention Difficulty Level: Medium 22. A researcher notes and records subject P1’s total inability to follow a moving balloon on the computer screen.This is recorded and noted as Balint’s syndrome ______ . a. optic ataxia b. oculomotor apraxia c. unilateral neglect d. simultanagnosia Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.1.4: Describe two disorders of attention due to brain damage. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Disorders of Attention Difficulty Level: Medium 23. Patient A was presented a picture of a simple uncluttered fall wreath of twisted twigs, some pheasant feathers, and a medium-sized orange ribbon bow. When asked to describe or name the overall object, patient A replied an orange bow. This seems to indicate Balint’s syndrome ______. a. optic ataxia b. oculomotor apraxia c. unilateral neglect d. simultanagnosia Ans: D Learning Objective: 13.1.4: Describe two disorders of attention due to brain damage. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Disorders of Attention Difficulty Level: Medium 24. Philosopher John Rogers Searle rejects the idea that the mind is a computer-like, sophisticated information processor. His ______ thought experiment is his attempt to differentiate the human brain from a computer CPU. a. escape room b. Chinese room c. solve a riddle

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 d. compassion room Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.2.1: Explain what scientists know about consciousness and describe its components. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Consciousness? Difficulty Level: Easy 25. Searle’s thought experiment posits that to someone who is told to assess the intellectual abilities of a “subject” in the hidden room, a hidden computer can appear ______ simply because it can follow a set of instructions. a. conscious b. language versed c. human d. highly intellectual Ans: A Learning Objective: 13.2.1: Explain what scientists know about consciousness and describe its components. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is Consciousness? Difficulty Level: Medium 26. Aside from satisfying the deep curiosity in the topic, finding out more about how the brain produces consciousness may assist in treatment or understanding of ______. a. unresponsive wakefulness b. oculomotor apraxia c. unilateral neglect d. Balint’s syndrome Ans: A Learning Objective: 13.2.1: Explain what scientists know about consciousness and describe its components. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is Consciousness? Difficulty Level: Medium 27. According to philosopher David Chalmers, explaining visual experience by the stimulation of photoreceptors by a specific range of wavelengths along the electromagnetic spectrum, which ultimately results in the activation of the visual cortex, and extrastriata areas represents the______ problem of consciousness a. complex b. neurobiological c. easy d. hard Ans: C Learning Objective: 13.2.2: Define and explain the hard and easy problems of consciousness.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Problems of Consciousness Difficulty Level: Easy 28. Philosopher David Chalmers posits that the hard problem of consciousness is understanding something like humans’ ______. a. subjective experience of color b. association of smell to colors c. objective color matching d. simultaneous division of object and color Ans: A Learning Objective: 13.2.2: Define and explain the hard and easy problems of consciousness. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Problems of Consciousness Difficulty Level: Easy 29. The lack of a sound scientific explanation of how neural mechanisms are linked to subjective experience has been called the ______ by philosopher Joseph Levine. a. subjective gap b. consciousness gap c. explanatory gap d. human-machine gap Ans: C Learning Objective: 13.2.2: Define and explain the hard and easy problems of consciousness. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Problems of Consciousness? Difficulty Level: Easy 31. ______ is when impaired patients can make accurate guesses about a stimulus while at the same time not being visually aware of it. a. Cortical blindness b. Blindsight c. Binocular rivalry d. Affective blindsight Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.2.3: Explain what is meant by neural correlates of consciousness. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Neural Correlates and Contents of Consciousness Difficulty Level: Medium 31. ______ is the phenomenon of perception spontaneously switching between two different images that are simultaneously presented to each eye. a. Cortical blindness

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. Blindsight c. Binocular rivalry d. Affective blindsight Ans: C Learning Objective: 13.2.3: Explain what is meant by neural correlates of consciousness. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Neural Correlates and Contents of Consciousness Difficulty Level: Medium 33. Damage, disease, or injury to the occipital cortex may result in a normal-appearing eye having a total or partial loss of vision and is referred to as ______. a. Cortical blindness b. Blindsight c. Binocular rivalry d. Affective blindsight Ans: A Learning Objective: 13.2.3: Explain what is meant by neural correlates of consciousness. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Neural Correlates and Contents of Consciousness Difficulty Level: Medium 34. In a research study of activated brain areas to visual stimuli it was observed that images of non-human related pictures such as a house activated the ______ region of the visual perception brain areas. a. superior colliculus b. inferotemporal cortex (IT) c. fusiform face area (FFA) d. parahippocampal place area (PPA) Ans: D Learning Objective: 13.2.3: Explain what is meant by neural correlates of consciousness. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Neural Correlates and Contents of Consciousness Difficulty Level: Medium 35. It was observed that the ______ mediates reflexive responses to visual information, such as automatically orienting the eyes to objects moving around in the visual field. a. superior colliculus b. inferotemporal cortex (IT) c. fusiform face area (FFA) d. parahippocampal place area (PPA) Ans: D Learning Objective: 13.2.3: Explain what is meant by neural correlates of consciousness.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Neural Correlates and Contents of Consciousness Difficulty Level: Medium 36. According to global workspace theory of consciousness, bound information contained within a processing module can be broadcast to every other module in the global workspace via the ______. a. connective core b. hub spokes c. cortico-thalamic core d. prefrontal cortex Ans: A Learning Objective: 13.2.4: Describe and explain the global workspace theory of consciousness. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: A Neurobiological Theory of Consciousness Difficulty Level: Medium 37. According to global workspace theory of consciousness, neuronal activation “ignites” conscious awareness by being broadcast throughout the global workspace, where it can be combined with other information, giving rise to the unified quality of conscious experience and relies on the ______ of the stimulus to trigger an activation threshold. a. longevity b. magnitude c. strength d. oscillation Ans: C Learning Objective: 13.2.4: Describe and explain the global workspace theory of consciousness. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: A Neurobiological Theory of Consciousness Difficulty Level: Medium 38. According to global workspace theory of consciousness, a process module also exists in the ______ for non-sensory experiences such as the feeling-of-knowing. a. medial temporal lobes b. thalamus c. hippocampal system d. prefrontal cortex Ans: D Learning Objective: 13.2.4: Describe and explain the global workspace theory of consciousness. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: A Neurobiological Theory of Consciousness Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 39. According to global workspace theory of consciousness contextualized visual information such as a coffee cup incorporates several visual features such as color, shape, and size and are processed within the ______ and hippocampal system. a. medial temporal lobes b. thalamus c. primary visual cortex d. prefrontal cortex Ans: A Learning Objective: 13.2.4: Describe and explain the global workspace theory of consciousness. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: A Neurobiological Theory of Consciousness Difficulty Level: Medium 40. Dehaene and colleagues identified three types of stimuli, based on the stimuli’s ability to ______ conscious awareness. a. circumvent b. ignite c. sustain d. approximate Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.2.4: Describe and explain the global workspace theory of consciousness. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: A Neurobiological Theory of Consciousness Difficulty Level: Medium 41. In a natural setting it was observed that people walking and talking on their cell phones were far less likely to notice an unicycling clown riding across their pathway. This is an example of a ______ stimulus. a. threshold b. preconscious c. conscious d. subliminal Ans: D Learning Objective: 13.2.4: Describe and explain the global workspace theory of consciousness. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: A Neurobiological Theory of Consciousness Difficulty Level: Medium 42. Subliminal and preconscious stimuli ______ information broadcast throughout the global workspace for full processing. a. send b. do not send

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. limit the d. inconsistently send Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.2.4: Describe and explain the global workspace theory of consciousness. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: A Neurobiological Theory of Consciousness Difficulty Level: Medium Subliminal and preconscious stimuli are both examples where a strong stimulus does not enter conscious awareness due to the attentional spotlight being diverted to other stimuli and is referred to as ______. a. inattentional blindness b. connective core interference c. local node activation d. affective blindsight Ans: A Learning Objective: 13.2.4: Describe and explain the global workspace theory of consciousness. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: A Neurobiological Theory of Consciousness Difficulty Level: Medium 44. The extent to which ongoing stimuli being processed is the ______ state of consciousness. a. awareness b. wakefulness c. attentional d. inattentional Ans: A Learning Objective: 13.2.5: Describe and explain some disorders of consciousness. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Disorders of consciousness Difficulty Level: Easy 45. The measure of a person’s arousability and responsiveness to stimuli from the environment is the ______ state of consciousness. a. awareness b. wakefulness c. attentional d. inattentional Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.2.5: Describe and explain some disorders of consciousness. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Disorders of Consciousness Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 46. On the Glasgow coma scale a patient is considered to be in a coma if their score is ______. a. ≤ 6/15 b. ≤ 8/15 c. ≤ 10/18 d. ≤ 8/18 Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.2.5: Describe and explain some disorders of consciousness. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Disorders of Consciousness Difficulty Level: Easy 47. The ______ association area links information from all association areas and is involved in higher mental functions such as memory and planning. a. limbic b. posterior c. anterior d. unimodal Ans: C Learning Objective: 13.2.5: Describe and explain some disorders of consciousness. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Disorders of Consciousness Difficulty Level: Easy 48. Teasdale and Jennett created the Glasgow coma scale to measure the extent to which the patients open their eyes and can ______. a. perform motor skills b. show understanding c. respond to direct questions d. perform motor and verbal response Ans: D Learning Objective: 13.2.5: Describe and explain some disorders of consciousness. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Disorders of Consciousness Difficulty Level: Easy 49. The condition characterized by intact awareness, wakefulness, and cognitive function while paralyzed and unable to speak is ______. a. wakefulness state paralysis b. paradoxical syndrome c. locked-in syndrome d. coma transitional state Ans: C Learning Objective: 13.2.6: Explain how consciousness can be hidden. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Hidden Consciousness Difficulty Level: Easy 50. People with locked-in syndrome are paralyzed and are unable to speak but clearly show ______. a. reduced cortical function b. stimuli induced fear c. cognitive functioning d. object recognition Ans: C Learning Objective: 13.2.6: Explain how consciousness can be hidden. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Hidden Consciousness Difficulty Level: Easy 51. PET scans show intact cerebral metabolism (activity) in the _______ of the lockedin patient. a. medial temporal lobes b. inferotemporal cortex c. primary visual cortex d. cortex Ans: D Learning Objective: 13.2.6: Explain how consciousness can be hidden. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Hidden Consciousness Difficulty Level: Easy 52. Participants who were instructed to take a mental note of the time on a clock when they felt the urge to press a button showed electrical activity in the supplementary motor area (SMA) that preceded their urge to press the button. This electrical activity became known as the ______. a. readiness potential b. sense of urgency c. sense of control d. internal motor stimulation Ans: A Learning Objective: 13.2.7: Describe and explain experiments designed to test whether humans have free will. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Free Will Difficulty Level: Easy 53. Libet and Soon’s research findings suggest that motor actions may be the product of unconscious brain processes that ______ the conscious decision to act. a. dictate b. determine

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. precede d. result in Ans: C Learning Objective: 13.2.7: Describe and explain experiments designed to test whether humans have free will. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Free Will Difficulty Level: Easy 54. The multimodal association area that links emotions and memory to sensory inputs is the ______ association area. a. limbic b. posterior c. anterior d. unimodal Ans: C Learning Objective: 13.2.5: Describe and explain some disorders of consciousness. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Disorders of Consciousness Difficulty Level: Easy True/False 1. The self-directed and voluntary attention to a stimulus is known as exogenous attention. Ans: F Learning Objective: 13.1.1: Define attention and describe some of the concepts associated with it. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Attention? Difficulty Level: Easy 2. The late-filtering model states perceptual systems process all the information that enters them with a later-occurring process selecting which information is stored in memory. Ans: T Learning Objective: 13.1.2: Describe and explain the various concepts in the study of attention. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Concepts in the Study of Attention Difficulty Level: Easy 3. The attention selection attenuator model proposed that unattended information is attenuated but not blocked out from further perceptual analysis. Ans: T

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 13.1.2: Describe and explain the various concepts in the study of attention. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Concepts in the Study of Attention Difficulty Level: Easy 4. In Davis’s experimental investigation related to brain areas involved in the reorientation of attention, it was found that the activation of the temporoparietal junction (TPJ) occurred at every transition irrespective of modality. Ans: T Learning Objective: 13.1.3: Describe the main brain networks of attention and how they were discovered. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Attention: Where in the Brain? Difficulty Level: Medium 5. One idea of selective attention is that it depends on the synchronous firing of neurons in different brain areas. Ans: T Learning Objective: 13.1.3: Describe the main brain networks of attention and how they were discovered. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Attention: Where in the Brain? Difficulty Level: Medium 6. When asked to copy drawings of objects, unilateral neglect patients typically, only copy one side of the objects. Ans: T Learning Objective: 13.1.4: Describe two disorders of attention due to brain damage. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Disorders of Attention Difficulty Level: Easy 7. A patient with optic ataxia would appear to be mesmerized by the first instructional cued object of interest. Ans: F Learning Objective: 13.1.4: Describe two disorders of attention due to brain damage. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Disorders of Attention Difficulty Level: Easy 8. Feature integration theory accounts for a phenomenon known as illusory conjunction, in which the features of two distinct stimuli are erroneously conjoined when briefly presented. Ans: T Learning Objective: 13.1.2: Describe and explain the various concepts in the study of

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 attention. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Concepts in the Study of Attention Difficulty Level: Medium 9. There is no universally accepted definition of consciousness. Ans: T Learning Objective: 13.2.1: Explain what scientists know about consciousness and describe its components. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is Consciousness? Difficulty Level: Medium 10. Emotional contagion is exhibited and occurs through visual pathways that do not include conscious visual awareness. Ans: T Learning Objective: 13.2.3: Explain what is meant by neural correlates of consciousness. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Neural Correlates and Contents of Consciousness Difficulty Level: Medium 11. According to GWT, each cortico-thalamic core modules processes and binds the features of a specific kind of information. Ans: T Learning Objective: 13.2.4: Describe and explain the global workspace theory of consciousness. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: A Neurobiological Theory of Consciousness Difficulty Level: Easy 12. Comatose patients show the characteristic EEG patterns of REM sleep. Ans: F Learning Objective: 13.2.5: Describe and explain some disorders of consciousness. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Disorders of consciousness Difficulty Level: Easy 13. Patients in unresponsive wakefulness go through normal sleep/wake cycles Ans: T Learning Objective: 13.2.5: Describe and explain some disorders of consciousness. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Disorders of Consciousness Difficulty Level: Easy 14. Minimally conscious state patients can follow simple commands can give simple

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 verbal or gestural yes/no answers, and show some purposeful behavior. Ans: T Learning Objective: 13.2.5: Describe and explain some disorders of consciousness. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Disorders of Consciousness Difficulty Level: Easy Essay 1. Briefly discuss how Psychologist E.C. Cherry experimentally investigated the proposed cocktail-party effect. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: Should include similar points as presented below: Psychologist E.C. Cherry devised a laboratory experiment to investigate the cocktailparty effect by re-creating it using the dichotic-listening task. Participants were fed with a spoken message in the right ear, while a different message was fed in the left ear. The participants were asked to repeat the message fed to one ear while listening to it. This proved to be an easy task for most participants. However, participants failed to repeat much of what was played in the ear not attended to. Learning Objective: 13.1.2: Describe and explain the various concepts in the study of attention. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Concepts in the Study of Attention Difficulty Level: Hard 2. Treisman investigated the differences in attentional processing during feature and conjunction searches. Discuss her experimental design and the findings. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: Treisman found that study participants more readily identified a red “X” among several green “Xs” than a red “X” among several green “Xs” and red “Os.” In the rectangle presenting feature search, finding the red X among several green “Xs” is done quickly because one’s attention does not have to focus on each one of the “Xs” in a serial manner. The red “X” appears to just pop out of the crowd of “Xs” In contrast, the rectangle presenting the conjunction search, finding the red “X” takes significantly longer because it does not simply "pop out" at you. This is because "red" is not the only a feature of the target letter “X” as in the feature search rectangle. There are also red “Os” and several other red “Xs.” In other words, the correct color must be combined with the correct letter. To do so, attention must be focused on each one of the letters in a serial manner, which takes significantly longer than a single feature search. Learning Objective: 13.1.2: Describe and explain the various concepts in the study of attention. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Concepts in the Study of Attention Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 3. Discuss the experimental investigation brain areas involved in the reorientation of attention conducted by Karen Davis and colleagues. Briefly describe the procedure and the indications of the findings. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: Should include some of the following elements. While having their brain imaged by fMRI, participants were simultaneously stimulated in three different modalities: visual, auditory, and tactile. The participants were subjected to two types of stimuli for each modality. Participants were subjected to two types of stimuli in three sensory modalities simultaneously: visual (blue or red abstract figures), auditory (sound of running water of a croaking frog), and tactile (circular brushing or tapping on the right leg). A transition in one type of stimulus only was made every 14 seconds. Activation of the temporoparietal junction (TPJ) occurred at every transition irrespective of modality. Activity was also shown to increase in the brain areas associated with each of the modalities when a transition in each of the respective modalities occurred. These results suggest that the TPJ, which is part of the frontoparietal attentional network, is involved in the reorienting of attention. Learning Objective: 13.1.3: Describe the main brain networks of attention and how they were discovered. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Attention: Where in the Brain? Difficulty Level: Hard 4. Explain how someone with cortical blindness is able to navigate without colliding with objects in their environment. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: Should include some of the major points from the following: A patient with cortical blindness, such as patient T.N. from our text, who suffered damage to V1 in both the left and right hemispheres, which means that he is blind to both the left and right visual fields. Remarkably, T.N., who is totally blind, can navigate throughout his environment while avoiding objects (De Gelder, 2010) . How can this be happening? From the retina, visual information follows a path to the thalamus, from where information flows to the primary visual cortex (V1) and then through the “where” and “what” pathways of the parietal and temporal cortices respectively. However, the retina also sends projections to the superior colliculus (SC), which in turn connects with the “where” pathway of the parietal cortex. In this way, the SC mediates reflexive responses to visual information, such as automatically orienting the eyes to objects moving around in the visual field. Learning Objective: 13.2.3: Explain what is meant by neural correlates of consciousness. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Neural Correlates and Contents of Consciousness Difficulty Level: Medium 5. Give a brief overall description of a person in unresponsive wakefulness state. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: Patients in the state of unresponsive wakefulness show high levels of wakefulness but have no conscious awareness. They open their eyes but show no signs of being conscious. They can only perform reflexive

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 responses. Also, contrary to what is observed in coma, patients in unresponsive wakefulness go through normal sleep/wake cycles. Unresponsive wakefulness is associated with normal life sustaining functions of the brainstem and reestablishment of AAS functioning. However, conscious awareness is prevented because of widespread cortical damage, including loss of connectivity between the frontal and parietal cortex as well as between primary sensory areas and association areas of the cortex. There are two classes of association areas: unimodal association areas and multimodal association areas. Positron emission tomography (PET) scans performed on the brains of patients in unresponsive wakefulness state show significant reduction of metabolism in the associative cortices Learning Objective: 13.2.5: Describe and explain some disorders of consciousness. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Disorders of Consciousness Difficulty Level: Hard

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021

Chapter 14: Psychological Disorders Test Bank Multiple Choice 1. Perceptions of sensory events that are not occurring in reality are ______. a. hallucinations b. delusions c. dreams d. holograms Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.1.1: Define and explain what a psychological disorder is. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Introduction Difficulty Level: Easy 2. A psychological disorder can be defined as psychological dysfunctions within an individual associated with distress or impairment in functioning and a response that is ______. a. exaggerated and aggressive b. atypical or not culturally expected c. culturally accepted but exaggerated d. dramatic and antagonistic Ans: B Learning Objective: 14.1.1: Define and explain what a psychological disorder is. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Defining Psychological Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 3. Environmental factors that can interact with genetic predispositions include ______. a. chemical exposures b. negative life events c. social isolation d. all of the above Ans: D Learning Objective: 14.1.1: Define and explain what a psychological disorder is. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Defining Psychological Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 4. A psychological factor contributing to the development of a psychological disorder includes a person’s ______.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. self-perception b. self-care c. self-regulation d. self-control Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.1.2: Explain why psychological disorders cannot be attributed to any single cause. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Interacting Factors Behind Psychological Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 5. If one of two identical twins has schizophrenia, the likelihood of the other twin having schizophrenia is __________. a. 75% b. 100 c. 48% d. 37% Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.1.2: Explain why psychological disorders cannot be attributed to any single cause. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Interacting Factors Behind Psychological Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 6. Anxiety disorders give rise to ______ avoidance and escapist tendencies. a. strong b. abnormally strong c. weak d. abnormally weak Ans: B Learning Objective: 14.2.1: Define anxiety, fear, and anxiety disorders. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Anxiety, Fear, and Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 7. Anxiety is an emotional state characterized by worry or nervousness about a future event and in the worst cases a feeling of ______. a. apprehension b. unease c. suffocation d. impending doom Ans: D Learning Objective: 14.2.1: Define anxiety, fear, and anxiety disorders. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Anxiety, Fear, and Anxiety Disorders

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium 8. Fear differs from anxiety in that anxiety is anticipatory and fear is about ______. a. avoidance b. a current event c. an adrenaline rush d. rational thought Ans: B Learning Objective: 14.2.1: Define anxiety, fear, and anxiety disorders. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Anxiety, Fear, and Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 9. The ______ processes potential environmental threats and is involved in the learning and expression of fear. a. hypothalamus b. prefrontal cortex c. amygdala d. adrenal glands Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.2.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of anxiety and anxiety disorders. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Neurobiology of Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 10. The amygdala is thought to be at the center of the brains’s ______. a. threat central b. fight or flight triangle c. fear circuit d. fear ring Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.2.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of anxiety and anxiety disorders. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Neurobiology of Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 11. In response to potential threats, the hypothalamo-pituitary-adrenal axis (HPA) releases cortisol which gives rise to the activation of the ______ . a. corticotropin-releasing hormone (CRH) b. flight or fight response c. adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH) d. medial prefrontal cortex analysis Ans: B Learning Objective: 14.2.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of anxiety and anxiety

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 disorders. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Neurobiology of Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 12. The ______ analyzes the information about potential threats to either dampen or accentuate the amygdala's activity depending on whether a real danger is perceived to be present or not. a. pituitary gland b. hypothalamus c. medial prefrontal cortex d. adrenal gland Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.2.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of anxiety and anxiety disorders. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Neurobiology of Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 13. In anxiety disorders, the ______ fails to appropriately respond to hypothalamopituitary-adrenal axis (HPA) overactivity by inhibiting its activity. a. hypothalamus b. amygdala c. pituitary gland d. hippocampus Ans: D Learning Objective: 14.2.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of anxiety and anxiety disorders. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Neurobiology of Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 14. Research in anxiety disorder has found that anxiety is related to at least ______ functional networks of brain areas. a. 2 b. 3 c. 4 d. 5 Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.2.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of anxiety and anxiety disorders. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Neurobiology of Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 15. The cingulo-opercular network is normally involved in the detection of ______

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 choices. a. conflict b. dichotomies c. threatening targets d. dangers Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.2.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of anxiety and anxiety disorders. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Neurobiology of Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 16. The ventral attentional network is thought to be involved in ______. a. voluntary attention b. stimulus-driven attention c. procedural attention d. spatial Ans: B Learning Objective: 14.2.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of anxiety and anxiety disorders. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Neurobiology of Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 17. The fronto-parietal network is involved in cognitive control of ______. a. top-down processing b. habitual response c. reflexive response d. bottom-up processing Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.2.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of anxiety and anxiety disorders. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Neurobiology of Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 18. When a person's mental activities are not focused on the external world as in reliving memories the ______ network is active. a. ventral attentional b. default-mode c. fronto-parietal d. cingulo-opercular Ans: B Learning Objective: 14.2.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of anxiety and anxiety disorders. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: The Neurobiology of Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 19. A patient lacks focus in the completion of simple questionnaire in a noisy and stimulus filled room. This patient may be found to have overactivity in the ______ network. a. ventral attentional b. default-mode c. fronto-parietal d. cingulo-opercular Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.2.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of anxiety and anxiety disorders. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Neurobiology of Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Hard 20. The neurotransmitter gamma-aminobutyric acid (GABA) is known to play a major role in the regulation of ______. a. memory mapping b. attentional focus c. anxiety d. sleep Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.2.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of anxiety and anxiety disorders. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Neurobiology of Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 21. The neurotransmitter ______ is involved in anxiety and important for regulating mood. It is the target of many anti-depressant drugs. a. norepinephrine b. glutamate c. serotonin d. dopamine Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.2.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of anxiety and anxiety disorders. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Neurobiology of Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 22. In an fMRI study, a war veteran views video clips of various ordinary life scenes and sounds. When pictures of a downtown street in a peaceful town are presented with a helicopter sound, the veterans ACC, insula and amygdala become overly activated.This

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 is a potential indicator of ______. a. social anxiety disorder b. posttraumatic stress disorder c. panic disorder d. generalized anxiety disorder Ans: B Learning Objective: 14.2.3: Describe some of the symptoms of posttraumatic stress disorder. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 23. According to the DSM-IV profile a person with posttraumatic disorder may suffer from______, which consists of debilitating thoughts of unwanted memories of a traumatic event and related nightmares. a. social avoidance syndrome b. panic attack c. intrusive syndrome d. schizophrenia Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.2.3: Describe some of the symptoms of posttraumatic stress disorder. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 24. According to the DSM-IV, a person with posttraumatic disorder may display inappropriate level of irritability, aggressiveness, and ______. a. euphoria b. lethargy c. hypervigilance d. obliviousness Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.2.3: Describe some of the symptoms of posttraumatic stress disorder. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 25. Research findings indicate that the ______ is overactive in people with PTSD, when exposed to anxiety-provoking stimuli, compared to healthy control subjects. a. hypothalamus b. amygdala c. pituitary gland d. hippocampus Ans: B

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 14.2.4: Explain the neurobiological basis of posttraumatic stress disorder. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Neurobiology of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 26. Research findings lend support to the theory that dysfunction of the ______ may contribute to or account for reduced ability in processing contextual information. a. hypothalamus b. amygdala c. pituitary gland d. hippocampus Ans: B Learning Objective: 14.2.4: Explain the neurobiological basis of posttraumatic stress disorder. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Neurobiology of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 27. Research findings indicate ______ in the anterior cingulate cortex (ACC), insula, and amygdala may account for exaggerated responses to potential threats. a. increased volume b. decreased volume c. hyperactivity d. hypoactivity Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.2.4: Explain the neurobiological basis of posttraumatic stress disorder. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Neurobiology of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 28. Research findings from brain scan data of posttraumatic stress disorder indicate the over overactivity of the amygdala maybe due to elevated levels of ______. a. norepinephrine b. glutamate c. serotonin d. dopamine Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.2.4: Explain the neurobiological basis of posttraumatic stress disorder. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Neurobiology of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 29. The medications used to treat anxiety disorders have for a long time been benzodiazepines, which are GABA receptor______. a. antagonists b. agonists c. inverse agonist d. catalyst Ans: B Learning Objective: 14.2.3: Describe some of the symptoms of posttraumatic stress disorder. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 30. Obsessive-compulsive disorder is one of the most common mental illnesses. It was found that approximately ______ of the population will suffer from OCD at some point in their lives. a. 0.5% b. 0.75% c. 1% d. 2% Ans: D Learning Objective: 14.3.1: Describe the symptoms of obsessive-compulsive disorder. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 31. Obsessive thoughts can result in a person feeling compelled to complete a specific ______ to avoid calamity. a. ritual b. recheck c. redirect d. regression Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.3.1: Describe the symptoms of obsessive-compulsive disorder. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 32. Compulsive acts temporarily provide relief from the anxiety produced by obsessive thoughts; but at the same time, the temporary relief from anxiety reinforces the compulsion leading it to be repeated each time the obsessive thoughts arise. This is known as the ______ of OCD. a. procedural ritual b. intrusive thought c. vicious cycle d. demon

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.3.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of obsessive-compulsive disorder. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder: What is going on “in the brain”? Difficulty Level: Medium 33. In OCD, exaggerated error signals may continually give the person with OCD the feeling of ______, which may form the basis for obsessions, giving rise to high levels of anxiety. a. something being wrong b. someone chasing them c. social judgment d. needing sleep Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.3.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of obsessive-compulsive disorder. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 34. In a 2003 fMRI study, neuroscientists found confirming results of greater activation of the ACC of OCD patients than in control patients, indicating exaggerated perceptions of ______ . a. conflict b. threat c. social judgment d. phobia Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.3.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of obsessive-compulsive disorder. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 35. Normal activity in the ______, is driven by dopamine and inhibited by serotonin. a. hippocampal cortex b. thalamus c. basal ganglia d. amygdala Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.3.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of obsessive-compulsive disorder. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 36. Major depressive disorder is characterized by a sad mood accompanied by ______ in usual activities. a. anxiety b. avoidance c. inattention d. loss of pleasure Ans: D Learning Objective: 14.4.1: Describe the symptoms of major depressive disorder. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Major Depressive Disorder? Difficulty Level: Easy 37. Major depressive disorder is multiply determined and include biological factors, such as structural and chemical differences within the brain as well as ______. a. genetics b. injury c. disease d. gender Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.4.1: Describe the symptoms of major depressive disorder. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Major Depressive Disorder? Difficulty Level: Easy 38. A person with major depressive disorder may show a slowing down of thoughts and movement referred to as ______. a. psychomotor failure b. motor dysfunction c. spasticity d. psychomotor retardation Ans: D Learning Objective: 14.4.1: Describe the symptoms of major depressive disorder. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Major Depressive Disorder? Difficulty Level: Easy 39. Repeatedly going over negative thoughts is defined as ______. a. fixation b. rumination c. regurgitation d. intrusive thought Ans: B Learning Objective: 14.4.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of major depressive disorder. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Major Depressive Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 40. Experimental research found that disrupting the activity of the orbitofrontal cortex with ______, leads to an improvement in the mood of people with major depressive disorder. a. electrical stimulation b. agonist hormones c. complimentary enzymes d. hormone cocktails Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.4.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of major depressive disorder. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Major Depressive Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 41. Many studies have found that the hippocampus of people with MDD is reduced in volume because of the loss of gray matter. However, increases in the amount of gray matter following treatment with antidepressants and remission of the depressive symptoms were found. The mechanism by which this is thought to occur is ______. a. increased levels of nerve growth factors b. regulation of proteins c. glial regeneration d. neurotrophic protein synthesis Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.4.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of major depressive disorder. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Major Depressive Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 42. In persons with major-depressive disorder, cognitive processes involved in correcting errors (“post-error” slowing) accompanied by activation of the anterior cingulate cortex (ACC) was ______ in comparison to healthy control subjects. a. the same b. more than c. absent d. not relevant Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.4.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of major depressive disorder. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Major Depressive Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 43. Translocator protein (TSPO) levels were found to be ______ in persons with majordepressive disorder compared to healthy controls. a. the same b. lower c. higher d. different Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.4.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of major depressive disorder. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Major Depressive Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 44. The monoamine hypothesis posits that people suffering from major depressive disorder have depleted levels of ______ neurotransmitters. a. glutaminergic b. catecholamine c. amino acid d. monoamine Ans: D Learning Objective: 14.4.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of major depressive disorder. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Major Depressive Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 45. Research findings indicate that people suffering from major depression have higher levels of the neurotransmitter glutamate and thus the depression may be due to dysfunctions in ______ neurotransmission. a. glutaminergic b. catecholamine c. amino acid d. monoamine Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.4.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of major depressive disorder. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Major Depressive Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 46. The positive symptoms of schizophrenia include delusions and hallucinations, which are sometimes referred to as the ______ of schizophrenia. a. emotional symptoms b. psychotic symptoms c. deficit symptoms d. persecutory symptoms

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: B Learning Objective: 14.5.1: Describe the symptoms of schizophrenia. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is schizophrenia? Difficulty Level: Medium 47. A woman insists she converses with space aliens and that she can hear them loud and clear. This is an example of auditory ______. a. hallucinations b. delusions c. dreams d. holograms Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.5.1: Describe the symptoms of schizophrenia. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is Schizophrenia? Difficulty Level: Medium 48. Some common delusions in schizophrenia are delusions of grandeur, delusions of persecution, and ______. a. anhedonia b. paranoia c. avolition d. algoia Ans: B Learning Objective: 14.5.1: Describe the symptoms of schizophrenia. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is Schizophrenia? Difficulty Level: Medium 49. Schizophrenic behavior such as disorganized behavior, which refers to behavior that is bizarre or unusual is an example of ______ symptoms of schizophrenia. a. psychotic b. negative c. positive d. emotional Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.5.1: Describe the symptoms of schizophrenia. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is Schizophrenia? Difficulty Level: Medium 50. A client tells his therapist that she is exhausted from figuring out new intricate routes to make it to their meetings to avoid being intercepted and abducted. This is an example of someone suffering from delusions of ______. a. grandeur

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. paranoid c. persecution d. hallucination Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.5.1: Describe the symptoms of schizophrenia. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: What Is Schizophrenia? Difficulty Level: Hard 51. During a scheduled appointment with the psychotherapist, a client repeatedly asked, ‘What did you say?’ especially during lulls of the conversation. The therapist waited for the next repeat request and asked, ‘Did you hear something?’ to assess if the client was presently experiencing ______. a. auditory hallucination b. visual hallucination c. paranoid delusion d. persecutory delusion Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.5.1: Describe the symptoms of schizophrenia. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: What Is Schizophrenia? Difficulty Level: Hard 52. The aberrant salience hypothesis posits that excessive dopamine release results in external and internal stimuli, that have no particular importance to become exaggeratedly salient, giving rise to ______. a. avolition and anhedonia b. paranoia and withdrawal c. delusions and hallucinations d. avoidance and anxiety Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.5.1: Describe the symptoms of schizophrenia. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is Schizophrenia? Difficulty Level: Medium 53. Molina and colleagues subjected men who had a first episode of psychosis to an attention task while being scanned by PET and repeated the test two years later. It was found that the subjects that had progressed to schizophrenia had ______ activity of prefrontal cortex in comparison to subjects who remained episodic. a. increased b. decreased c. the same level d. unchanged Ans: B Learning Objective: 14.5.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of schizophrenia.

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Medium 54. In a recent theory of auditory and verbal hallucinations (AVH) in schizophrenia, AVH are thought to be due to all but ______. a. hyperconnectivity between auditory areas b. intrusive and unwanted memories c. deficits in self-monitoring d. dopamine induced aberrant salience Ans: D Learning Objective: 14.5.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of schizophrenia. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Medium 55. Reported statistics indicate that ______ of patients with major depressive disorder fail to remit after being treated with antidepressant medication. a. 80% b. 75% c. 60% d. 40% Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.5.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of schizophrenia. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Easy 56. One theory of the neurobiological mechanisms by which electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) alleviates the symptoms of major depression is that of increased ______ metabolism. a. glucose b. protein c. amino acid d. keto Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.5.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of schizophrenia. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Easy 57. The neurotransmission of monoamines (dopamine, norepinephrine) and serotonin, were found to be low in the hippocampus in patients with major depression. Research indicates that electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) ______ levels of neurotrophic factors such as brain-derived neurotrophic factor. a. increases

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. decreases c. monitors d. reverses Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.5.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of schizophrenia. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Medium 58. For the treatment of major depression, an advantage of transcranial-magnetic stimulation (TMS) over electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) is that it does not create convulsions eliminating the need for ______. a. use of restraints b. limited duration c. anticonvulsive drugs d. sedation Ans: D Learning Objective: 14.5.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of schizophrenia. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Medium 59. For the treatment of major depression vagus-nerve stimulation (VNS) increases activity in a network of brain areas known to regulate mood, but has side effects during treatment stimulation including cough, neck pain, and ______, which can be reduced by adjusting the stimulation parameters. a. double vision b. voice alteration c. headache d. ringing ears Ans: B Learning Objective: 14.5.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of schizophrenia. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Medium 60. Negative symptoms of schizophrenia include ______. a. avolition and anhedonia b. paranoia and withdrawal c. delusions and hallucinations d. avoidance and anxiety Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.5.1: Describe the symptoms of schizophrenia. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is Schizophrenia? Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 True/False 1. Psychological disorders are classified in the diagnostic and statistical manual (DSM) of the American Psychiatric Association which provides the diagnostic criteria for the various disorders. Ans: T Learning Objective: 14.1.1: Define and explain what a psychological disorder is. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Defining Psychological Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 2. Genetic predispositions to psychological disorders disorder decrease with decreasing degrees of relatedness. Ans: T Learning Objective: 14.1.2: Explain why psychological disorders cannot be attributed to any single cause. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Interacting Factors Behind Psychological Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 3. Anxiety disorders are among the most common psychological disorders in the United States. Ans: T Learning Objective: 14.2.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of anxiety and anxiety disorders. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Neurobiology of Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 4. Social anxiety disorder is characterized by the persistent concern of being judged, embarrassed, or humiliated. Ans: T Learning Objective: 14.2.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of anxiety and anxiety disorders. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Neurobiology of Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 5. The extent to which a person suffers from an anxiety disorder is related to the extent to which dysfunctions occur in the functional networks of brain areas. Ans: T Learning Objective: 14.2.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of anxiety and anxiety disorders. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: The Neurobiology of Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 6. People with OCD suffer significant personal distress as well as social and occupational limitations. Ans: T Learning Objective: 14.2.4: Explain the neurobiological basis of posttraumatic stress disorder Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Neurobiology of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 7. The cognitive symptoms observed in PTSD such as difficulties in concentration and attention may have hyperactivity in the prefrontal cortex. Ans: F Learning Objective: 14.2.4: Explain the neurobiological basis of posttraumatic stress disorder Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Neurobiology of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 8. Hyperactivity in the amygdala may account for exaggerated fear reactions. Ans: T Learning Objective: 14.2.4: Explain the neurobiological basis of posttraumatic stress disorder Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Neurobiology of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 9. Underactivity of the direct pathway of information compared to the indirect pathway in the brain area functional loop, including the prefrontal cortex, is thought to account for the obsessive thoughts that characterize OCD. Ans: F Learning Objective: 14.3.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of obsessive-compulsive disorder. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 10. The amygdala is known to monitor threats in the environment and shows heightened activity in people with major-depressive disorder. Ans: T Learning Objective: 14.4.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of major depressive disorder. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Major Depressive Disorder

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium 11. MDD may implicate dysfunctions in the neurotransmitter glutamate, spurring research for the treatment of depression with drugs that increase levels of glutamate such as ketamine. Ans: T Learning Objective: 14.4.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of major depressive disorder. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Major Depressive Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 12. The negative symptoms of schizophrenia include diminished emotional expressions, known as flat affect. Ans: T Learning Objective: 14.5.1: Describe the symptoms of schizophrenia. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Schizophrenia? Difficulty Level: Easy 13. Disorganized behavior, which refers to behavior that is bizarre or unusual is an example of a negative symptom of schizophrenia. Ans: F Learning Objective: 14.5.1: Describe the symptoms of schizophrenia. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Schizophrenia? Difficulty Level: Easy 14. The idea that a dysfunctional dopaminergic system is at the core of the symptoms observed in schizophrenia is known as the dopamine hypothesis. Ans: T Learning Objective: 14.5.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of schizophrenia. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Medium Essay 1. Excessive activity of the amygdala has frequently been found in studies on anxiety disorders. The fear experienced by the person with social anxiety is disproportionate to the actual situation. Briefly discuss how empirical evidence from fMRI imaging show people with social anxiety disorder have a hyperactive amygdala. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: The fear experienced by the person with social anxiety is disproportionate to the actual situation. Several studies have shown that people with the social anxiety disorder have a

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 hyperactive amygdala in response to situations that can be perceived as potentially threatening. This was demonstrated in a study in which participants with and without social anxiety disorder were shown an anxiety-arousing stimulus, while their brain was being imaged by functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI). Researchers presented subjects with and without social anxiety with 20 second blocks of neutral, angry and happy faces and different types of radios. The purpose of the study was to find out whether there were differences in reactivity between the amygdala of participants with general social anxiety and healthy control subjects while being presented with angry faces versus neutral and happy ones. The different types of radios served as controls and no difference in the response of the amygdala was expected with their presentation. The amygdala in participants with generalized social anxiety showed significantly higher levels of activation to angry faces than healthy control participants. Learning Objective: 14.2.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of anxiety and anxiety disorders. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: The Neurobiology of Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Hard 2. Discuss the evidence that abnormal activity in a functional loop comprising of brain areas in the prefrontal cortex (AC/mPFC, dorsolateral prefrontal cortex [DPFC], orbitofrontal cortex [OFC]), the basal ganglia (caudate, nucleus accumbens [NAcc] and putamen) and the thalamus contributes significantly to the symptoms of OCD. Discuss in terms of the direct pathway of information flow. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: Information through this circuit travels along two pathways. These are the direct and indirect pathways. The direct pathway is excitatory, whereas the indirect pathway is inhibitor. In OCD, the direct pathway is more easily activated than the indirect pathway and therefore escapes the indirect pathway's inhibitory influence. This overactivity of the direct pathway compared to the indirect pathway is thought to account for the obsessive thoughts that characterize OCD. These thoughts, that create a significant amount of anxiety, are triggered by the cortical areas (OFC and ACC) and often take the form of exaggerated concerns about contamination, danger, or potential harm. Compulsive acts, such as excessive handwashing, temporarily provide relief from the anxiety produced by these thoughts. However, this temporary relief from anxiety reinforces the compulsion leading it to be repeated each time the obsessive thoughts arise. This is known as the vicious cycle of OCD. Learning Objective: 14.3.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of obsessive-compulsive disorder. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 3. Discuss the ability of the hippocampus to regulate glucocorticoid levels and define the process in terms of the effect on major-depressive disorder (MDD). Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer:

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 • High levels of glucocorticoids, due to overactivity of the HPA axis are toxic to the hippocampus, resulting in decreases of gray matter and smaller hippocampal volumes. • Smaller hippocampal volumes in people with MDD disrupt its ability to regulate levels of glucocorticoids. • Activation of the HPA axis results in the release of corticotropin-releasing hormone (CRH) from the hypothalamus. Activation of the HPA axis is triggered by activity in the amygdala. • The release of CRH from the hypothalamus causes the release of adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH) from the pituitary gland, which promotes the release of glucocorticoids from the adrenal glands. • Activation of the HPA axis also promotes the release of what are known as cytokines from macrophages. Cytokines are molecules that are part of the immune system. Microphages are white blood cells that engulf and digest cellular debris and potentially toxic substances. Learning Objective: 14.4.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of major depressive disorder. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Major Depressive Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 4. What is lacking in the dopamine hypothesis theory first version based on the observation that drugs that are effective in treating the symptoms of schizophrenia block dopamine receptors in the brain. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: The problem with this drug related version of the dopamine hypothesis is that it does not differentiate between the positive symptoms, characterized by hallucinations and delusions, and the negative symptoms such as flattened emotions and poverty of speech. It also provides no insight into which specific brain area contains dysfunctional dopamine transmission. This version also does not account for the possible interactions between a dysfunctional dopaminergic system with genetic and environmental factors. Learning Objective: 14.5.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of schizophrenia. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Medium 5. Describe the aberrant salience hypothesis of schizophrenia. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: The third version of the dopamine hypothesis of schizophrenia gave rise to what is known as the aberrant salience hypothesis (Kapur, 2003; Miyata, 2019). The aberrant salience hypothesis seeks to explain only the psychotic symptoms of schizophrenia, that is hallucinations and delusions. The aberrant salience hypothesis is based on the incentive salience hypothesis. This hypothesis states that dopamine release causes stimuli that are associated with reward (e.g., food, sex, or drugs) to become excessively salient. According to the aberrant salience hypothesis, excessive dopamine release results in external and internal stimuli, that have no particular importance to become exaggeratedly salient, giving rise to delusions

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 and hallucinations. For example, a particular innocuous thought, such as thinking of a news story involving the police, in a person with schizophrenia may become the subject of intense and persistent focus, giving rise to the delusion of being pursued by the police. In addition, sights and sounds, externally and internally generated may also be exaggeratedly focused on and result in visual or auditory hallucinations. Accordingly, it is suggested that antipsychotic medication, that block D2 receptors attenuate psychotic symptoms by attenuating the exaggerated salience awarded to stimuli. Learning Objective: 14.5.2: Explain the neurobiological basis of schizophrenia. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Hard

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021

Chapter 15: Social Neuroscience Test Bank Multiple Choice 1. Selfless behavior with the aim of helping others at the cost of potential or actual harm to oneself is called ______. a. altruism b. philanthropy c. selflessness d. benevolence Ans: A Learning Objective: 15.1.1: Explain how neural mechanisms and environmental factors interact to determine how people behave in a social context. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Introduction Difficulty Level: Easy 2. Social psychology is the study of how people's ______are influenced by the actual, inferred or imagined presence of others. a. quality of life b. beliefs c. self-image d. thoughts Ans: D Learning Objective: 15.1.1: Explain how neural mechanisms and environmental factors interact to determine how people behave in a social context. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Introduction Difficulty Level: Easy 3. Cognitive neuroscience is the study of the neurobiological substrates of mental processes such as those involved in memory, attention, reasoning, and ______. a. empathy b. communication c. language d. motivation Ans: C Learning Objective: 15.1.1: Explain how neural mechanisms and environmental factors interact to determine how people behave in a social context. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Introduction Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 4. The ______is meant to show how social behavior arises from interactions among several factors, which can be thought of as levels of analysis. These include, neural mechanisms, cognition and information processing, behavior, and experience as well as personal and social context. a. social cognitive neuroscience prism b. social interaction pyramid c. social cognitive wheel d. social cognitive paradigm Ans: A Learning Objective: 15.1.2: Describe the perspective from which neuroscientists study social behavior. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Social-Neuroscientific Perspective Difficulty Level: Medium 5. Cognitive neuroscience involves studying the underlying neural mechanisms of behavior with less emphasis on ______ context. a. information processing b. cultural c. prosocial d. personal and social Ans: D Learning Objective: 15.1.2: Describe the perspective from which neuroscientists study social behavior. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Social-Neuroscientific Perspective Difficulty Level: Medium 6. ______ is the ability to reflect upon one's traits, beliefs, abilities and attitudes objectively. a. Self-awareness b. Self-reflection c. Self-perception d. Self-analysis Ans: A Learning Objective: 15.2.1: Explain what is meant by self-awareness. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Self-Awareness? Difficulty Level: Easy 7. Psychologist Gordon Gallup developed a test designed to find out whether animals were self-aware. This test became known as the ______. a. animal cognitive test b. awareness test c. mirror test

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 d. social test Ans: C Learning Objective: 15.2.1: Explain what is meant by self-awareness. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Self-Awareness? Difficulty Level: Easy 8. Using the mirror test it was found that human babies develop self-awareness around the age of ______. a. 18 months b. 20 months c. 24 months d. 30 months Ans: C Learning Objective: 15.2.1: Explain what is meant by self-awareness. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Self-Awareness? Difficulty Level: Easy 9. To address the concern that the mirror test may not be relevant to animals for which vision is not the primary sensory modality, an ______ awareness test was created. a. auditory b. olfactory c. tactile d. gustatory Ans: B Learning Objective: 15.2.1: Explain what is meant by self-awareness. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Self-Awareness? Difficulty Level: Easy 10. Research has concluded that self-awareness depends on a network of brain areas in the center of the brain known as the ______ structures. a. frontal cortex b. parietal cortex c. temporal cortex d. cortical midline Ans: D Learning Objective: 15.2.2: Identify the different components of self-awareness and the brain areas associated with each component. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Self-Awareness: Where in the Brain? Difficulty Level: Easy 11. Neuroscientist Georg Northoff suggests that ______ give rise to a model of one’s

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 self. a. environmental stimuli b. socially generated stimuli c. self-referential stimuli d. genetic constructs Ans: C Learning Objective: 15.2.2: Identify the different components of self-awareness and the brain areas associated with each component. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Self-Awareness: Where in the Brain? Difficulty Level: Medium 12. During a lecture, Meg takes careful notes when the speaker gives an example related to the field of marine biology and conservation. She thinks about how the example is relevant to her own career path. For Meg the speaker’s example contains ______. a. environmental stimuli b. socially generated stimuli c. self-referential stimuli d. other-referential stimuli Ans: C Learning Objective: 15.2.2: Identify the different components of self-awareness and the brain areas associated with each component. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Self-Awareness: Where in the Brain? Difficulty Level: Medium 13. Based on brain imaging studies, the cortical areas related to evaluating stimuli on the basis of whether it is internally generated, such as one's internal voice or generated by an external source, such as the voice of another person calling you is primarily the ______. a. orbitomedial prefrontal cortex (OMPFC) b. dorsomedial prefrontal cortex (DMPFC) c. anterior cingulate cortex (ACC) d. posterior cingulate cortex (PC) Ans: B Learning Objective: 15.2.2: Identify the different components of self-awareness and the brain areas associated with each component. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Self-Awareness: Where in the Brain? Difficulty Level: Medium 14. Mala carefully reviewed the results of her personality profile’s match to potential career choices. Part of the review is assessing how strongly her primary traits and secondary traits seemed to resound with her self-knowledge. Based on brain imaging studies, this kind of self-awareness would activate the ______ .

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. orbitomedial prefrontal cortex (OMPFC) b. dorsomedial prefrontal cortex (DMPFC) c. anterior cingulate cortex (ACC) d. posterior cingulate cortex (PC) Ans: A Learning Objective: 15.2.2: Identify the different components of self-awareness and the brain areas associated with each component. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Self-Awareness: Where in the Brain? Difficulty Level: Medium 15. Mala reviews suggested career options related to her skills and personality for a job profession that aligns with her beliefs and values. Brain imaging would most likely show activity in her ______. a. orbitomedial prefrontal cortex (OMPFC) b. dorsomedial prefrontal cortex (DMPFC) c. anterior cingulate cortex (ACC) d. posterior cingulate cortex (PC) Ans: D Learning Objective: 15.2.2: Identify the different components of self-awareness and the brain areas associated with each component. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Self-Awareness: Where in the Brain? Difficulty Level: Medium 16. Imaging studies indicate that the top-down regulation of an emotional conflict involves the ______. a. orbitomedial prefrontal cortex (OMPFC) b. dorsomedial prefrontal cortex (DMPFC) c. anterior cingulate cortex (ACC) d. posterior cingulate cortex (PC) Ans: C Learning Objective: 15.2.2: Identify the different components of self-awareness and the brain areas associated with each component. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Self-Awareness: Where in the Brain? Difficulty Level: Medium 17. You encounter a customer at the counter display in a café. You presume to know that the customer is not ready to order and is pondering his choices. This requires you to have a ______. a. theory of mind b. social expectation c. queuing d. mannerly business Ans: A

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 15.3.1: Define theory of mind. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is Theory of Mind? Difficulty Level: Medium 18. Research with false-belief tasks suggests that human children develop a theory of mind at about ______ of age. a. 18 months b. 2 years c. 4 years d. 5 years Ans: C Learning Objective: 15.3.1: Define theory of mind. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is Theory of Mind? Difficulty Level: Medium 19. ______ states that a theory of mind is achieved through our ability to put ourselves in a person’s mental “shoes” and imagine (“simulate”) what we would experience in a similar situation thus attributing mental states to others. a. Modularity Theories b. Executive Theory c. Simulation Theories d. Social/physical pain overlap theory (SPOT) Ans: C Learning Objective: 15.3.2: Identify the brain areas associated with each of the theories of mind. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Theory of Mind: Where in the Brain? Difficulty Level: Easy 20. ______ state that our cognitive processing refers an innate module that specializes in theory of mind within the brain when trying to attribute mental states to others. a. Modularity Theories b. Executive Theory c. Simulation Theories d. Social/physical pain overlap theory (SPOT) Ans: A Learning Objective: 15.3.2: Identify the brain areas associated with each of the theories of mind. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Theory of Mind: Where in the Brain? Difficulty Level: Easy 21. The ______ posits that theory of mind is dependent on our ability to inhibit our own thoughts and behavior (inhibitory control) and inhibit taking our own perspective when

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 trying to attribute mental states to others. a. modularity theory b. executive theory c. simulation theory d. social/physical pain overlap theory (SPOT) Ans: B Learning Objective: 15.3.2: Identify the brain areas associated with each of the theories of mind. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Theory of Mind: Where in the Brain? Difficulty Level: Easy 22. Using functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI), neuroscientists found that in addition to having a role in theory of mind, the ______ was activated when reorienting attention to important stimuli. a. inferior frontal gyrus (IFG) b. dorsomedial prefrontal cortex (DMPFC) c. anterior cingulate cortex (ACC) d. right temporoparietal junction (TPJ) Ans: D Learning Objective: 15.3.2: Identify the brain areas associated with each of the theories of mind. Cognitive Domain: Compression Answer Location: Theory of Mind: Where in the Brain? Difficulty Level: Medium 23. Neuroimaging studies showed that the medial prefrontal cortex was activated when participants focused on other people’s mental states by taking their perspective, and found the activated region of the brain depended on the perceived______ between participant and the other person. a. degree of similarity b. age difference c. gender difference d. nationality difference Ans: A Learning Objective: 15.3.2: Identify the brain areas associated with each of the theories of mind. Cognitive Domain: Compression Answer Location: Theory of Mind: Where in the Brain? Difficulty Level: Medium 24. The activity of mirror neurons is observed when experimental subjects observe the action of others and when subjects are planning and performing the same actions, indicating that mirror neurons are ______ generated. a. both internally and externally b. only visually

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. only internally d. internally, externally and visually Ans: A Learning Objective: 15.3.2: Identify the brain areas associated with each of the theories of mind. Cognitive Domain: Compression Answer Location: Theory of Mind: Where in the Brain? Difficulty Level: Medium 25. Rothmayr and colleagues’ research showed that a strong relationship exists between false-belief reasoning and inhibitory control. Among the areas activated during both the false belief and inhibitory-control tasks was the ______. a. inferior frontal gyrus (IFG) b. dorsomedial prefrontal cortex (DMPFC) c. anterior cingulate cortex (ACC) d. right temporoparietal junction (TPJ) Ans: D Learning Objective: 15.3.2: Identify the brain areas associated with each of the theories of mind. Cognitive Domain: Compression Answer Location: Theory of Mind: Where in the Brain? Difficulty Level: Medium 26. The perception-action model (PAM) states that when perceiving another person’s emotional state, one’s own brain forms ______ related to the state perceived. a. representations and actions b. representations c. actions d. memory recall pictures Ans: A Learning Objective: 15.3.3: Define empathy, its different types, and the brain areas associated with each type. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Empathy Difficulty Level: Medium 27. Cognitive empathy refers to a cognitive process by which one adopts another person's point of view by ______ about that person's emotional state. a. hearing the story b. asking c. making inferences d. observing actions Ans: C Learning Objective: 15.3.3: Define empathy, its different types, and the brain areas associated with each type. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Empathy Difficulty Level: Medium 28. Two components are believed to be necessary for emotional empathy, emotional recognition, and a(n)______. a. feeling of shared pain b. emotional definitions c. shared attitude d. understanding Ans: A Learning Objective: 15.3.3: Define empathy, its different types, and the brain areas associated with each type. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Empathy Difficulty Level: Medium 29. Depending on the social context and the information available, one's emotional responses to the mental states of others maybe more automatic and intuitive, involving ______. a. cognitive empathy and executive theory b. emotional empathy and simulation theory c. cognitive empathy and modularity theory d. emotional empathy and social/physical pain overlap theory Ans: B Learning Objective: 15.3.3: Define empathy, its different types, and the brain areas associated with each type. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Empathy Difficulty Level: Medium 30. Empathy that requires cognitive effort is known as ______ and is explained by ________. a. cognitive empathy; executive theory b. emotional empathy; simulation theory c. cognitive empathy; modularity theory d. emotional empathy; social/physical pain overlap theory Ans: A Learning Objective: 15.3.3: Define empathy, its different types, and the brain areas associated with each type. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Empathy Difficulty Level: Medium 31. Pain is regulated through the activation of ______. a. right ventral prefrontal cortex (RVPFC). b. dorsomedial prefrontal cortex (DMPFC)

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. anterior cingulate cortex (ACC) d. right temporoparietal junction (TPJ) Ans: A Learning Objective: 15.4.1: Explain the components of physical pain. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Two Dimensions of Physical Pain Difficulty Level: Easy 32. The ______ of pain relates to the perceived unpleasantness of the pain-inducing stimulus and involves the anterior cingulate cortex (ACC). a. cognitive dimension b. regulation c. perceptual dimension d. affective dimension Ans: D Learning Objective: 15.4.1: Explain the components of physical pain. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Two Dimensions of Physical Pain Difficulty Level: Easy 33. The ______of pain relates to the detection of a painful stimulus, which involves the insula and the somatosensory cortex. a. cognitive dimension b. regulation c. perceptual dimension d. affective dimension Ans: C Learning Objective: 15.4.1: Explain the components of physical pain. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Two Dimensions of Physical Pain Difficulty Level: Easy 34. fMRI imaging results from a cyberball game study showed that excluded participants had significantly greater amounts of activation in the ______ than participants who were not excluded. a. right ventral prefrontal cortex (RVPFC). b. dorsomedial prefrontal cortex (DMPFC) c. anterior cingulate cortex (ACC) d. right temporoparietal junction (TPJ) Ans: C Learning Objective: 15.4.2: Explain what social pain is and how it is similar to physical pain. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Social Pain: Does It Really Hurt? Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 35. fMRI imaging results from a cyberball game study showed that excluded participants trying to cope with the social distress had significantly greater amounts of activation in the___________. a. right ventral prefrontal cortex (RVPFC). b. dorsomedial prefrontal cortex (DMPFC) c. anterior cingulate cortex (ACC) d. right temporoparietal junction (TPJ) Ans: A Learning Objective: 15.4.2: Explain what social pain is and how it is similar to physical pain. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Social Pain: Does It Really Hurt? Difficulty Level: Medium 36. Eisenberger and colleagues extended the cyberball game to test the premise that if social and physical pain activate the same brain regions; then a drug or chemical treatments such as acetaminophen, a common pain reliever for physical pain, should be effective in relieving social pain. In support of this hypothesis, it was found that participants who took acetaminophen had reduced activity in the _______when playing the cyberball game. a. right ventral prefrontal cortex (RVPFC). b. dorsomedial prefrontal cortex (DMPFC) c. anterior cingulate cortex (ACC) d. right temporoparietal junction (TPJ) Ans: C Learning Objective: 15.4.2: Explain what social pain is and how it is similar to physical pain. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Social Pain: Does It Really Hurt? Difficulty Level: Medium 37. Several models exist to explain why we help others. According to the ______, we help others to alleviate the negative feelings that come while observing others in distress. a. reciprocal altruism b. kin-selection c. cost-benefit analysis model d. negative-state release model Ans: D Learning Objective: 15.5.1: Define altruism and explain how it may be a product of evolutionary adaptation. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is Altruism? Difficulty Level: Medium 38. The ______ model states that we more readily choose to help others that are

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 related to us than those that are unrelated. a. reciprocal altruism b. kin-selection c. cost-benefit analysis model d. negative-state release model Ans: B Learning Objective: 15.5.1: Define altruism and explain how it may be a product of evolutionary adaptation. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is Altruism? Difficulty Level: Medium 39. The ______ model explains why helping others depends on the expectation of getting help from others in the future. a. reciprocal altruism b. kin-selection c. cost-benefit analysis model d. negative-state release model Ans: A Learning Objective: 15.5.1: Define altruism and explain how it may be a product of evolutionary adaptation. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is Altruism? Difficulty Level: Medium 40. The ______ is the idea that we help others with the expectation of getting help from them in the future. a. reciprocal altruism b. kin-selection c. cost-benefit analysis model d. negative-state release model Ans: A Learning Objective: 15.5.1: Define altruism and explain how it may be a product of evolutionary adaptation. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is Altruism? Difficulty Level: Medium 41. The ______ model states that we help others only if the costs, such as any potential threats or dangers, of helping is not too high and whether they have helped us in the past. a. reciprocal altruism b. kin-selection c. cost-benefit analysis model d. negative-state release model Ans: A

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 15.5.1: Define altruism and explain how it may be a product of evolutionary adaptation. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is Altruism? Difficulty Level: Medium 42. Social neuroscientist Abigail Marsh, and colleagues’ study of the brain regions involved in altruism found the ______ to be significantly different in altruist. a. cerebellum b. prefrontal cortex c. hippocampus d. amygdala Ans: D Learning Objective: 15.5.2: Identify the brain areas associated with altruism and explain how they are associated with various altruistic behaviors. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Altruism: Where in the Brain? Difficulty Level: Medium 43. The Grafman and colleagues’ study investigating whether altruistic behaviors of the form of giving to charitable organizations activated the same brain areas associated with obtaining rewards and indicated that the joy of giving has ______ neurobiological basis as other types of rewards. a. similar b. opposing c. different d. the same Ans: D Learning Objective: 15.5.2: Identify the brain areas associated with altruism and explain how they are associated with various altruistic behaviors. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Altruism: Where in the Brain? Difficulty Level: Medium 44. ______ is used to try to explain the behavior of people in social or political contexts. a. Game theory b. Prisoner dilemma c. Trust game d. False-belief task Ans: A Learning Objective: Learning Objective: 15.6.1: Explain game theory, identify two examples, and describe what each is used for and why. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Game Theory Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 45. The prisoner dilemma tests one’s decision-making process-related cooperation and is a question of ______. a. prediction to defect b. to trust or not to trust c. prediction of someone’s actions d. to win or not to win Ans: B Learning Objective: Learning Objective: 15.6.1: Explain game theory, identify two examples, and describe what each is used for and why. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Game Theory Difficulty Level: Easy 46. Rilling and colleagues, using the prisoner-dilemma game and fMRI imaging, found brain activation in an area associated with rewards indicating that the decision to ______ was the most rewarding, even though it was not the best financial payoff. a. cooperate b. defect c. activate d. defend Ans: A Learning Objective:15.6.2: Identify the brain areas associated with trust and cooperation. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Game Theory and the Brain Difficulty Level: Medium 47. King-Casas and colleagues’ trust-game experiment found that in the ______ condition the investors increased the amounts invested despite the reduction in repayments made by the trustees. a. benevolent b. neutral c. malevolent d. altruistic Ans: A Learning Objective:15.6.2: Identify the brain areas associated with trust and cooperation. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Game Theory and the Brain Difficulty Level: Medium 48. King-Casas and colleagues’ trust-game experiment found that in the ______ condition the investors reduced the amount invested despite increased repayments by the trustees. a. benevolent b. neutral

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. malevolent d. altruistic Ans: A Learning Objective:15.6.2: Identify the brain areas associated with trust and cooperation. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Game Theory and the Brain? Difficulty Level: Medium 49. Game theory was devised to explain the behavior of animals in ______ and of people in ______ contexts. a. food seeking; self-awareness b. nature; social c. mating; competition d. survival; threat Ans: B Learning Objective:15.6.2: Identify the brain areas associated with trust and cooperation. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Game Theory and the Brain Difficulty Level: Medium 50. In the trust game, the caudate nucleus, also involved in processing reward, showed more activation in the trustee’s brain in a ______ condition. a. benevolent b. malevolent c. neutral d. altruistic Ans: A Learning Objective:15.6.2: Identify the brain areas associated with trust and cooperation. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Game Theory and the Brain Difficulty Level: Medium True/False 1. Self-awareness forms the basis of all social interactions and is implemented in a circuit of structures within the brain. Ans: T Learning Objective: 15.1.1: Explain how neural mechanisms and environmental factors interact to determine how people behave in a social context. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Introduction Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 2. A challenge of social neuroscience is to understand how interactions between biological factors and environmental influences are related to social behavior. Ans: T Learning Objective: 15.1.1: Explain how neural mechanisms and environmental factors interact to determine how people behave in a social context. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Introduction Difficulty Level: Easy 3. Reductionism is the idea that complex phenomenon can be explained by knowing about the basic parts that make up the phenomenon and a tenet of social neuroscientists. Ans: F Learning Objective: 15.1.2: Describe the perspective from which neuroscientists study social behavior. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Social-Neuroscientific Perspective Difficulty Level: Medium 4. Human toddlers under the age of 2 in self-awareness testing seem to be unaware of self in mirror image interaction. Ans: T Learning Objective: 15.2.1: Explain what is meant by self-awareness. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Self-Awareness? Difficulty Level: Easy 5. From brain imaging studies, the sense of body ownership, which is the perception that one's body to belong to the self, involves the right temporoparietal cortex. Ans: T Learning Objective: 15.2.2: Identify the different components of self-awareness and the brain areas associated with each component. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Self-Awareness: Where in the Brain? Difficulty Level: Medium 6. Theory of mind is thought to develop at around four years of age based on findings from studies that assessed children using what are known as fantasy-reality tasks Ans: F Learning Objective: 15.3.1: Define theory of mind. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is Theory of Mind? Difficulty Level: Medium 7. There is evidence that 18-24 months old infants can identify the false beliefs of others

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 when tested with tasks other than the false-belief enactment scenarios. Ans: T Learning Objective: 15.3.1: Define theory of mind. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is Theory of Mind? Difficulty Level: Medium 8. Neuroimaging studies found that different parts of the medial prefrontal cortex were activated depending on whether the simulation was directed toward a person perceived as being similar or dissimilar to the participants. Ans: T Learning Objective: 15.3.2: Identify the brain areas associated with each of the theories of mind. Cognitive Domain: Compression Answer Location: Theory of Mind: Where in the Brain? Difficulty Level: Medium 9. Proponents of executive theory propose that theory of mind depends on the development of executive functions of which inhibitory control is one. Ans: T Learning Objective: 15.3.2: Identify the brain areas associated with each of the theories of mind. Cognitive Domain: Compression Answer Location: Theory of Mind: Where in the Brain? Difficulty Level: Medium 10. Emotional empathy and cognitive empathy were found to depend on separate systems within the brain that differ in their basic mechanisms and processes. Ans: T Learning Objective: 15.3.3: Define empathy, its different types, and the brain areas associated with each type. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Empathy Difficulty Level: Medium 11. The research findings on the implication of the anterior cingulate cortex (ACC) in social pain indicate that the ACC can be seen as being part of a neural alarm system, which scans the environment and detects when something has gone wrong. Ans: T Learning Objective: 15.4.2: Explain what social pain is and how it is similar to physical pain. Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Social Pain: Does It Really Hurt? Difficulty Level: Easy 12. In animal studies investigating the existence of a neural alarm system similar to

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 humans, it was found that ground squirrels emit a whistle signal on the approach of a terrestrial predator to alert their kin group of the presence of predators. Ans: F Learning Objective: 15.5.1: Define altruism and explain how it may be a product of evolutionary adaptation. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is Altruism? Difficulty Level: Medium 13. Psychopaths are people who generally show disregard for the well-being of others as well as a lack of guilt, empathy, and remorse. Ans: T Learning Objective: 15.5.2: Identify the brain areas associated with altruism and explain how they are associated with various altruistic behaviors. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Altruism: Where in the brain? Difficulty Level: Medium 14. When people perceive that they are alleviating the suffering of others through giving, the same brain areas associated with obtaining rewards are activated. Ans: T Learning Objective: 15.5.2: Identify the brain areas associated with altruism and explain how they are associated with various altruistic behaviors. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Altruism: Where in the brain? Difficulty Level: Medium 15. In the prisoner’s dilemma, it was shown that the level of activation in brain areas associated with processing rewards was higher when the participants cooperated. Ans: T Learning Objective: 15.6.1: Explain game theory, identify two examples, and describe what each is used for and why. 15-6-2: Identify the brain areas associated with trust and cooperation. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Game Theory Difficulty Level: Medium Essay 1. Discuss the controversy on the use of Gallup’s test designed to find out whether animals were self-aware. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: Use of the mirror test and its modified versions to determine self-awareness is controversial. One reason is that mirror recognition may not provide a full picture of what is required to be considered self-aware. Another criticism is that the mirror test is not relevant to species in which vision is not the primary

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 sensory modality. This led to the development of an olfactory version of the mirror test for dogs. Using this kind of test, dogs who do not typically look at themselves in mirrors, were suggested to also possess self-awareness. Others believe that claims of selfawareness in species other than humans and great apes are based on studies with flawed experimental procedures. It is also suggested that that alternative explanation for behaviors that are seemingly suggestive of self-awareness are readily available. Learning Objective: 15.2.1: Explain what is meant by self-awareness. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is Self-awareness? Difficulty Level: Medium 2. Explain the Theory of Mind and give a concrete example using false-belief task to assess if theory of mind has developed. Ans: Answer will have different scenarios but should include the same steps and explanation. Theory of mind involves understanding another person's knowledge, beliefs, emotions, and intentions and using that understanding to navigate social situations. A commonly used task to measure Theory of Mind is a false-belief task, such as this: 1. Show the child a Band-Aid box and ask the child what he/she thinks is inside the box. He or she will likely respond, “Band-Aids.” 2. Open the box and show him/her that there is a toy pig inside, while saying, “Let’s see.... it’s really a pig inside!” Then close the box. 3. Now, as you are bringing a toy figurine boy who has been hidden up until now into view, the adults says, “Peter has never ever seen inside this Band-Aid box. Now, here comes Peter. So, what does Peter think is in the box? Band-Aids or a pig?” This task measures the child’s understanding that someone may hold a belief about an event or object that does not match what the child knows to be true in reality. Children who have developed Theory of Mind will understand that Peter holds a different understanding than them because he did not see in the box. They will respond that Peter thinks Band-Aids are in the box. Those who have yet to develop Theory of Mind might respond that Peter thinks there are pigs in the box, mistakenly assuming Peter holds the same belief as they do. Learning Objective: 15.3.1: Define theory of mind. Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: What Is Theory of Mind? Difficulty Level: Hard 3. Outline the steps that Gallesse and colleagues indicated are involved in mirror neuron activity that leads to the prediction of other people’s actions and mental states. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: Answer wording may vary but the general steps should be as follows: 1) The same mirror neurons are activated whether we plan to execute an action ourselves and when we observe other people execute the same action. 2) Through visual input, mirror neurons are activated by actions performed by another

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021 person. 3) The externally generated activity in motor neurons does not usually produce an action in the observer. 4) Belief and intention are attributed to the person being observed. Learning Objective: 15.3.2: Identify the brain areas associated with each of the theories of mind. Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Theory of Mind: Where in the Brain? Difficulty Level: Medium 4. Describe the brain areas that have a role in cognitive empathy and briefly discuss how the brain area functions to activate cognitive empathy. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: Cognitive empathy was found to be related to activity in the ventromedial prefrontal cortex, dorsomedial prefrontal cortex [dmPFC], superior temporal sulcus (STS) and the temporal poles [TP]. One of the roles of the ventromedial prefrontal cortex maybe in the differentiation between self and others and in the processing of the affective (affective mentalizing [emotional]) aspects of empathy. The TPJ may be involved in the attribution of mental states to others. Cognitive empathy is also related to activity in the medial temporal lobe (MTL), which is deeply involved in episodic memories, which are memories for events in one's past. In cognitive empathy, the MTL along with the dmPFC may be involved drawing from past experiences to better understand the mental states presently experienced by other people (cognitive mentalizing). Learning Objective: 15.3.3: Define empathy, its different types, and the brain areas associated with each type. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Empathy Difficulty Level: Hard 5. Discuss the misunderstandings that may apply to the assumption that persons with autism spectrum disorder cannot be or are not empathic. Ans: Answers will vary. Model Answer: Recent research shows what seems to be a lack of empathy in those with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) may have to do more with the inability of individuals with ASD to read the facial expressions and body language of other people. It is also thought that people with ASD lack the social skills that one would normally use to express their empathy to other people. Another factor may be that people with ASD may not desire the same things as people without ASD, such as job aspirations, or the intense willingness to pursue romantic relationships. However, it was recently found that when faced with a moral dilemma that people with ASD show just as much empathy as non-autistic persons when having to make decisions that take into account the well-being of others. Learning Objective: 15.3.3: Define empathy, its different types, and the brain areas associated with each type. Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Empathy Difficulty Level: Hard

Instructor Resource Gaskin, Behavioral Neuroscience, 1e SAGE Publishing, 2021